Acts of Philip

Acta Apostolorum Apocrypha : Volume 2 : pp. 151-216 : Tischendorf; this Greek text is based upon the following manuscripts:

Bodlei Barocc 180 s XII

Petroburg Caes 94 s XII

Sinait 526 s X

Escorial Y II 9 s XI

Escorial Y II 6 s XII

Venet Marc 349 s XII

Paris gr 881,1485 s X

Paris gr 1454 s X

Paris gr 1219,1468 s XI

Vallicell B 35 s XI

Vatic gr 824 s XI

Vindob hist gr 5 s X-XI

Vatic gr 866 s XIII

Vatic gr 797 s XI

APh 1:0 Πράξεις τοῦ ἁγίου καὶ πανευφήμου ἀποστόλου Φιλίππου ὅτε ἐξερχόμενος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἤγειρε τὸν νεκρόν.

Practices of-the-one of-hallow-belonged and of-all-goodly-declared of-a-setee-off of-a-Filippos which-also coming-out off of-the-one of-a-Galilaia it-roused to-the-one to-en-deaded.

APh 1:1 Ἐξελθόντος Φιλίππου τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας χήρα τις ἐξεκόμιζε μονογενῆ τέκνον· ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος σφόδρα ἔπαθεν τῇ ψυχῇ θεωρήσας τὴν ἀθλίαν γραΐδα οὕτως τὰς τρίχας διαρρήξασαν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῆς ἀφανίσασαν.

Of-having-had-came-out of-a-Filippos of-the-one of-a-setee-off off of-the-one of-a-Galilaia, bereaved a-one it-was-tending-out-to to-stayeed-becominged to-a-creationee; the-one then-also a-setee-off to-vehemented it-had-trekked unto-the-one unto-a-breathing having-surveiled-unto to-the-one to-dashed-along-belonged to-an-oldening unto-the-one-this to-the-ones to-hairs to-having-en-bursted-through and to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it to-having-un-manifested-to.

APh 1:2 εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὴν ὁ ἀπόστολος· Ποίᾳ αἰτίᾳ οὗτος ἐτελεύτησεν;

It-had-said then-also toward to-it, the-one a-setee-off, Unto-whither-belonged unto-an-appealing-unto the-one-this it-finished-of-unto?

APh 1:3 Ἣ δὲ ἔφη· Συγχώρησόν μοι, παρακαλῶ σε, καὶ μὴ με ἐρώτα· τὰ γὰρ σπλάγχνα μου διερράγη, καὶ ἡ φωνή μου ἀπόλωλεν, καὶ οὐ δύναμαί σοι διηγήσασθαι· ἔασόν με κόπτεσθαι τοῦτον τὸν ἀνώνυμον κοπετόν, ὅτι ἑνὸς υἱοῦ ἐστερήθην, μηδὲν τοὺς θεοὺς ἀδικήσασα, οἷς καθ᾿ ἡμέραν ἔθυον·

The-one then-also it-was-declaring, Thou-should-have-spaced-together-unto unto-me, I-call-beside-unto to-thee, and lest to-me thou-should-entreat-unto; the-ones too-thus bowelings-to of-me it-had-been-en-bursted-through, and the-one a-sound of-me it-had-come-to-destruct-off, and not I-able unto-thee to-have-led-through-unto; thou-should-have-let-unto to-me to-fell to-the-one-this to-the-one to-un-named to-a-fellableness, to-which-a-one of-one of-a-son I-was-destituted, to-lest-then-also-one to-the-ones to-deities having-un-coursed-unto, unto-which down to-a-dayedness I-was-surging;

APh 1:4 τῷ μὲν Ἄρει θυσίας οὐκ ὀλίγας· τῷ δὲ Ἀπόλλωνι τοσαῦτα ἀνάλωσα, τῷ δὲ Ἑρμῇ σχεδὸν τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν κατέρριψα, τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι μόσχους θύουσα, τῷ Διὶ στέφανους ἐκόμισα, τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ τράγους εἰς ὁλοκαυτώματα ἀνήνεγκα·

unto-the-one indeed unto-an-Arês to-surgings-unto not to-little; unto-the-one unto-an-Apollôs to-the-ones-which-the-ones-these I-other-alonged-up, unto-the-one then-also unto-a-Hermês to-holdened to-the-one to-mine to-a-breathing I-flung-down, unto-the-one unto-an-Artemis to-calves I-surged, unto-the-one unto-a-Zeus to-wreaths I-tended-to, unto-the-one unto-an-Athênê to-billies into to-whole-en-burnings-to I-beared-up;

APh 1:5 καὶ ἅπαξ ἁπλῶς ὅσοι τέ εἰσι θεοὶ πᾶσι δῶρα ἀπεκόμισα, ὥστε καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ Ἡλίῳ καὶ τῇ Σελήνῃ· καὶ ὡς νομίζω ὅτι ἐπ᾿ ἐμοὶ κεκοίμηνται, τοσαῦτα ἐκέκραξα, καὶ οὐκ εἰσήκουσάν μου.

and to-once unto-folded-along which-a-which also they-be deities unto-all to-gifts I-tended-off-to, as-also and unto-it unto-the-one unto-a-Hêlios and unto-the-one unto-a-Selênê; and as I-parcelee-to to-which-a-one upon unto-ME they-had-come-to-be-situateed-unto, to-the-ones-which-the-ones-these I-out-clamored-to, and not they-heard-into of-me.

APh 1:6 λοιπὸν ἀναγκαζομένη εὑρίσκω ἄνθρωπον ὅστις λέγει μάντις εἶναι, καὶ εἶπεν μοι· Τί σὺ θέλεις μήτηρ μαντεύσω σοι;

To-remaindered being-up-armed-to I-find to-a-mankind which-a-one it-fortheth to-an-augur to-be, and it-had-said unto-me, To-what-one thou thou-determine, Mother, I-might-augur-of unto-thee?

APh 1:7 Καὶ αὐτὸς τοίνυν ὅμοιος εὑρέθη τῶν θεῶν· πᾶν γάρ μοι ψεῦδος ἐμαντεύσατο· ἀνωφελεῖς δὲ ἐγένοντό μοι αἱ μαντεῖαι, καὶ οἱ θεοὶ μάταιοι καὶ τετυφλωμένοι.

And it unto-the-one-now along-belonged it-was-found of-the-ones of-deities; to-all too-thus unto-me to-a-falseedness it-augured-of; un-aidancinged then-also they-had-became unto-me, the-ones augurings-of, and the-ones deities folly-belonged and having-had-come-to-be-en-blinded.

APh 1:8 τάχα γὰρ κἀγώ ὁμοία εἰμὶ τούτοις τοῖς πλάνοις· εἰς μάτην ἀπώλεσα τὰ ἐμά, προσέχουσα ματαίοις εἰδώλοις.

To-quick too-thus and-I along-belonged I-be unto-the-ones-these unto-the-ones unto-wandered; into to-follied I-destructed-off to-the-ones to-mine, holding-toward unto-folly-belonged unto-images.

APh 1:9 ἀπώλεσά μου τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ σὺν αὐτῇ τὰ χρήματα.

I-destructed-off of-me to-the-one to-a-breathing and together unto-it to-the-ones to-affordings-to.

APh 1:10 ἐπικατάρατος γὰρ εἴ τις εἰδώλοις λατρεύει ἢ μαντεύεται.

Cursed-down-upon too-thus if a-one unto-images it-serveth-of or it-augureth-of.

APh 1:11 οἴμοι, τίνα ἀπαιτήσω τὰ χρήματα ἅτινα εἰς μάτην ἀπώλεσα, προσέχουσα εἰδώλοις καὶ μαντείαις, τοὺς χριστιανοὺς ἐξουθενοῦσα;

Woe-unto-me, to-what-ones I-shall-appeal-off-unto to-the-ones to-affordings-to, to-which-ones into to-follied I-destructed-off, holding-toward unto-idols and unto-augurings-of, to-the-ones to-Anointed-belonged-to not-from-oneing-out-unto?

Note: (PROSEXOUSA) : PROSEXOUSAI corrected to PROSEXOUSA.

APh 1:12 ἀπώλεσα μου τὸν υἱόν, ὅς μοι καὶ μόνος ὑπῆρχεν.

I-destructed-off of-me to-the-one to-a-son, which unto-me and stayeed it-was-firsting-under.

APh 2:1 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν· Οὐδὲν ξένον πέπονθας ὦ μῆτερ τοιαῦτα πλανηθεῖσα ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ τοῦ ἀπόλλοντος τὰς ψυχάς· οὕτως γὰρ ὁ διάβολος πλανᾷ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, καὶ ὑστεροῦνται τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς.

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-had-said, To-not-then-also-one to-guested thou-hath-had-come-to-trek, Oh Mother, to-the-ones-unto-the-ones-these having-been-wandered-unto under of-the-one of-en-enmitied of-the-one of-othering-off to-the-ones to-breathings; unto-the-one-this too-thus the-one casted-through it-wandereth-unto to-the-ones to-mankinds, and they-be-lattered-unto of-the-one of-aged-belonged of-a-lifing.

APh 2:2 σὺ δὲ κατάστειλον τὸν κοπετόν, καὶ ἄρτι σου τὸ τέκνον ἀναστήσω τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ μου δυνάμει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ σταυρωθέντος καὶ ἀναστάντος καὶ βασιλεύοντος τῶν αἰώνων, ὅστις δὲ πιστεύει εἰς αὐτὸν λαμβάνει ζωὴν αἰώνιον.

Thou then-also thou-should-have-set-down to-the-one to-a-fellableness, and thus-to-a-one of-thee to-the-one to-a-creationee I-shall-stand-up unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity of-me unto-an-ability of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed of-the-one of-having-been-en-staked and of-having-had-stood-up and of-rulering-of of-the-ones of-ages; which-a-one then-also it-trusteth-of into to-it it-taketh to-a-lifing to-aged-belonged.

APh 3:1 Ἡ δὲ γραῦς εἶπεν· Εἰ τὰ λεγόμενά μοι σωτήρια ἄνθρωπε καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀπόστολε τοῦ θεοῦ, βοήθησον τῷ γήρατί μου τῷ κακῶς γεγηρακότι·

The-one then-also a-crone it-had-said, If the-ones being-forthed unto-me saviorlets, Mankind, and as unto-un-secluded, Setee-off of-the-one of-a-Deity, thou-should-have-holler-ran-unto unto-the-one unto-an-oldeness of-me unto-the-one unto-wedge-wedged unto-having-had-come-to-olden-unto;

APh 3:2 ὡς δὲ ηὐξάμην ἀποθανεῖν καὶ οὐκ εἰσηκούσθην τοσαῦτα κακὰ παθοῦσα, τάχα μᾶλλον οὐ συμφέρει μοι γαμεῖν, καὶ μηδὲν ἐσθίειν τὰ εἰς ὕστερον δονοῦντα τὸ σῶμα, οἶνος καὶ κρέα, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἄρτον καὶ ὕδωρ, καὶ λύπας κερδαίνειν καὶ πολλὰ κακὰ καὶ πένθη πικρά.

as then-also I-had-goodly-held to-have-had-died-off and not I-was-heard-into, to-the-ones-which-the-ones-these to-wedge-wedged having-had-trekked, to-quick more-such not it-beareth-together unto-me to-marry-unto, and to-lest-the-also-one to-eat-belong to-the-ones into to-latter to-thinking-unto to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to, a-wine and a-meat, other more-such to-an-adjustation and to-a-water, and to-throes to-gain and to-much to-wedge-wedged and to-grieveednesses to-bittered.

APh 3:3 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν· Ἀληθῶς μήτηρ ταῦτα οὐκ ἁπλῶς φθέγγῃ· τί γάρ σοι δοκεῖ ἡ ἁγνεία;

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-had-said, Unto-un-secluded a-mother to-the-ones-these not unto-folded-along thou-voice; to-what-one too-thus unto-thee it-thinketh-unto, the-one a-purifying-of?

APh 3:4 ὅτι αὐτῇ τῇ ἁγνείᾳ ὁ θεὸς ὁμιλεῖ, καὶ φθόνον ἔχει πολὺν παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· μὴ δυνάμενοι γὰρ ἁγνεῦσαι ἢ ὑδροποτῆσαι σπουδάζουσί τι καταψεύσασθαι τοῦ ἁγνῶς διάγοντος· ὅθεν καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐμακάρισεν τοὺς τοιούτους·

To-which-a-one unto-it unto-the-one unto-a-purifying-of the-one a-Deity it-groupeth-along-unto, and to-an-envying it-holdeth to-much beside unto-the-ones unto-mankinds; lest abling too-thus to-have-purified-of or to-have-water-drinkationed-unto they-hastenee-unto to-a-one to-have-falsified-down of-the-one unto-pure of-leading-through; which-from and the-one a-Deity it-blessed-to to-the-ones to-the-ones-unto-the-ones-these;

APh 3:5 εἶπεν γάρ· Μακάριοί ἐστε ὅταν λαλήσωσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι καθ᾿ ὑμῶν πᾶν ψεῦσμα.

It-had-said too-thus, Bless-belonged ye-be which-also-ever they-might-have-spoke-unto, the-ones mankinds, down of-ye to-all to-a-falsifying-to.

APh 3:6 χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς· δυνήσεσθε δαίμονας ἐπιστομίζειν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς μηδεμίαν φροντίδα ποιούμενοι, ἔχοντες σωτῆρα Ἰησοῦν τὸν σταυρωθέντα.

Ye-should-joy and ye-should-excess-jump-belong-unto, to-which-a-one the-one a-pay of-ye much in unto-the-ones unto-skies; ye-shall-able to-daimons to-becuttee-upon-to upon of-the-one of-a-soil to-lest-then-also-one to-a-centress doing-unto, holding to-a-Savior to-an-Iêsous to-the-one to-having-been-en-staked.

Note: to-a-centress : used to refer to the main focus, usually of thought, but also of the heart, and of authority, etc.

APh 4:1 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπόντος τοῦ ἀποστόλου εἶπεν ἡ γραῦς· Πιστεύω εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν τὸν ὑπὸ σοῦ κηρυττόμενον.

And to-the-ones-these of-having-had-said of-the-one of-a-setee-off it-had-said, the-one a-crone, I-trust-of into to-the-one to-an-Iêsous to-the-one under of-thee of-being-heraldered.

APh 4:2 Τότε προσέρχεται ὁ ἀπόστολος τῷ πτώματι καὶ λέγει· Ἀνάστα νεανίσκε δυνάμει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ.

To-the-one-which-also it-cometh-toward, the-one a-setee-off, unto-the-one unto-an-en-falling-to and it-fortheth, Thou-should-have-had-stood-up, New-belonging-of, unto-an-ability of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed of-the-one of-a-Son of-the-one of-a-Deity.

APh 4:3 Καὶ εὐθέως ἀνέστη ὡς ἐξ ὕπνου, καὶ εἶπεν ἐμβλέψας πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον· Πόθεν τὸ φῶς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον καὶ ἐμὲ ἀποθανόντα ἀναστῆσαι τηλικαύτῃ σπουδῇ, ἐλθεῖν τε ἄγγελον θεοῦ καὶ ἀνοῖξαι τὰ δεσμωτήρια τῆς κρίσεως, ἔνθα ἤδη ἐγὼ ἐγκεκλεισμένος ἐτύγχανον;

And unto-straight it-had-stood-up as out of-a-sleep, and it-had-said having-viewed-in toward to-the-one to-a-Filippos, Whither-from to-the-one to-a-light of-the-one of-a-mankind of-the-one-this to-have-had-came into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-the-one-this and to-ME to-having-had-died-off to-have-had-stood-up unto-statured-to-the-one-this unto-a-hasteneeing, to-have-had-came also to-a-leadeeer of-a-Deity and to-have-opened-up to-the-ones to-bindeerlets of-the-one of-a-separating, in-from-which which-then I having-had-come-to-be-latch-belonged-in I-was-actuanating?

APh 4:4 εἶδον γὰρ ἐκεῖ κριτήρια καὶ κολάσεις ἃς γλῶσσα ἀνθρωπίνη οὐκ ἱκανὴ διηγήσασθαι.

I-had-seen too-thus thither to-separaterlets and to-stricturings to-which a-tongue mankind-belonged-to not ampled to-have-led-through-unto.

APh 4:5 εἴ τις οὖν ἀδελφοὶ θελήσειεν ἑαυτὸν ἐλεῆσαι, πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἐκφεύξεται, καὶ πιστεύσει τῷ θεῷ τῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου κηρυττομένῳ, καὶ μακάριος ἔσται· καὶ εἴ τις ὁμολογήσει τὸν ἀγαπητὸν Χριστὸν δοξασθήσεται.

If a-one accordingly, Brethrened, it-may-have-determined to-self to-have-besectionated-unto, of-all of-the-ones of-wedge-wedged it-shall-flee-out, and it-shall-trust-of unto-the-one unto-a-Deity unto-the-one under of-the-one of-a-mankind of-the-one-this unto-being-heraldered, and bless-belonged it-shall-be; and if a-one it-shall-along-forthee-unto to-the-one to-excessed-off-unto to-Anointed it-shall-be-reckoned-to.

APh 5:1 Καὶ οὕτως ὁ παῖς ἀναστὰς ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου ἅμα τῇ ἰδίᾳ μητρὶ ἐξαιρέτως ἐπίστευσαν, πολλοὺς ἐπιστρέψαντες· καὶ διὰ τούτων λαβόντες τὸ βάπτισμα ἐδόξαζον τὸν θεόν·

And unto-the-one-this the-one a-child having-had-stood-up out of-the-one of-a-death, along unto-the-one unto-private-belonged unto-a-mother unto-sectioned-along-out they-trusted-of, to-much having-beturned-upon; and through of-the-ones-these having-had-taken to-the-ones to-dippings-to they-were-reckoning-to to-the-one to-a-Deity;

APh 5:2 καὶ πάντες εὐχαρίστησαν τῷ σωτῆρι Χριστῷ, καὶ τῷ ἀποστόλῳ δόντες πάμπολλα ἐφόδια ἀπηλλάγησαν τῆς πλάνης πιστεύσαντες τῷ Χριστῷ.

And all they-goodly-granted-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Savior unto-Anointed, and unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off giving to-all-much to-waylets-upon, they-had-been-othered-off of-the-one of-a-wandering having-trusted-of unto-the-one unto-Anointed.

APh 5:3 ὁ δὲ νεανίσκος ἠκολούθησεν τῷ ἀποστόλῳ, μεγαλυνόμενος ἐπὶ τοῖς θαύμασι τοῖς δι᾿ αὐτοῦ καθ᾿ ἡμέραν γινομένοις δοξάζων τὸν θεόν.

The-one then-also a-new-belonging-of it-pathed-along-unto unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off, being-greatened upon unto-the-ones unto-marvelings-to unto-the-ones through of-it down to-a-dayedness unto-becoming reckoning-to to-the-one to-a-Deity.

APh 6:0 Πρᾶξις β´ ὅτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα τῶν Ἀθηνῶν.

A-practice two which-also it-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-Hellas of-the-ones of-Athênê'.

APh 6:1 Ἐγένετο δὲ ὅτε εἰσῆλθεν Φίλιππος εἰς τὴν πόλιν τῶν Ἀθηνῶν τὴν καλουμένην Ἑλλάδα, συνήχθησαν παρ᾿ αὐτῷ τριακόσιοι φιλόσοφοι λέγοντες· Ἀπελθόντες ἴδωμεν τίς ἡ σοφία αὐτοῦ.

It-had-became then-also which-also it-had-came-into, a-Filippos, into to-the-one to-a-city of-the-ones of-Athênê' to-the-one to-being-called-unto to-a-Hellas, they-were-led-together beside unto-it thirty wisdom-cared forthing, Having-had-came-off we-might-have-had-seen what-one the-one a-wisdoming-unto of-it.

APh 6:2 λέγουσιν γὰρ περὶ τῶν σοφῶν τῆς Ἀσίας ὅτι μεγάλη αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ σοφία.

They-forth too-thus about of-the-ones of-wisdomed of-the-one of-an-Asia to-which-a-one great of-them it-be the-one a-wisdoming-unto.

APh 6:3 Ἔδοξαν γὰρ τὸν Φίλιππον εἶναι φιλόσοφον, ἐπειδὴ ἦν ὁδεύων σχήματι ἀποτακτικοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν ὅτι ἀπόστολός ἐστιν Χριστοῦ.

They-thought-unto too-thus to-the-one to-a-Filippos to-be to-wisdom-cared, upon-if-then it-was waying-of unto-a-holdening-to of-arranged-off-belonged-of, and not they-had-acquainted to-which-a-one a-setee-off it-be of-Anointed-belonged.

APh 6:4 τὸ γὰρ ἔνδυμα ὅπερ ἔδωκεν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐπενδύτης μόνον ἦν καὶ λέντιον· οὕτως οὖν ἦν περιοδεύων ὁ Φίλιππος.

The-one too-thus a-sinking-to to-which-very it-gave unto-the-ones unto-setees-off, the-one an-Iêsous, a-sinker-in-upon stayeed it-was and an-apron; unto-the-one-this accordingly it-was waying-about-of, the-one a-Filippos.

Note: a-sinker-in-upon : used to refer to garment that covered from shoulders to thighs designed to be girded at the loins, giving ease of movement while doing work.

APh 6:5 διὰ τοῦτο οὖν ὅτε ἐθεάσαντο αὐτὸν οἱ φιλόσοφοι τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐφοβήθησαν· συνήχθησαν οὖν εἰς ἕνα τόπον καὶ ἐλάλησαν εἰς ἑαυτούς·

Through to-the-one-this accordingly which-also they-spectated to-it, the-ones wisdom-cared of-the-one of-a-Hellas they-were-feareed-unto; they-were-led-together accordingly into to-one to-an-occasion and they-spoke-unto into to-selves,

APh 6:6 Δεῦτε ἐπισκεψώμεθα τὰς βίβλους ἡμῶν, μή πως νικήσῃ ἡμᾶς ὁ ξένος οὗτος καὶ αἰσχύνῃ ἡμᾶς.

Ye-should-hither-of, we-might-have-scouted-upon to-the-ones to-papers of-us, lest unto-whither it-might-have-mull-belonged-of-unto to-us, the-one guested the-one-this, and it-might-have-shamened to-us.

APh 7:1 Καὶ οὕτως ποιήσαντες συνῆλθον ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό· καὶ λέγουσι τῷ Φιλίππῳ ὅτι Ἡμεῖς ἔχομεν μαθήματα τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, ἐν οἷς ἀρχούμεθα φιλοσοφοῦντες·

And unto-the-one-this having-done-unto they-had-came-together upon to-the-one to-it; and they-forth unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos to-which-a-one, We we-hold to-learnings-to of-the-ones of-fathers of-us, in unto-which we-first wisdom-caring-unto;

APh 7:2 Εἰ δέ τι καινότερον ἔχεις ὦ ξένε, ἐπίδειξον ἡμῖν ἀφθόνως μετὰ παρρησίας· οὐδενὸς γὰρ ἄλλου χρείαν ἔχομεν ἢ μόνον ἀκούειν τι καινότερον.

If then-also to-a-one to-more-fresh thou-hold, Oh Guested, thou-should-have-en-showed-upon unto-us unto-un-envied with of-an-all-uttering-unto; of-not-then-also-one too-thus of-other to-an-affording-of we-hold or to-stayeed to-have-heard to-a-one to-more-fresh.

APh 8:1 Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Ὦ ἄνδρες φιλόσοφοι τῆς Ἑλλάδος, εἰ βούλεσθε καινοτέρου πράγματος ἀκοῦσαι καὶ ἐστε ποθοῦντες τι καινότερον, ὀφείλετε ἀπορρῖψαι ἀφ᾿ ἑαυτῶν τὸν νοῦν τοῦ παλαιοῦ ἀνθρώπου·

Having-been-separated-off then-also the-one a-Filippos it-had-said unto-them, Oh Men Wisdom-cared of-the-one of-a-Hellas, if ye-purpose of-more-fresh of-a-practicing-to to-have-heard and ye-be yearing-unto to-a-one to-more-fresh, ye-should-debt to-have-flung-off off of-selves to-the-one to-an-en-mulling-of of-the-one of-past-belonged of-a-mankind;

APh 8:2 ὡς εἶπεν ὁ κύριός μου ὅτι οὐ δυνατόν ἐστιν βαλεῖν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς, ἐπεὶ ῥήγνυται ὁ ἀσκὸς καὶ ἐκχύνεται ὁ οἶνος, καὶ ὁ ἀσκὸς ἀπολεῖται· ἀλλ᾿ οἶνον νέον βάλλουσιν εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς, ἵνα ἀμφότερα φυλαχθῶσιν.

as it-had-said, the-one Authority-belonged of-me, to-which-a-one not able it-be to-have-had-casted to-a-wine to-new into to-leatherns to-past-belonged, upon-if it-be-en-bursted the-one a-leathern and it-be-poured-out the-one a-wine, and the-one a-leathern it-shall-destruct-off; other to-a-wine to-new they-cast into into to-leatherns to-fresh, so more-around they-might-have-been-guardered.

APh 8:3 Ταῦτα δὲ εἶπεν ὁ κύριος ἐν παραβολαῖς, διδάσκων ἡμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ αὐτοῦ σοφίᾳ ὅτι πολλοὶ ἀγαπήσουσιν τὸν νέον οἶνον μὴ ἔχοντες ἀσκὸν καινὸν καὶ νέον.

To-the-ones-these then-also it-had-said, the-one Authority-belonged, in unto-castings-beside, veer-veerating to-us in unto-the-one unto-hallow-belonged of-it unto-a-wisdoming-unto, to-which-a-one much they-shall-excess-off-unto to-the-one to-new to-a-wine lest holding to-a-leathern to-fresh and to-new.

APh 8:4 ὑμᾶς μὲν ἀγαπῶ ὦ ἄνδρες τῆς Ἑλλάδος καὶ μακαρίζω ὑμᾶς εἰρηκότας ὅτι Ἀγαπῶμέν τι καινότερον.

To-ye indeed I-excess-off-unto, Oh Men of-the-one of-a-Hellas, and I-bless-to to-ye to-having-had-come-to-utter to-which-a-one, We-excess-off-unto to-a-one to-more-fresh.

APh 8:5 Καὶ γὰρ παιδείαν ὄντως νέαν καὶ καινὴν ἤνεγκεν ὁ κύριος μου εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα πᾶσαν ἐξαλείψῃ κοσμικὴν παίδευσιν.

And too-thus to-a-childing-of unto-being to-new and to-fresh it-beared, the-one Authority-belonged of-me, into to-the-one to-an-orderation, so to-all it-might-have-smeared-along-out to-orderation-belonged-of to-a-childing.

APh 9:1 Λέγουσιν οἱ φιλόσοφοι· Τίς ἐστιν ὃν λέγεις κύριός σου;

They-forth, the-ones wisdom-cared, What-one it-be to-which thou-forth, Authority-belonged of-thee?

APh 9:2 Λέγει ὁ Φίλιππος ὅτι Ὁ κύριός μού ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ ἐν οὐρανοῖς.

It-fortheth, the-one a-Filippos, to-which-a-one, The-one Authority-belonged of-me it-be an-Iêsous the-one in unto-skies.

APh 9:3 Οἳ δὲ εἶπον αὐτῷ· Δεῖξον ἡμῖν αὐτὸν ἐν συνέσει χωρὶς φθόνου, ἵνα καὶ ἡμεῖς πιστεύσωμεν.

The-ones then-also they-had-said unto-it, Thou-should-have-en-showed unto-us to-it in unto-a-sending-together of-spaced of-an-envying, so and we we-might-have-trusted-of.

APh 9:4 Ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος εἶπεν ὅτι Ὃν μέλλω γνωρίζειν ὑμῖν κύριον ὑπεράνω ἐστὶν παντὸς ὀνόματος ὅπερ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλο.

The-one then-also a-Filippos it-had-said to-which-a-one, To-which I-pend to-acquaint-to unto-ye to-Authority-belonged, over-up-unto-which it-be of-all of-a-naming-to, which-very not it-be other.

APh 9:5 τοῦτο δὲ μόνον λέγω ὅτι καθὼς εἰρήκατέ μοι Μὴ φθονήσῃς ἡμῖν, μὴ γένοιτό μοι φθονῆσαι ὑμῖν· ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐν μεγάλῃ ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἐν μεγάλῃ χαρᾷ ἀποκαλύψαι ὑμῖν ἔχω τὸ ὄνομα ἐκεῖνο· ἄλλο γὰρ ἔργον οὐκ ἔχω ἐν τούτῳ τῷ κόσμῳ εἰ μὴ τὸ τοιοῦτον κήρυγμα.

To-the-one-this then-also to-stayeed I-forth to-which-a-one down-as ye-had-come-to-utter unto-me, Lest thou-might-have-envied-unto unto-us; lest it-may-have-had-became unto-me to-have-envied-unto unto-ye, other more-such in unto-great unto-an-excess-jump-belonging and in unto-great unto-a-joyedness to-have-shrouded-off unto-ye I-hold to-the-one to-a-naming-to to-the-one-thither; to-other too-thus to-a-work not I-hold in unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-an-orderation, if lest to-the-one to-the-one-unto-the-one-this to-a-heraldering-to.

APh 9:6 ὅτε γὰρ ἦλθεν ὁ κύριος μου εἰς τοῦτον τὸν κόσμον, ἐξελέξατο ἡμᾶς ὄντας τὸν ἀριθμὸν δώδεκα, πληρώσας ἡμᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου ἀπὸ τοῦ φωτὸς αὐτοῦ ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς γνωρίζειν αὐτὸν τίς ἐστιν, καὶ ἐνετείλατο ἡμῖν εὐαγγελίζεσθαι πᾶσι τὴν παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ σωτηρίαν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἕτερον ὄνομα ὀνομασθὲν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ εἰ μὴ τοῦτο.

Which-also too-thus it-had-came, the-one Authority-belonged of-me, into to-the-one-this to-the-one to-an-orderation, it-forthed-out to-us to-being to-the-one to-a-number to-two-ten, having-en-filled to-us of-a-currenting-to of-hallow-belonged, off of-the-one of-a-light of-it it-did-unto to-us to-acquaint-to to-it what-one it-be, and it-finished-in unto-us to-goodly-leadeeer-to unto-all to-the-one beside of-it to-a-savioring-unto, to-which-a-one not it-be different a-naming-to having-been-named-to out of-a-sky if lest the-one-this.

APh 9:7 διὰ τοῦτο ἦλθον ἐγὼ πρὸς ὑμᾶς πληροφορῆσαι ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἐν λόγῳ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ἀποδείξει θαυμασίων ἔργων ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.

Through to-the-one-this I-had-came I toward to-ye to-have-fully-beared-unto to-ye not in unto-a-forthee to-stayeed other and in unto-a-showing-off of-marvel-to-belonged of-works in unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-us of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed.

APh 10:1 Ταῦτα δὲ ὅτε ἤκουσαν οἱ φιλόσοφοι, λέγουσιν τῷ Φιλίππῳ ὅτι Τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ἀκουσθὲν ἐν ἡμῖν νῦν παρὰ σου οὐδέποτε εὕραμεν ἐν ταῖς βίβλοις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν· νῦν οὖν πῶς δυνάμεθα γνῶναι περὶ τῶν ῥημάτων σου;

To-the-ones-these then-also which-also they-heard, the-ones wisdom-cared, they-forth unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos to-which-a-one, The-one-this the-one a-naming-to the-one having-been-heard in unto-us now beside of-thee, not-then-also-whither-also we-found in unto-the-ones unto-papers of-the-ones of-fathers of-us; now accordingly unto-whither we-able to-have-had-acquainted about of-the-ones of-utterings-to of-thee?

APh 10:2 Ἔτι δὲ προσθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ ὅτι Ἔασον ἡμᾶς τρεῖς ἡμέρας, ἵνα συμβουλευσώμεθα μετ᾿ ἀλλήλων περὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος τούτου.

If-to-a-one then-also having-had-placed-toward they-forth unto-it to-which-a-one, Thou-should-have-letted-unto to-us to-three to-days, so we-might-have-purposed-together-of with of-other-to-other about of-the-one of-a-naming-to of-the-one-this.

APh 10:3 οὐ γὰρ μικρῶς εἰς τοῦτο κεκινήμεθα ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς πατρικῆς ἡμῶν δεισιδαιμονίας.

Not too-thus unto-small into to-the-one-this we-had-come-to-be-moved-unto to-have-had-stood-off off of-the-one of-father-belonged-of of-us of-a-daimon-diring-unto.

APh 10:4 Λέγει οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Φίλιππος· Βουλεύσασθε ὡς θέλετε· οὐ γὰρ δόλιον πρᾶγμά ἐστιν.

It-fortheth accordingly unto-them, the-one a-Filippos, Ye-should-have-purposed-of as ye-determine; not too-thus guile-belonged a-practicing-to it-be.

APh 11:1 Οἱ δὲ φιλόσοφοι ἀλλήλους συναθροίσαντες οἱ τριακόσιοι ἐλάλησαν μετ᾿ ἀλλήλων λέγοντες·

The-ones then-also wisdom-cared to-other-to-other having-flurried-along-together-to, the-ones three-hundred, they-spoke-unto with of-other-to-other forthing,

APh 11:2 Οἴδατε ὅτι ὁ ἀνὴρ οὗτος ξένην φιλοσοφίαν ἤγαγεν, καὶ οἱ λόγοι οἱ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ εἰρημένοι εἰς ἔκστασιν ἡμᾶς φέρουσιν· τί οὖν ποιήσωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἢ περὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ λεγομένου Ἰησοῦ τοῦ βασιλέως τῶν αἰώνων ὃν λέγει;

Ye-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one the-one a-man the-one-this to-guested to-a-wisdom-caring-unto it-had-led, and the-ones forthees the-ones beside of-it having-had-come-to-be-uttered, into to-a-standing-out to-us they-bear; to-what-one accordingly we-might-have-done-unto about of-it or about of-the-one of-a-naming-to of-the-one of-being-forthed of-an-Iêsous of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-the-ones of-ages to-which it-fortheth?

APh 11:3 Καὶ ἔτι εἰς ἀλλήλους φησὶν ὅτι Τάχα ἡμεῖς οὐκ δυνάμεθα πρὸς αὐτὸν διαλέγεσθαι, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων.

And if-to-a-one into to-other-to-other it-declareth to-which-a-one, To-quick we not we-able toward to-it to-forth-through, if lest the-one a-first-sacreder of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged.

APh 11:4 Εἰ οὖν δοκεῖ, ἀποστείλωμεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὅπως αὐτὸς ἀντιστῇ τῷ ξένῳ τούτῳ, καὶ ἀκριβῶς Μάθωμεν τὸ εὐαγγελιζόμενον ὄνομα.

If accordingly it-thinketh-unto, we-might-have-set-off toward to-it unto-which-whither it it-might-have-had-ever-a-one-stood unto-the-one unto-guested unto-the-one-this, and unto-exacted we-might-have-had-learned to-the-one to-being-goodly-leadeeered to-a-naming-to.

APh 12:1 Ἔγραψαν οὖν εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον· Οἱ φιλόσοφοι τῆς Ἑλλάδος Ἀνανίᾳ τῷ μεγάλῳ ἀρχιερεῖ τῶν Ἰουδαίων τῶν ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ.

They-scribed accordingly into to-an-Ierousalêm to-the-one to-a-turn to-the-one-this, The-ones wisdom-cared of-the-one of-a-Hellas unto-an-Ananias unto-the-one unto-great unto-a-first-sacreder-of of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged of-the-ones in unto-an-Ierousalêm.

APh 12:2 Μεγάλης οὔσης μετὰ σοῦ τε καὶ ἡμῶν ἐν παντὶ τῷ καιρῷ, ὡς ὅτι ἡμεῖς οἱ φιλοσοφούμενοι οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι γινώσκεις.

Of-great of-being with of-thee also and of-us in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-time, as to-which-a-one we the-ones wisdom-cared the-ones Athênê-belonged thou-acquaint.

APh 12:3 ἦλθέν τις ἀνὴρ ξένος κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα, Φίλιππος ὀνόματι, καὶ ἁπλῶς ἐτάραξεν ἡμᾶς σφόδρα ἔν τε λόγοις καὶ δυνάμεσιν ἐξαισίοις, καὶ εἰσφέρει ὄνομα ἐπίδοξον Ἰησοῦν, μαθητὴν ἐκείνου ἑαυτὸν ὁμολογῶν.

It-had-came, a-one a-man guested down to-the-one to-a-Hellas, a-Filippos unto-a-naming-to, and unto-folded-along it-stirred to-us to-vehemented, in also unto-forthees and unto-abilities unto-due-belonged-out, and it-beareth-into to-a-naming-to to-reckoned-upon to-an-Iêsous, to-a-learner of-the-one-thither to-self along-fortheeing-unto.

APh 12:4 ποιεῖ δὲ καὶ θαυμάσια ἅπερ γράφομέν σοι, ὅτι ἐξέβαλεν δαίμονας ἐγκεχρονικότας ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, καὶ κωφοὺς ποιεῖ ἀκούειν, τυφλοὺς βλέπειν· καὶ τὸ θαυμαστότερον, ὅπερ ἔδει καὶ πρῶτον σημᾶναι, ὅτι ἀνθρώπους ἴσως πεπληρωκότας τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ βίου ἀποθανόντας ἀνέστησεν.

It-doeth-unto then-also and to-marvel-to-belonged to-which-very we-scribe unto-thee, to-which-a-one it-had-casted-out to-daimons to-having-had-come-to-while-in-to in unto-the-ones unto-mankinds, and to-blunted it-doeth-unto to-hear, to-blind to-view; and to-the-one to-more-marveled-unto, to-which-very it-was-binding and to-most-before to-have-signified, to-which-a-one to-mankinds unto-samed to-having-had-come-to-en-fill to-the-one to-a-number of-the-one of-a-dureeation to-having-had-died-off it-stood-up.

APh 12:5 ἡ δὲ φήμη αὐτοῦ διῆλθεν εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ Μακεδονίαν, καὶ πολλοὶ εἰσιν οἱ ἐρχόμενοι πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν κύκλῳ πόλεων φέροντες τοὺς κεκακωμένους ποικίλαις νόσοις, καὶ πάντας ἰᾶται διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ.

The-one then-also a-declaring of-it it-had-came-through into to-all to-the-one to-a-Hellas and to-a-Makedonia, and much they-be the-ones coming toward to-it off of-the-ones unto-a-circle of-cities bearing to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-en-wedge-wedged unto-varied unto-ailments, and to-all it-cureth-unto through of-the-one of-a-naming-to of-the-one of-an-Iêsous.

APh 12:6 διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν ἄνευ πάσης φειδοῦς ἐλθὲ πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ἵνα αὐτὸς ἡμῖν ἀπαγγείλης τὸ τί βούλεται εἶναι τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο ὃ διδάσκει τὸν Ἰησοῦν.

Through to-the-one-this unto-the-one-now un-nodded of-all of-a-sparing thou-should-have-had-came toward to-us, so it unto-us thou-might-have-leadeeered-off to-the-one to-what-one it-purposeth to-be to-the-one to-a-naming-to to-the-one-this to-which it-veer-veerateth to-the-one to-an-Iêsous.

Note: to-the-one-this to-which (TOUTO O) : TI TW corrected to TOUTO O.

APh 12:7 διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ἀπεστείλαμέν σοι τήνδε τὴν ἐπιστολήν.

Through to-the-one-this too-thus and we-set-off unto-thee to-the-one-then-also to-the-one to-a-seteeing-upon.

APh 13:1 Ἐγένετο δὲ ὡς ἐδέξατο τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ ὡς ἀνέγνω, ὀργῆς μεγάλης ἐπλήσθη, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ διέρρηξεν καὶ φησιν· Ἆρα ὅτι ὁ πλάνος ἐκεῖνος καὶ ἐν Ἀθήναις ἐν τοῖς φιλοσόφοις ἐχώρησεν ἀπατῆσαι αὐτούς;

It-had-became then-also as it-received to-the-one to-a-seteeing-upon, the-one a-first-sacreder-of, and as it-had-acquainted-up, of-a-stressing of-great it-was-repleted, and to-the-ones to-apparelets of-it it-en-bursted-through and it-declareth, Thus to-which-a-one the-one wandered the-one-thither and in unto-Athênê' in unto-the-ones unto-wisdom-cared it-spaced-unto to-have-deluded-unto to-them?

APh 13:2 Ὁ δὲ Μανσημάτ, τοῦτ᾿ ἔστιν ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὑπεισῆλθεν εἰς τὸν Ἀνανίαν καὶ ἐπλήρωσεν αὐτὸν θυμοῦ καὶ ὀργῆς·

The-one then-also a-Mansêmat, the-one-this it-be the-one a-satanas, it-had-came-into-under into to-the-one to-an-Ananias and it-en-filled to-it of-a-passion and of-a-stressing;

APh 13:3 καὶ εἶπεν ὅτι Ἐὰν ἐάσω αὐτόν τε ἐκεῖνον τὸν Φίλιππον καὶ τοὺς μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ ζῆσαι, πάντως ὁ νόμος λυθήσεται, καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία αὐτῶν ἴσως πληρώσει τὴν γῆν ὅλην.

and it-had-said to-which-a-one, If-ever thou-might-have-let-unto to-it also to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-a-Filippos and to-the-ones with of-it to-have-lifed-unto, unto-all the-one a-parcelee it-shall-be-loosed, and the-one a-veer-veerating-unto of-them unto-samed it-shall-en-fill to-the-one to-a-soil to-whole.

APh 13:4 Καὶ εἰσῄει ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ οἱ νομοδιδάσκαλοι καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, καὶ συνεβουλεύσαντο μετ᾿ ἀλλήλων λέγοντες· Τί ποιήσωμεν περὶ τούτων;

And it-was-going-into, the-one a-first-sacreder-of, into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto to-the-one of-self and the-ones parcelee-veer-veerators and the-ones Faris-belonged, and they-purposed-together-of with of-other-to-other forthing, To-what-one we-might-have-done-unto about of-the-ones-these?

APh 13:5 Καὶ λέγουσιν τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ· Ἀνανία ἀναστὰς ὅπλισον σεαυτὸν καὶ ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ πεντακοσίους δυνατοὺς ἄνδρας, καὶ ἄπελθε εἰς τὰς Ἀθήνας, καὶ πάντως ἀνάλισκε τὸν Φίλιππον, καὶ τὴν διδαχὴν αὐτοῦ οὕτως ἀνατρέψεις.

And they-forth unto-the-one unto-a-first-sacreder-of, Ananias, having-had-stood-up thou-should-have-implemented-to to-thyself and out of-the-one of-a-people to-five-hundred to-abled to-men, and thou-should-have-had-came-off into to-the-ones to-Athênê', and unto-all thou-should-other-along-up to-the-one to-a-Filippos, and to-the-one to-a-veer-veerating of-it unto-the-one-this thou-shall-beturn-up.

APh 14:1 Καὶ ἐνδυσάμενος τὸ ἔνδυμα τὸ ἀρχιερατικὸν παρεγένετο εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἐν μεγάλῃ φαντασίᾳ μετὰ τῶν πεντακοσίων ἀνδρῶν.

And having-sunk-in to-the-one to-a-sinking-in-to to-the-one to-first-sacreder-belonged-of it-had-became-beside into to-the-one to-a-Hellas in unto-great unto-a-manifestationing-unto with of-the-ones of-five-hundred of-men.

APh 14:2 ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ἦν ἐν οἰκίᾳ πρώτου τινὸς τῆς πόλεως μετὰ τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἀδελφῶν.

The-one then-also a-Filippos it-was in unto-a-housing-unto of-most-before of-a-one of-the-one of-a-city with of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-trust-of of-brethrened.

APh 14:3 ὁ δὲ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ τριακόσιοι φιλόσοφοι ἀνῆλθον εἰς τὸ προπύλαιον τῆς οἰκίας ἔνθα ἦν ὁ Φίλιππος.

The-one then-also a-first-sacreder-of and the-ones together unto-it and the-ones three-hundred wisdom-cared they-had-came-up into to-the-one to-a-gatelet-before of-the-one of-a-housing-unto in-from-which it-was the-one a-Filipppos.

APh 14:4 καὶ ἐμηνύθη τῷ Φιλίππῳ ἑστάναι αὐτοῖς ἔξω· καὶ ἀναστὰς ἐξῆλθεν.

And it-was-en-memoried unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos to-have-had-come-to-stand unto-them out-unto-which; and having-had-stood-up it-had-came-out.

APh 14:5 καὶ ὡς εἶδεν αὐτὸν ὁ ἀρχιερεύς, λέγει πρὸς αὐτόν· Ὦ Φίλιππε φαρμακὲ καὶ μάγε· γνωρίζω γάρ σε ὅτι εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ ὁ κύριός σου ὁ πλάνος ὠνόμασέν σε υἱὸν βροντῆς· οὐκ ἤρκεσεν ὑμῖν πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὧδε ἤλθατε πλανῆσαι Ἀθηναίους ἄνδρας φιλοσόφους;

And as it-had-seen to-it, the-one a-first-sacreder-of, it-fortheth toward to-it, Oh Filippos Doser and Magos, I-acquaint-to too-thus to-thee to-which-a-one into to-an-Ierousalem the-one Authority-belonged of-thee the-one wandered it-named-to to-thee to-a-son of-a-thunder; not it-lift-belonged-of-unto unto-ye, all the-one an-Ioudaia, other and unto-which-then-also ye-came to-have-wandered to-Athênê-belonged to-men to-wisdom-cared?

APh 14:6 Καὶ ὁ Φίλιππος εἶπεν· Εἴθε ὦ Ἀνανία ἀφῄρητο τὸ κάλυμμά σου τῆς ἀπιστίας ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας σου, ἵνα γνῷς τοὺς λόγους σου καὶ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν μάθῃς εἰ ἄρα πλάνος ἐγὼ ἢ σύ.

And the-one a-Filippos it-had-said, If-from, Oh Ananias, it-had-come-to-have-been-sectioned-along-off-unto the-one a-shrouding-to of-thee of-the-one of-an-un-trusting-unto off of-the-one of-a-heart of-thee, so thou-might-have-had-acquainted to-the-ones to-forthees of-thee and off of-them thou-might-have-had-learned if thus wandered I or thou.

APh 15:1 Ταῦτα ἀκούσας ὁ Ἀνανίας εἶπεν τῷ Φίλιππῳ· Ἀποκριθήσομαι τοῖς πᾶσιν.

To-the-ones-these having-heard, the-one an-Ananias, it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos, I-shall-be-separated-off unto-the-ones unto-all.

APh 15:2 Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Φίλιππος· Λάλησον.

And it-had-said, the-one a-Filippos, Thou-should-have-spoken-unto.

APh 15:3 Λέγει ὁ ἀρχιερεύς· Ὦ ἄνδρες τῆς Ἑλλάδος, οὗτος ὁ Φίλιππος πιστεύει εἰς ἄνθρωπον καλούμενον Ἰησοῦν, ὃς ἐγεννήθη ἐν ἡμῖν, ὃς καὶ ἐδίδαξεν τὴν αἵρεσιν ταύτην, καὶ τὸν νόμον καὶ τὸν ναὸν κατέλυσεν, καὶ τὸν καθαρισμὸν τὸν διὰ Μωσέως κατήργησεν καὶ τὰ σάββατα καὶ τὰς νεομηνίας, ὅτι φησὶν οὐκ εἰσὶν ὑπὸ θεοῦ τεταγμέναι.

It-fortheth, the-one a-first-sacreder-of, Oh Men of-the-one of-a-Hellas, the-one-this the-one a-Filippos it-trusteth-of into to-a-mankind to-being-called-unto to-an-Iêsous, which it-was-became in unto-us, which and it-veer-veerated to-the-one to-a-sectioning-along to-the-one-this, and to-the-one to-a-parcelee and to-the-one to-a-temple it-loosed-down, and to-the-one to-a-cleansing-to-of to-the-one through of-a-Môseus it-worked-down-unto and to-the-ones to-sabbaths and to-the-ones to-new-moonings-unto, to-which-a-one it-declareth not they-be under of-a-Deity having-had-come-to-be-arranged.

APh 15:4 Καὶ ὡς εἴδομεν ὅτι τὸν νόμον οὗτος καταλύει, ἐπαναστάντες ἐσταυρώσαμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα μὴ πληθυνθῇ ἡ διδαχὴ αὐτοῦ· ἐστράτευσεν γὰρ ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν πλήθη πολλά, καὶ ἔδωκεν μαρτυρίαν οὐ καλήν, ἐσθίειν τε πάντα ἁπλῶς καὶ συμμιγεῖς εἶναι μετὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν.

And as we-had-seen to-which-a-one to-the-one to-a-parcelee the-one-this it-looseth-down, having-had-stood-up-upon we-en-staked to-it, so lest it-might-have-been-repletened the-one a-veer-veerating of-it; it-amassed-of too-thus under of-them, repleteednesses much, and it-gave to-a-witnessing-unto not to-seemly, to-eat-belong also to-all unto-folded-along and to-minglinged-together to-be with of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to.

APh 15:5 καὶ τοῦτον παραδόντες ἐφονεύσαμεν καὶ κατεθάψαμεν αὐτὸν ἐν μνημείῳ· οὗτοι δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ κλέψαντες αὐτὸν διεκήρυξαν πανταχοῦ ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ ἐπλάνησαν πολὺ πλῆθος, ὁμολογήσαντες αὐτὸν εἶναι ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς.

And to-the-one-this having-had-given-beside we-slayed-of and we-burialed-down to-it in unto-a-memorylet-of; the-ones-these then-also the-ones learners of-it having-stoken to-it they-heraldered-through of-all-spaced to-which-a-one it-was-roused out of-the-ones of-en-deaded, and they-wandered-unto to-much to-repleteedness, having-along-fortheed-unto to-it to-be out of-right-belonged of-the-one of-a-Deity in unto-skies;

APh 15:6 ἀλλὰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι τὴν περιτομὴν ἔχοντες ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς· οὓς καὶ ἐδιώξαμεν, ἐπειδὴ πολλὰς δυνάμεις ἤρξαντο ποιεῖν ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· καὶ ἐκβληθέντες ἐξ Ἱερουσαλὴμ περιέρχονται τὴν οἰκουμένην καὶ πάντας ἀπατῶσιν ἐν τῇ μαγείᾳ ἐκείνου τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὡς καὶ νῦν οὗτος ὁ Φίλιππος ἦλθεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς τῇ αὐτῇ τέχνῃ ἀπατῆσαι ὑμᾶς.

other then-also and them the-ones-these to-the-one to-a-cutting-about holding as and we; to-which and we-pursued, upon-if-then to-much to-abilities they-firsted to-do-unto in unto-a-Ierousalêm through of-the-one of-a-naming-to of-the-one of-an-Iêsous; and having-been-casted-out out of-an-Ierousalêm they-come-about to-the-one to-being-housed-unto and to-all they-delude-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-magicking-of of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-an-Iêsous, as and now the-one-this the-one a-Filipoos it-had-came toward to-us unto-the-one unto-it unto-a-crafting to-have-deluded-unto to-us;

APh 15:7 ἀλλ᾿ ἐγὼ τοῦτον μεθ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ ἀποφέρω εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, ὅτι καὶ ζητεῖ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἀρχέλαος ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτόν.

other I to-the-one-this with of-self I-bear-off into to-an-Ierousalêm, to-which-a-one and it-seeketh-unto to-it, the-one an-Archelaos the-one a-ruler-of, of-the-one to-have-killed-of to-it.

APh 16:1 Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν ταῦτα τὸ περιεστῶς πλῆθος, οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς πίστεως ἐστηριγμένοι οὐκ ἐκινήθησαν οὐδὲ ἐδιψύχησαν· ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ὅτι Φίλιππος νικήσει ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ.

As then-also they-heard to-the-ones-these, the-one having-hath-had-come-to-stand-about a-repleteedness, the-ones indeed under of-the-one of-a-trust having-had-come-to-be-stablished-to not they-were-moved-unto not-then-also they-two-breathed-unto; they-had-come-to-have-had-seen too-thus to-which-a-one a-Filippos it-shall-mull-belong-of-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-reckonedness of-the-one of-an-Iêsous.

APh 16:2 ὁ νῦν Φίλιππος ἀπελογήσατο ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ μεγάλης παρρησίας ἀγαλλιῶν καὶ λέγων· Ἐγὼ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φιλόσοφοι ἦλθον πρὸς ὑμᾶς οὐ λόγοις διδάξαι ἀλλ᾿ ἐν ἀποδείξει θαυμασίων, ὧν καὶ ἀπὸ μέρους τάχα ἐθεάσασθε δι᾿ ἐμοῦ γεγενημένων ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ ὀνόματι ᾧ οὗτος ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ἀποβάλλεται.

The-one now a-Filipoos it-fortheed-off-unto in unto-the-one unto-an-ability of-the-one of-Anointed with of-great of-an-all-uttering-unto excess-jump-belonging-unto and forthing, I, Men Athênê-belonged, and the-ones in unto-ye wisdom-cared, we-had-came toward to-ye not unto-forthees to-have-veer-veerated other in unto-a-showing-off of-marvel-to-belonged, of-which and off of-a-portioneedness to-quick ye-spectated through of-ME of-having-had-come-to-be-became, in unto-the-one-thither unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to unto-which the-one-this the-one a-first-sacreder-of it-casteth-off.

APh 16:3 ἰδοὺ οὖν βοήσω πρὸς τὸν θεόν μου καὶ διδάξω ὑμᾶς, καὶ ὑμεῖς δοκιμάσατε τοὺς τῶν ἀμφοτέρων λόγους.

Thou-should-have-had-seen accordingly, I-shall-holler-unto toward to-the-one to-a-Deity of-me and I-shall-veer-veerate to-ye, and ye ye-should-have-assessed-to to-the-ones of-the-ones of-more-around of-forthees.

APh 17:1 Ταῦτα ἀκούσας ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ἔδραμεν ἐπὶ τὸν Φίλιππον μαστίξαι θέλων αὐτόν, καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ὅλη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ἐξηράνθη καὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐτυφλώθησαν· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ οἱ πεντακόσιοι οἱ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐτυφλώθησαν καὶ αὐτοί.

To-the-ones-these having-heard, the-one a-first-sacreder-of, it-had-circuited upon to-the-one to-a-Filippos to-have-thrashed-to determining to-it, and unto-it unto-the-one unto-an-houredness whole the-one a-hand of-it it-was-dried-out and the-ones eyes of-it they-were-en-blinded; unto-along-belonged then-also and the-ones five-hundred the-ones with of-it they-were-en-blinded and them.

APh 17:2 καὶ ἐνύβριζον καὶ κατεθεμάτιζον τὸν ἀρχιερέα λέγοντες ὅτι Ἐξερχόμενοι τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐλέγομέν σοι· Κατάστειλον· ἄνθρωποι γὰρ ὄντες θεῷ μάχεσθαι οὐ δυνάμεθα.

And they-were-abusing-in-to and they-were-placing-down-to to-the-one to-a-first-sacreder-of forthing to-which-a-one, Coming-out to-the-one to-an-Ierousalêm we-were-forthing unto-thee, Thou-should-have-set-down; mankinds too-thus being, unto-a-Deity to-have-warred-unto not we-able;

APh 17:3 Ἀλλὰ δεόμεθά σου ἀπόστολε τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ Φίλιππε, δὸς ἡμῖν τὸ δι᾿ αὐτοῦ φῶς, ἵνα καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀληθῶς αὐτοῦ ἐσόμεθα δοῦλοι.

other we-bind of-thee, Setee-off of-the-one of-a-Deity of-the-one of-an-Iêsous Filippos, thou-should-have-had-given unto-us to-the-one through of-it to-a-light, so and we unto-un-secluded of-it we-shall-be bondees.

APh 18:1 Ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ἰδὼν τὸ γενόμενον ἔλεγεν· Ὢ ἀσθενὴς φύσις, ἥτις ἐπαίρει μὲν ἑαυτὴν ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς, εὐθέως δὲ εἰς ἑαυτὴν καταταπεινουμένη· ὢ ἡ πικρὰ θάλασσα τὰ ἑαυτῆς κύματα εἰς ἡμᾶς ταράσσουσα καὶ ἐκφοβεῖν νομίζουσα, ἀλλὰ παρ᾿ ἑαυτῇ τὰ κύματα κοιμίζουσα.

The-one then-also a-Filippos having-had-seen to-the-one to-having-had-became it-was-forthing, Oh un-vigoringed a-spawning, which-a-one it-lifteth-upon indeed to-self upon to-us, unto-straight then-also into to-self en-low-belonging-down-to; Oh the-one bittered a-sea to-the-ones of-self to-swellings-to into to-us stirring and to-fearee-out-unto parceleeing-to, other beside unto-self to-the-ones to-swellings-to situateeing-to.

APh 18:2 νῦν οὖν ὁ ἡμέτερος καλὸς οἰκονόμος, Ἰησοῦ, τὸ ἅγιον φῶς, οὐ παρεῖδες ἡμᾶς τὸ σύνολον κράζοντας ἄνω πρὸς σὲ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς καλοῖς ἔργοις, ἀλλ᾿ ἦλθες τελέσαι αὐτὰ δι᾿ ἡμῶν.

Now accordingly, the-one ours seemly a-house-parceleeer, Iêsous, the-one hallow-belonged a-light, not thou-had-seen-beside to-us to-the-one to-together-whole clamoring-to up-unto-which toward to-thee in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-seemly unto-works, other thou-had-came to-have-finished-unto to-them through of-us.

APh 18:3 νῦν οὖν ἐλθὲ Ἰησοῦ κύριε, ἔλεγξον τὴν ἀπόνοιαν τούτων.

Now accordingly thou-should-have-had-came, Iêsous Anointed, thou-should-have-trialed to-the-one to-an-en-mulling-off-unto of-the-ones-these.

APh 19:1 Λέγει ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς τῷ Φιλίππῳ· Ἆρα μὴ νομίζεις ἀποστρέψαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῶν παραδόσεων τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τῆς ἐρήμου τὸ μάννα καὶ Μωσέως, καὶ προσδοκᾷς ἐξακολουθῆσαι ἡμᾶς τῷ Ναζωραίῳ, τῷ Ἰησοῦ;

It-fortheth, the-one a-first-sacreder-of, unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos, Thus lest thou-parcelee-to to-have-beturned-off to-us off of-the-ones of-givings-beside of-the-ones of-fathers of-us and of-the-one of-a-Deity of-the-one of-solituded to-the-one to-a-manna and of-a-Môseus, and thou-toward-think-unto to-have-pathed-along-out-unto to-us unto-the-one unto-a-Nazôra-belonged unto-the-one unto-an-Iêsous?

APh 19:2 Εἶτα λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Φίλιππος· Ἰδοὺ δεηθήσομαι τοῦ θεοῦ μου ἵνα ἔλθῃ καὶ φανερώσῃ ἑαυτὸν ἔμπροσθέν σου καὶ τῶν πεντακοσίων καὶ ἐνώπιον τῶν ὧδε πάντων· ἴσως γὰρ πιστεύσεις μετανοήσας.

If-to-the-ones it-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-Filippos, Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-shall-bind of-the-one of-a-Deity of-me so it-might-have-had-came and it-might-have-en-manifested to-self in-toward-from of-thee and of-the-ones of-five-hundred and to-in-look-belonged of-the-ones unto-which-then-also of-all; unto-samed too-thus thou-shall-trust-of having-en-mulled-with-unto.

APh 19:3 ἐὰν δὲ μέχρι τέλους ἐπιμείνῃς τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ, ἔρχεται ἐπὶ σὲ παράδοξον πρᾶγμα, ὅπερ λαληθήσεται εἰς γενεὰς γενεῶν, ὥστε καὶ κατέλθῃς ζῶν κάτω εἰς τὸν ᾅδην ἐνώπιον πάντων τῶν ὁρώντων σε ὅτι ἔτι διαμένεις ἐν τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ, ὅτι καὶ ζητεῖς ἀποστρέψαι τὸ πλῆθος τοῦτο ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθινῆς ζωῆς.

If-ever then-also unto-lest-whilst of-a-finisheedness thou-might-have-stayed-upon unto-the-one unto-un-trusting-unto, it-cometh upon to-thee, reckoned-beside a-practicing-to, which-very it-shall-be-spoken-unto into to-a-becomedness of-becomednesses, as-also and thou-might-have-had-came-down lifing-unto down-unto-which into to-the-one to-a-hadês to-in-look-belonged of-all of-the-ones of-seeeeing-unto to-thee, to-which-a-one if-to-a-one thou-stay-through in unto-the-one unto-an-un-trusting-unto, to-which-a-one and thou-seek-unto to-have-beturned-off to-the-one to-a-repleteedness to-the-one-this off of-the-one of-un-secluded-belonged-to of-a-lifing.

APh 19:4 Καὶ ὁ Φίλιππος προσηύξατο λέγων· Ὦ πάτερ ἅγιε τοῦ ἁγίου υἱοῦ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὁ χαρισάμενός μοι τὸ εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύειν, πέμψον σου τὸν ἀγαπητὸν υἱὸν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐλέγξαι τὸν ἄπιστον ἀρχιερέα, ἵνα τὸ σὸν ὄνομα ἐν τῷ ἀγαπητῷ Χριστῷ δοξασθῇ.

And the-one a-Filippos it-goodly-held-toward forthing, Oh Father Hallow-belonged of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-Son of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed, the-one having-granted-to unto-me to-the-one into to-it to-trust-of, thou-should-have-volleyed of-thee to-the-one to-excessed-off-unto to-a-Son to-an-Iêsous to-Anointed to-have-trialed to-the-one to-un-trusted to-a-first-sacreder-of, so the-one thine a-naming-to in unto-the-one unto-excessed-off-unto unto-Anointed it-might-have-been-reckoned-to.

APh 20:1 Ἔτι δὲ ταῦτα βοῶντος τοῦ Φιλίππου ἐξαίφνης ἠνεῴχθησαν οἱ οὐρανοί, καὶ ἐφάνη ὁ Ἰησοῦς κατελθὼν ἐν τιμιωτάτῃ δόξῃ καὶ ἀστραπῇ, καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἑπταπλάσιον λάμπον ὑπὲρ τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ λευκότερα χιόνος, ὡς καὶ πάντα τὰ εἴδωλα τῶν Ἀθηνῶν πεσεῖν ἐξαίφνης ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ ὅλα συντριβῆναι·

If-to-a-one then-also to-the-ones-these of-hollering-unto of-the-one of-a-Filippos of-un-manifested-out they-were-opened-up the-ones skies, and it-had-been-manifested the-one an-Iêsous having-had-came-down in unto-most-value-belonged unto-a-reckonedness and unto-a-gleaming-along, and the-one looked-toward of-it seven-fold-belonged lamping over to-the-one to-a-sun, and the-ones apparelets of-it more-whited of-a-snow, as and to-all to-the-ones to-images of-the-ones of-Athênê' to-have-had-fallen of-un-manifested-out upon to-the-one to-a-soil and to-whole to-have-been-rubbed-through.

APh 20:2 ἔφυγον δὲ καὶ οἱ ἐν αὐτοῖς δαίμονες οἰκοῦντες ἐκβοῶντες· Ἰδοὺ καὶ ἡμεῖς φεύγομεν διὰ τὸν ἐπιφανέντα τῇ πόλει Ἰησοῦν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ.

They-had-fled then-also, and the-ones in unto-them daimons housing-unto, out-hollering-unto, Thou-should-have-had-seen, and we we-flee through to-the-one to-having-had-been-manifested-upon unto-the-one unto-a-city to-an-Iêsous to-the-one to-a-Son of-the-one of-a-Deity.

APh 20:3 Εἶτα λέγει ὁ Φίλιππος τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ· Ἀκούεις τῶν δαιμόνων ἐκβοώντων διὰ τὸν ὀφθέντα, καὶ ἀπιστεῖς πρὸς τὸν παρόντα ὅτι αὐτὸς κύριος τῶν πάντων;

If-to-the-ones it-fortheth, the-one a-Filippos, unto-the-one unto-a-first-sacreder-of, Thou-hear of-the-ones of-daimons of-out-hollering-unto through to-the-one to-being-beheld, and thou-un-trust-unto toward to-the-one to-being-beside to-which-a-one it Authority-belonged of-the-ones of-all?

APh 20:4 Λέγει ὁ ἀρχιερεύς· Ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔχω ἄλλον θεὸν ἢ τὸν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ δόντα τὸ μάννα.

It-fortheth, the-one a-first-sacreder-of, I not I-hold to-other to-a-Deity or to-the-one in unto-the-one unto-solituted to-having-had-given to-the-one to-a-manna.

APh 21:1 Ἀνερχομένου δὲ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐγένετο σεισμὸς μέγας σφόδρα, ὥστε σχισθῆναι τὸν τόπον ἐφ᾿ ὃν εἱστήκεισαν· καὶ δραμόντες οἱ ὄχλοι ἔκειντο πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τοῦ ἀποστόλου κράζοντες· Ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς ὦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπε.

Of-coming-up then-also of-the-one of-an-Iêsous into to-the-one to-a-sky it-had-became a-shaking-to-of great to-vehemented, as-also to-have-been-severed-to to-the-one to-an-occasion upon to-which they-had-come-to-have-had-stood; and having-had-circuited, the-ones crowds, they-were-situating toward to-the-ones to-feet of-the-one of-a-setee-off clamoring-to, Thou-should-have-besectionated-unto to-us, Oh of-a-Deity Mankind.

APh 21:2 Ὁμοίως καὶ οἱ πεντακόσιοι ἄνδρες ἔκραξαν καὶ αὐτοὶ πάλιν· Ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς ὦ Φίλιππε, ἵνα σὲ ἴδωμεν καὶ διὰ σοῦ τὸν φωστῆρα τῆς ζωῆς Ἰησοῦν· ὅτι ἐλέγομεν τούτῳ τῷ ἀπίστῳ ἀρχιερεῖ ὅτι Ἄνθρωποι ἁμαρτωλοὶ ὄντες θεῷ μάχεσθαι οὐ δυνάμεθα.

Unto-along-belonged and the-ones five-hundred men they-clamored-to and them unto-furthered, Thou-should-have-besectionated-unto to-us, Oh Filippos, so to-thee we-might-have-had-seen and through of-thee to-the-one to-a-lighter of-the-one of-a-lifing to-an-Iêsous, to-which-a-one we-were-forthing unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-un-trusted unto-a-first-sacreder-of to-which-a-one, Mankinds un-adjusted-along being unto-a-Deity to-have-battled-unto not we-able.

APh 22:1 Τότε λέγει ὁ Φίλιππος· οὐκ ἔστιν φθόνος ἐν ἡμῖν, ἀλλ᾿ ἡ τοῦ Χριστοῦ χάρις ἀναβλέψαι ὑμᾶς ποιήσει· πρότερον δὲ ὑμῶν τὸν ἀρχιερέα ἀναβλέψαι ποιήσω, ὅπως ἐπὶ τούτῳ πλέον ὑμεῖς πιστεύσητε.

To-the-one-which-also it-fortheth, the-one a-Filippos, Not it-be an-envying in unto-us, other the-one of-the-one of-Anointed a-granting to-have-viewed-up to-ye it-shall-do-unto; to-more-before then-also of-ye to-the-one to-a-first-sacreder-of to-have-viewed-up I-shall-do-unto, unto-which-whither upon unto-the-one-this to-beyond ye ye-might-have-trusted-of.

APh 22:2 Καὶ φωνὴ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἠνέχθη τῷ Φιλίππῳ· Φίλιππε υἱὲ ποτὲ βροντῆς, νῦν δὲ πρᾳότητος, εἴ τι ἂν αἰτήσῃ τὸν πατέρα μου, ποιήσει σοι.

And a-sound out of-a-sky it-was-beared unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos, Filippos Son whither-also of-a-thunder, now then-also of-a-mildness, if to-a-one ever thou-might-have-appealed-unto to-the-one to-a-Father of-me, it-shall-do-unto unto-thee.

APh 22:3 Καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἔκθαμβος ἦν ἐπὶ τῇ φωνῇ· τὸ γὰρ ἦχος αὐτῆς μεῖζον βροντῆς ἐγένετο.

And all the-one a-crowd stupored-out it-was upon unto-the-one unto-a-sound; the-one too-thus a-reverbeedness of-it greater of-a-thunder it-had-became.

APh 22:4 Τότε λέγει ὁ Φίλιππος τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ· Ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῆς δυνάμεως τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ κυρίου μου Ἰησοῦ ἀνάβλεψον Ἀνανία.

To-the-one-which-also it-fortheth, the-one a-Filippos, unto-the-one unto-a-first-sacreder-of, In unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-the-one of-an-abiity of-the-one of-a-sound of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-me of-an-Iêsous thou-should-have-viewed-up, Ananaias.

APh 22:5 Καὶ εὐθέως ἀνέβλεψεν, καὶ περιβλεψάμενος εἶπεν· Ὤ φησιν τί ἐστιν τὸ τῆς μαγείας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ;

And unto-straight it-viewed-up, and having-viewed-up it-had-said, Oh, it-declareth, what-one it-be the-one of-the-one of-a-magicking-of of-the-one of-an-Iêsous?

APh 22:6 ὅτι οὗτος ὁ Φίλιππος ἐν ὀλίγῳ με ἐτύφλωσεν, καὶ πάλιν ἐν ὀλίγῳ ἀναβλέψαι με ἐποίησεν.

To-which-a-one the-one-this the-one a-Filippos in unto-little to-me it-en-blinded, and unto-furthered in unto-little to-have-viewed-up to-me it-did-unto.

APh 22:7 Τί οὖν; ἔφη ὁ Φίλιππος, πιστεύεις εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν;

What-one accordingly, it-was-declaring, the-one a-Filippos, thou-trust-of into to-the-one to-an-Iêsous?

APh 22:8 Λέγει ὁ ἀρχιερεύς· μὴ γὰρ δύνασαί με μαγεῦσαι καὶ πεῖσαι;

It-fortheth, the-one a-first-sacreder-of, Lest too-thus thou-able to-me to-have-magicked-of and to-have-sured?

APh 22:9 Οἱ δὲ πεντακόσιοι οἱ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ, ἀκούσαντες ὅτι ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς αὐτῶν ἀναβλέψας ἔτι ἀπιστεῖ, ἔλεγον τοῖς παρεστῶσιν δεηθῆναι τοῦ Φιλίππου ὅπως αὐτοὺς ἀναβλέψαι ποιήσῃ, Ἵνα τὸν ἄπιστον ἀρχιερέα ὅπως ἀνέλωμεν.

The-ones then-also five-hundred the-ones with of-it having-heard to-which-a-one the-one a-first-sacreder-of of-them having-viewed-up if-to-a-one it-un-trusteth-unto, they-were-forthing unto-the-ones unto-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-beside to-have-been-binded of-the-one of-a-Filippos unto-which-whither to-them to-have-viewed-up it-might-have-done-unto, So to-the-one to-un-trusted to-a-first-sacreder-of unto-which-whither we-might-have-had-sectioned-up.

APh 23:1 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος· μὴ κακοῖς ἀμύνεσθε.

It-had-said then-also, the-one a-Filippos. Lest unto-wedge-wedged ye-should-heeden.

APh 23:2 Καὶ λέγει τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ· Σημεῖον ἐπὶ σοὶ ἔσται τι μέγα.

And it-fortheth unto-the-one unto-a-first-sacreder-of, This-day upon unto-thee it-shall-be a-one great.

APh 23:3 Λέγει πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον· Οἶδα ὅτι φαρμακὸς εἶ καὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαθητής· οὐ μαγεύεις με.

It-fortheth toward to-the-one to-a-Filippos, I-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one a-doser thou-be and of-the-one of-an-Iêsous a-learner; not thou-magic-of to-me.

APh 23:4 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν· Ζαβαρθάν, σαβαθαβάτ, βραμανούχ, ταχὺ ἐλθέ.

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-had-said toward to-the-one to-an-Iêsous, Zabarthan, sabathabat, bramanouch, to-quick thou-should-have-had-came.

Note: Zabarthan, sabathabat, bramanouch : identified as a Hebraic term in APh 23:6.

APh 23:5 Καὶ εὐθὺς ἡ γῆ ἐσχίσθη κατὰ τὸ μέρος τοῦ Ἀνανίου καὶ κατέπιεν αὐτὸν μέχρι γονάτων.

And straight the-one a-soil it-was-severed-to down to-the-one to-a-portioneedness of-the-one of-an-Ananias and it-had-drank-down to-it unto-lest-whilst of-knees.

APh 23:6 Καὶ ἔκραξεν Ἀνανίας· Ὢ μεγάλη τῆς ἀληθοῦς μαγγανείας, ὅτι τὴν γῆν ἔσχισεν, ἀπειλήσαντος αὐτὴν ἑβραϊστί τε ἐνορκισαμένου τοῦ Φιλίππου, καὶ συνέχει με μέχρι γονάτων, καὶ ἐκ τῶν πτερνῶν εἰς τὰ κάτω τινὲς ὥσπερ ὄγκινοι καθέλκουσίν με, ἵνα πιστεύσω τῷ Φιλίππῳ.

And it-clamored-to, an-Ananias, Oh great of-the-one of-un-secludinged of-a-bemagicking-of, to-which-a-one to-the-one to-a-soil it-severed-to, of-having-poised-off-unto to-it unto-Ebra-belonginged also of-having-fenceed-in-to of-the-one of-a-Filippos, and it-holdeth-together to-me unto-lest-whilst of-knees, and out of-the-ones of-heelednesses into to-the-ones down-unto-which ones as-very ogknios' they-haul-down to-me, so I-might-have-trusted-of unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos;

Note: ogkinos' : Greek creation from Latin uncinus = a hook.

APh 23:7 ἀλλ᾿ οὐ δύναταί με πεῖσαι· ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐγὼ ἐπίσταμαι τὰς μαγείας αὐτοῦ.

other not it-ableth to-me to-have-sured; off too-thus of-the-one of-an-Ierousalêm I I-stand-upon to-the-ones to-magickings-of of-it.

APh 24:1 Ὀργισθεὶς δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος εἶπεν· Ὦ γῆ σύσφιγξον αὐτὸν μέχρι τοῦ ὀμφαλοῦ.

Having-been-stressed-to then-also the-one a-Filippos it-had-said, Oh Soil, thou-should-have-astringed-together to-it unto-lest-whilst of-the-one of-a-plugged-spike.

Note: of-a-plugged-spike : from OMFA and the Doric form of ALOS; used to refer to a navel in terms of its origination as a plug with a cord, a plugged nob, a drain plug or centre point for collection, plug shaped seeds and arch keystones, etc.

APh 24:2 Καὶ εὐθὺς κατεσύρη. καὶ ἔλεγεν· Ὁ μὲν εἷς μου ποὺς κάτωθεν κρυσταλλοῦται, ὁ δὲ ἕτερος δεινῶς ἐκθερμαίνεται· ἀλλ᾿ ὑπὸ τῆς μαγείας σου Φίλιππε οὐ νικηθήσομαι.

And straight it-had-been-dragged-down. And it-was-forthing, The-one indeed one of-me a-foot down-unto-which-from it-be-crystaled-to, the-one then-also other unto-dired-belonged-to it-be-heated-out; other under of-the-one of-a-magicking-of of-thee, Filippos, not I-shall-be-mull-belonged-of-unto.

APh 24:3 πλὴν οὖν ὅτι κακῶς κάτωθεν βασανίζομαι, ὅλως δὲ οὐ πιστεύω.

To-beyond accordingly to-which-a-one unto-wedge-wedged down-unto-which I-be-abraded-to, unto-whole then-also not I-trust-of.

APh 24:4 Οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι ἠθέλησαν αὐτὸν λιθάσαι.

The-ones then-also crowds they-determined to-it to-have-stoned-to.

APh 24:5 ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος Μὴ οὕτως φησίν. τοῦτο γὰρ τέως γέγονεν, καταποθῆναι αὐτὸν μέχρι τοῦ ὀμφαλοῦ, ἵνα σωτηρία γένηται, τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν, ὅτι παρ᾿ ὀλίγον ἔμελλεν ἕλκειν ὑμᾶς ἐν τοῖς κακοῖς αὐτοῦ λόγοις πρὸς ἀπιστίαν.

The-one then-also a-Filippos, Lest unto-the-one-this, it-declareth. The-one-this also-as it-hath-had-come-to-become, to-have-been-drank-down to-it unto-lest-whilst of-the-one of-a-plugged-spike, so a-savioring-unto it-might-have-had-became of-the-ones of-breathings of-us, to-which-a-one beside to-little it-was-pending to-drag to-ye in unto-the-ones unto-wedge-wedged of-it unto-forthees toward to-an-un-trusting-unto;

APh 24:6 ἀλλ᾿ εἰ καὶ αὐτὸς μετενόησεν, ἀναγάγω αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς γῆς πρὸς σωτηρίαν τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ· ἀλλὰ τάχα οὐκ ἔστιν ἄξιος σωτηρίας.

other if and it it-considered-with-unto, I-had-led-up to-it out of-the-one of-a-soil toward to-a-savioring-unto of-the-one of-a-breathing of-it; other to-quick not it-be deem-belonged of-a-savioring-unto.

APh 24:7 ἐὰν οὖν ἐπιμείνῃ τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ, βλέψετε αὐτὸν βυθισθέντα κάτω εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον· εἰ μὴ κύριος μέλλει τοὺς ἐν τῷ ᾅδῃ ἐγείρειν, ἵνα ὁμολογήσωσιν ὅτι κύριος Ἰησοῦς.

If-ever accordingly it-might-have-stayed-upon unto-the-one unto-an-un-trusting-unto, ye-shall-view to-it to-having-been-depthed-to down-unto-which into to-the-one to-depthed-along; if lest Authority-belonged it-pendeth to-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-hadês to-rouse, so they-might-have-along-fortheed-unto to-which-a-one Authority-belonged an-Iêsous.

APh 24:8 ἐν ἐκείνῃ γὰρ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται ὅτι κύριος Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ὅτι μία δόξα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ σὺν ἁγίῳ πνεύματι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.

In unto-the-one-thither too-thus unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness all a-tongue it-shall-along-forthee-out-unto to-which-a-one Authority-belonged an-Iêsous, and to-which-a-one one a-reckonedness of-the-one of-a-Father and of-the-one of-a-Son together unto-hallow-belonged unto-a-currenting-to into to-the-ones to-ages.

APh 25:1 Καὶ εἰπὼν ταῦτα ὁ Φίλιππος διεπέτασεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ χεῖρα σκεπάσας δι᾿ ἀέρος ἐπάνω τῶν πεντακοσίων ἀνδρῶν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ.

And having-had-said to-the-ones-these, the-one a-Filippos, it-through-spreaded-to to-the-one to-right-belonged of-it to-a-hand having-covered-to through of-an-air upon-up-unto-which of-the-ones of-five-hundred of-men in unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-the-one of-an-Iêsous.

APh 25:2 καὶ ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί, καὶ ὕμνησαν τὸν θεὸν πάντες ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι λέγοντες· Εὐλογοῦμέν σε Χριστὲ Ἰησοῦ τὸν θεὸν τοῦ Φιλίππου ὅτι ἐδιώξας ἀφ᾿ ἡμῶν τὴν πήρωσιν καὶ ἔδωκας ἡμῖν τὸ σὸν φῶς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον.

And they-were-opened-up of-them the-ones eyes, and they-hymned-unto to-the-one to-a-Deity, all, in unto-one unto-a-becutteeing-to forthing, We-goodly-forthee-unto to-thee, Anointed Iêsous, to-the-one to-a-Deity of-the-one of-a-Filippos to-which-a-one thou-pursued off of-us to-the-one to-an-besiding and thou-gave unto-us to-the-one to-thine to-a-light to-the-one to-a-goodly-leadeeerlet.

APh 25:3 Ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος κατ᾿ ὀλίγον ἦν ἀγαλλιώμενος τοῖς ῥήμασιν αὐτῶν, ὅτι οὕτως ἐστηρίζοντο τῇ πίστει.

The-one then-also a-Filippos down to-little it-was excess-jump-belonging-unto unto-the-ones unto-utterings-to of-them, to-which-a-one unto-the-one-this they-were-being-stablished-to unto-the-one unto-a-trust.

APh 25:4 μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα στραφεὶς ὁ Φίλιππος πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα εἶπεν· Ὁμολόγησον καὶ σὺ ἐν καθαρᾷ καρδίᾳ ὅτι κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν, ἵνα σωθῇς ὡς οὗτοι οἱ μετὰ σοῦ.

With then-also to-the-one-these, having-had-been-beturned the-one a-Filippos toward to-the-one to-a-first-sacreder-of, it-had-said, Thou-should-have-along-fortheed-unto and thou in unto-cleansed unto-a-heart to-which-a-one Authority-belonged an-Iêsous it-be, so thou-might-have-been-saved-to as the-ones-these the-ones with of-thee.

APh 25:5 Ὁ δὲ ἀρχιερεὺς ἦν καταγελῶν τοῦ Φιλίππου καὶ ἐπιμένων τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ.

The-one then-also a-first-sacreder-of it-was down-laughing-unto of-the-one of-a-Filippos and staying-upon unto-the-one unto-an-un-trusting-unto.

APh 26:1 Ἰδὼν οὖν ὁ Φίλιππος ὅτι ἐπιμένει τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ, βλέψας εἰς αὐτὸν λέγει τῇ γῇ· Ἄνοιξόν σου τὸ στόμα καὶ κατάπιε αὐτὸν μέχρι τοῦ τραχήλου αὐτοῦ ἐνώπιον τῶν πιστευσάντων εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν.

Having-had-seen accordingly, the-one a-Filippos, to-which-a-one it-stayeth-upon unto-the-one unto-an-un-trusting-unto, having-viewed into to-it it-fortheth unto-the-one unto-a-soil, Thou-should-have-opened-up of-thee to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to and thou-should-have-had-drank-down to-it unto-lest-whilst of-the-one of-a-throat of-it to-in-look-belonged of-the-ones of-having-trusted-of into to-the-one to-Anointed to-an-Iêsous.

APh 26:2 Καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἀνοίξασα ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸν ἕως τραχήλου.

And in unto-it unto-the-one unto-an-houredness having-opened-up, the-one a-soil, to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-it, it-received to-it unto-if-which of-a-throat.

APh 26:3 ὡς δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι ἦσαν ὁμιλοῦντες ἀλλήλοις διὰ τὰ γεγονότα θαυμάσια,

As then-also the-ones crowds they-were grouping-along-unto unto-other-to-other through to-the-ones to-having-hath-had-come-to-become to-marvel-to-belonged,

APh 27:1 ἦλθέν τις πρῶτος τῆς πόλεως βοῶν καὶ λέγων· Ὦ μακάριε ἀπόστολε, τῷ υἱῷ μου δαίμων τις ἐπέστη, καὶ ἔκραζεν λέγων πρός με·

it-had-came, a-one most-before of-the-one of-a-city, hollering-unto and forthing, Oh Bless-belonged Setee-off, unto-the-one unto-a-son of-me a-daimon a-one it-had-stood-upon, and it-clamored-to forthing toward to-me,

APh 27:2 Ἐπειδὴ ἀφῆκας ξένον ἄνθρωπον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν σὺ ὢν πρῶτος, ὃς κατέλυσεν τὰς λατρείας ἡμῶν καὶ τὰς θυσίας ἡμῶν, τί σοι ποιήσω εἰ μὴ τοῦτον ἀνελῶ τὸν μονογενῆ σου υἱόν;

Upon-if-then thou-sent-off to-guested to-a-mankind to-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-city of-us, thou being most-before, which it-loosed-down to-the-ones to-servings-of of-us and to-the-ones to-surgings-unto of-us, to-what-one unto-thee I-shall-do-unto if lest to-the-one-this I-might-have-had-sectioned-up to-the-one to-stayeed-becominged of-thee to-a-son?

APh 27:3 Καὶ μετὰ τὸ εἰπεῖν αὐτὸν ταῦτα ἀπέπνιξεν τὸν υἱόν μου.

And with to-the-one to-have-had-said to-it to-the-ones-these it-choked-off to-the-one to-a-son of-me.

APh 27:4 νῦν οὖν, παρακαλῶ σε ἀπόστολε τοῦ Χριστοῦ, μὴ ἐάσῃς τὴν χαράν μου στραφῆναι εἰς πένθος, ὅτι κἀγὼ ἐπίστευσα τοῖς σοῖς λόγοις.

Now accordingly, I-call-beside-unto to-thee, Setee-off of-the-one of-Anointed, lest thou-might-have-let-unto to-the-one to-a-joyedness of-me to-have-had-been-beturned into to-a-grieveedness, to-which-a-one and-I I-trusted-of unto-the-ones unto-thine unto-forthees.

APh 28:1 Ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος ταῦτα εἶπεν· Θαυμάζω τὴν ἐνέργειαν τῶν δαιμόνων, ὅτι ἐνεργεῖ ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ, τολμᾷ δὲ εἰς οὓς οὐκ ἔχει δύναμιν ἐπιβαίνειν, ὡς νῦν ἐπείρασαν ὑμᾶς θέλοντες σκανδαλίσαι.

Having-heard then-also, the-one a-setee-off, to-the-ones-these it-had-said, I-marvel-to to-the-one to-a-working-in-of of-the-ones of-daimons, to-which-a-one it-worketh-in-unto in unto-all unto-an-occasion, it-ventureth-unto then-also into to-which not it-holdeth to-an-ability to-step-upon, as now they-across-belonged-to to-ye determining to-have-cumbered-to.

APh 28:2 Καὶ λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ· Ἔνεγκέ μοι τὸν υἱόν σου, κἀγὼ αὐτὸν δώσω ζῶντα διὰ τὸν Χριστόν μου.

And it-fortheth unto-the-one unto-a-mankind, Thou-should-have-beared-in unto-me to-the-one to-a-son of-thee, and-I to-it I-shall-give to-lifing-unto through to-the-one to-Anointed of-me.

APh 28:3 Καὶ ἔδραμεν χαίρων τοῦ ἐνέγκαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ.

And it-had-circuited joying of-the-one to-have-beared to-the-one to-a-son of-it.

APh 28:4 καὶ ὡς ἤγγισεν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἔκραξεν λέγων· Υἱέ μου βλέπεις;

And as it-neared-to unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-it, it-clamored-to forthing, Son of-me, thou-view;

APh 28:5 ἦλθον ἐπὶ σέ, ἀπενέγκαι σε πρὸς τὸν ἀπόστολον, ὅστις σε ζῶντα παρέξει μοι.

I-had-came upon to-thee to-have-beared-off to-thee toward to-the-one to-a-setee-off, which-a-one to-thee to-lifing-unto it-shall-hold-beside unto-me.

APh 28:6 Καὶ ἐκέλευσεν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ δούλοις βαστάξαι τὴν κλίνην· ἦν δὲ ὁ παῖς ἐτῶν κγ´.

And it-bade-of unto-the-ones of-self unto-bondees to-have-carried-to to-the-one to-a-clining; it-was then-also the-one a-child of-yeareednesses of-twenty-three.

APh 28:7 ὅτε δὲ εἶδεν αὐτὸν ὁ Φίλιππος, συνεχύθη, καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα λέγει αὐτόν· Τοῦτο γέγονεν τῇ σῇ ἀφροσύνῃ· ἐὰν οὖν ἀναστήσω αὐτόν, πιστεύσεις λοιπόν;

Which-also then-also it-had-seen to-it, the-one a-Filippos, it-was-poured-together, and having-had-been-beturned toward to-the-one to-a-first-sacreder-of it-fortheth to-it, The-one-this it-hath-had-come-to-become unto-the-one unto-thine unto-an-un-centeringedness; if-ever accordingly I-might-have-stood-up to-it, thou-shall-trust-of to-remaindered?

APh 28:8 Ὁ δὲ λέγει· Οἶδα τὰς μαγείας ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀναστήσεις αὐτόν· ἐγὼ δὲ οὐ πιστεύσω σοι.

The-one then-also it-fortheth, I-had-come-to-see to-the-ones to-magickings-of of-ye to-which-a-one thou-shall-stand-up to-it; I then-also not I-shall-trust-of unto-thee.

APh 28:9 Ὀργισθεὶς δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος εἶπεν· Κατάθεμα· ἄπελθε λοιπὸν κάτω ὅλος εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον ἐνώπιον τούτων ἁπάντων.

Having-been-stressed-to then-also the-one a-Filippos it-had-said, A-placing-down-to; thou-should-have-had-came-off to-remaindered down-unto-which whole into to-the-one to-depthed-along to-in-look-belonged of-the-ones-these of-along-all.

APh 28:10 Καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ κατῆλθεν εἰς τὸν ᾅδην ζῶν· πλὴν τὸ ἀρχιερατικὸν ἔνδυμα ἐξεπετάσθη ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης οὐδεὶς ἔγνω τί ἐγένετο τὸ ἔνδυμα τὸ ἱερατικόν.

And in unto-it unto-the-one unto-an-houredness it-had-came-down into to-the-one to-a-hadês lifing-unto; to-beyond the-one first-sacreder-belonged-of a-sinking-in-to it-was-out-spreaded-to off of-it, and through to-the-one-this off of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-the-one-thither not-then-also-one it-had-acquainted to-what-one it-had-became to-the-one to-a-sinking-in-to to-the-one to-sacreder-belonged-of.

APh 28:11 καὶ ἐπιστραφεὶς ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐπηύξατο τῷ παιδί, καὶ ἀπελάσας ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὸν δαίμονα ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν καὶ παρέστησεν αὐτὸν τῷ πατρὶ ζῶντα.

And having-had-been-beturned-upon the-one a-setee-off, it-goodly-held-upon unto-the-one unto-a-child, and having-droved-off off of-it to-the-one to-a-daimon it-stood-up to-it and it-stood-beside to-it unto-the-one unto-a-father to-lifing-unto.

APh 29:1 Οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι ταῦτα θεασάμενοι ἔκραξαν· Εἷς θεὸς ὁ Φιλίππου ὁ ἐλέγξας τὴν ἀπιστίαν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως καὶ τὸν δαίμονα τοῦ νεανίσκου ἀπελάσας καὶ ἀναστήσας αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν.

The-ones then-also crowds to-the-ones-these having-spectated they-clamored-to, One a-Deity the-one of-a-Filippos the-one having-trialed to-the-one to-an-un-trusting-unto of-the-one of-a-first-sacreder-of and to-the-one to-a-daimon of-the-one of-a-new-belonging-of having-droved-off and having-stood-up to-it out of-en-deaded.

APh 29:2 Οἱ δὲ πεντακόσιοι ἰδόντες τὸν ἀρχιερέα βυθισθέντα εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον καὶ τὰ ἄλλα θαυμάσια ἐδεήθησαν τοῦ Φιλίππου, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὴν ἐν Χριστῷ σφραγῖδα.

The-ones then-also five-hundred having-had-seen to-the-one to-a-first-sacreder-of to-having-been-depthed-to into to-the-one to-depthed-along and to-the-ones to-other to-marvel-to-belonged they-were-binded of-the-one of-a-Filippos, and it-gave unto-them to-the-one in unto-Anointed to-a-seal.

APh 29:3 Ἐπέμεινεν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος εἰς τὰς Ἀθήνας ἔτη δύο, καὶ κατασκευάσας ἐκκλησίαν κατέστησεν ἐπίσκοπον καὶ πρεσβύτερον, καὶ οὕτως ἀπῆλθεν κατὰ τὴν Παρθίαν εὐαγγελιζόμενος τὸν Χριστόν.

It-stayed-upon then-also, the-one a-Filippos, into to-the-ones to-Athênê' to-yeareednesses to-two, and having-down-equipped-to to-a-calling-out-unto it-stood-down to-a-scouter-upon and to-more-eldered, and unto-the-one-this it-had-came-off down to-the-one to-a-Parthia goodly-leadeeering-to to-the-one to-Anointed.

APh 30:0 Πρᾶξις τρίτη πραχθεῖσα κατὰ τὴν Παρθίαν ὑπὸ Φιλίππου τοῦ ἀποστόλου.

A-practice third having-been-practiced down to-the-one to-a-Parthia under of-a-Filippos of-the-one of-a-setee-off.

APh 30:1 Ἡνίκα δὲ Φίλιππος ὁ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολος κατῆλθεν εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς Παρθίας, καὶ εὗρεν ἔν τινι πόλει τὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολον Πέτρον μετὰ καὶ ἑτέρων τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ μαθητῶν καὶ γυναικῶν τινων αἵτινες ἐμιμήσαντο τὴν πίστιν τὴν ἀρρενικήν.

To-which-belonged-of then-also a-Filippos the-one of-the-one of-Anointed a-setee-off it-had-came-down into to-the-one to-a-firsting of-the-one of-a-Parthia, and it-had-found in unto-a-one unto-a-city to-the-one of-the-one of-Anointed to-a-setee-off to-a-Petros with and of-different of-the-ones together unto-it of-learners and of-women of-ones which-ones they-emulate-unto to-the-one to-a-trust to-the-one to-male-belonged-of.

APh 30:2 καὶ εἶπεν Φίλιππος τῷ Πέτρῳ καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ· Δέομαι ὑμῶν τῶν εἰληφότων τὸν στέφανον τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀποστολικῇ τάξει, ἐνδυναμώσατε κἀμέ, ἵνα ἀπελθὼν εὐαγγελίσωμαι καὶ συναριθμηθῶ ἐν τῇ δόξῃ ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς.

And it-had-said, a-Filippos, unto-the-one unto-a-Petros and unto-the-ones together unto-it, I-bind of-ye of-the-ones of-having-hath-had-come-to-take to-the-one to-a-wreath of-the-one of-Anointed in unto-the-one unto-setee-off-belonged-of unto-an-arranging, Ye-should-have-en-abled-in to-and-me, so having-had-came-off I-might-have-goodly-leadeeered-to and I-might-have-been-numbered-together-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-reckonedness of-ye in unto-the-ones unto-skies.

APh 30:3 ὑμεῖς ἐφανερώσατε τὴν ἑαυτῶν σπουδὴν κατὰ τὴν δύναμιν ὑμῶν· εὔξασθε οὖν καὶ νῦν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ, ἵνα ἀπελθὼν εὐαγγελίσωμαι, ὅπως συναριθμηθῶ ἐν τοῖς τετελεκόσι τὴν ἑαυτῶν δύναμιν.

Ye ye-should-have-en-manifested to-the-one of-selves to-a-hasteneeing down to-the-one to-an-ability of-ye; ye-should-have-goodly-held accordingly and now over of-ME, so having-had-came-off I-might-have-goodly-leadeeered-to, unto-which-whither I-might-have-been-numbered-together-unto in unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-finish-unto to-the-one of-selves to-an-ability.

APh 31:1 Ταῦτα δὲ τοῦ Φιλίππου εἰπόντος ἔκλιναν τὰ γόνατα ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν κύριον, ὥστε χαρῆναι πάντας ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ, ὅτι οὕτως ἐζήτησεν ὁ Φίλιππος τελειῶσαι τὴν ἀποστολὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν διακονίαν.

To-the-ones-these then-also of-the-one of-a-Filippos of-having-had-said they-clined to-the-ones to-knees over of-it toward to-the-one to-Authority-belonged, as-also to-have-had-been-joyed to-all upon unto-it, to-which-a-one unto-the-one-this it-sought-unto, the-one a-Filippos, to-have-en-finish-belonged to-the-one to-a-seteeing-off of-it and to-the-one to-a-raising-through-unto.

APh 32:1 Ἦν δὲ ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ μακάριος Ἰωάννης, καὶ λέγει τῷ Φιλίππῳ· Ἀδελφέ μου καὶ συναπόστολε, εἰ καὶ μακρὰν ἔχεις τὴν ἀποδημίαν, γνώριζε ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἀδελφὸς Ἀνδρέας ἐπορεύθη εἰς τὴν Ἀχαίαν καὶ ὅλην τὴν Θρᾴκην, καὶ ὁ Θωμᾶς εἰς τὴν Ἰνδικὴν καὶ εἰς τοὺς σαρκοφάγους παλαμναίους, καὶ ὁ Ματθαῖος εἰς τοὺς τρωγλοδύτας καὶ ἀνηλεεῖς·

It-was then-also thither and the-one bless-belonged an-Iôannês, and it-fortheth unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos, Brethrened of-me and Setee-off-together, if and to-en-longed thou-hold to-the-one to-localitying-off-unto, thou-should-acquaint-to to-which-a-one and the-one brethrened an-Andreas it-was-traversed-of into to-the-one to-an-Achaia and to-whole to-the-one to-a-Thrakê, and the-one a-Thômas into to-the-one to-India-belonged-of and into to-the-ones to-flesh-devoured to-wriggle-memory-belonged, and the-one a-Matthaios into to-the-ones to-Gnawing-sinkers and to-un-besectionatinged;

Note: to-Gnawing-sinkers : refers to dwelling in caves.

Note: to-wriggle-memory-belonged (PALAMNAIOS) : from PALAKH and MNAW; wriggle referring to the device of the hand, memory-belonged referring to a trauma; i.e. having an act of violence in one's past.

APh 32:2 ἡ γὰρ φύσις αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἠγριωμένη· καὶ ὁ κύριός ἐστι μετ᾿ αὐτῶν.

The-one too-thus a-spawning of-them it-be having-had-come-to-be-en-field-belonged; and the-one Authority-belonged it-be with of-them.

APh 32:3 καὶ σὺ οὖν Φίλιππε μὴ ῥᾳθυμήσῃς· Ἰησοῦς γὰρ μετὰ σοῦ ἐστιν.

And thou accordingly, Filippos, lest thou-might-have-lolled-unto; an-Iêsous too-thus with of-thee it-be.

APh 32:4 Καὶ ἐπευξάμενοι αὐτὸν καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι ἀπέλυσαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα.

And having-goodly-held-upon to-it and having-drawn-along-unto, they-loosed-off into to-the-one to-a-heralding-to.

APh 33:1 Ἦλθεν οὖν τότε ὁ Φίλιππος κατὰ θάλασσαν ὅροις τῶν Κανδάκων, καὶ εὗρεν ἐκεῖ πλοῖον μέλλον ἀπαίρειν εἰς Ἄζωτον, καὶ εἶπε τοῖς ναύταις· Δέξασθέ με ὦ ναυτικοὶ καὶ ἀπαγάγετε εἰς Ἄζωτον.

It-had-came accordingly to-the-one-which-also, the-one a-Filippos, down to-a-sea unto-bounds of-the-ones of-Kandakians, and it-had-found thither to-a-floatlet to-pending to-lift-off into to-an-Azôtos, and it-had-said unto-the-ones unto-boaters, Ye-should-have-received to-me, Oh Boat-belonged-of, and ye-should-have-had-led-off into to-an-Azôtos.

APh 33:2 Καὶ συνέθετο δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τέσσαρας στατῆρας τὸ ναῦλον, καὶ ἀνέβη μετ᾿ αὐτῶν.

And it-had-placed-together to-have-had-given unto-them to-four to-staters to-the-one to-an-en-boating, and it-had-stepped-up with of-them.

Note: to-staters : an Attic coin made to both silver or gold.

Note: to-an-en-boating : used to refer to a boat fare.

APh 33:3 ἐμείναμεν δὲ πλέοντες ἄχρι σταδίων τετρακοσίων, καὶ ἐπεισῆλθεν ἄνεμος ἰσχυρός, ὥστε καὶ τὸ πλοῖον κινδυνεύειν· οἱ δὲ ναῦται εἰς πολλὴν ἀδημονίαν ἦλθον μὴ εἰδότες τί πράξουσι, καὶ ἤρξαντο ἐκβολὴν τῶν σκευῶν ποιεῖν, καὶ ἀλλήλοις ἀσπαζόμενοι ἀπεδύροντο.

We-stayed then-also floating-unto unto-whilst of-stadios' of-four-hundred, and it-had-came-into-upon, a-wind force-held, as-also and to-the-one to-a-floatlet to-peril-of; the-ones then-also boaters into to-much to-an-un-locality-stayeeing-unto they-had-came lest having-had-come-to-see to-what-one they-shall-practice, and they-firsted to-a-casting-out of-the-ones of-equipeednesses to-do-unto, and unto-other-to-other drawing-along-to they-were-lamenting-off.

Note: of-stadios'; used to refer to the distance around a-stadion, an arena track, 606.75 feet.

Note: to-an-un-locality-stayeeing-unto : used to refer to feeling separated from what is familiar.

APh 34:1 Ἰδὼν οὖν ὁ ἀπόστολος τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὴν θλῖψιν αὐτῶν, ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου οὗ ἦν ἡσυχάζων, εἶπεν· μὴ φοβεῖσθε ὦ ἄνδρες· ἀποβολὴ γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν οὐδεμία ἔσται, ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ πλοίου·

Having-had-seen accordingly, the-one a-setee-off of-the-one of-Anointed, to-the-one to-a-pressing of-them, having-had-stood-up off of-the-one of-an-occasion of-which it-was quiescing-to, it-had-said, Lest ye-should-fearee-unto, Oh Men, a-casting-off too-thus of-us not-then-also-one it-shall-be, other not-then-also of-a-floatlet;

APh 34:2 Καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἔστη ἐπὶ τὰ πρῷρα, καὶ ἐβόησεν εἰς ἐπήκοον πάντων· Θάλασσα, θάλασσα, κελεύει σοι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Χριστὸς δι᾿ ἐμοῦ τοῦ δούλου αὐτοῦ, ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν σῶν ὑδάτων περιπατήσας, καταστεῖλαί σου τὸν θυμὸν τῆς ἀτάκτου φορᾶς.

And having-had-came-off it-had-stood upon to-the-ones to-en-befored, and it-hollered-unto into to-heard-upon of-all, Sea, Sea, it-biddeth-of unto-thee, an-Iêsous the-one Anointed, through of-me of-the-one of-a-bondee of-it, the-one upon of-the-ones of-thine of-waters having-treaded-about-unto, to-have-set-down of-thee to-the-one to-a-passion of-the-one of-un-arranged of-a-bearedness.

APh 34:3 Καὶ εὐθέως σὺν τῷ λόγῳ Φιλίππου ἐν πολλῇ γαλήνῃ ἐγένοντο αὐτῆς τὰ κύματα.

And unto-straight together unto-the-one unto-a-forthee of-a-Filippos in unto-much unto-a-calming they-had-became of-it, the-ones swellings-to.

APh 34:4 ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ναῦται τὸ γεγονὸς ἔπεσον εἰς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ λέγοντες· Εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι δοῦλε θεοῦ·

Having-had-seen then-also, the-ones boaters, to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-become, they-had-fallen into to-the-ones to-feet of-it forthing, We-goodly-grant-unto unto-thee, Bondee of-a-Deity;

APh 34:5 διὰ σου γὰρ ἡμῖν ἡ ζωὴ κεχάρισται· εἰπὲ οὖν ἡμῖν τί ἡμᾶς ποιῆσαι δεῖ ἵνα γενώμεθα δοῦλοι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ ὑπὸ σοῦ κηρυττομένου.

through of-thee too-thus unto-us the-one a-lifing it-had-come-to-be-granted-to; thou-should-have-had-said accordingly unto-us to-what-one to-us to-have-done-unto it-bindeth so we-might-have-had-became bondees of-the-one of-an-Iêsous of-the-one under of-thee of-being-heraldered.

APh 35:1 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος ἤρξατο αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν διδάσκειν τὰ περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ λέγειν· Ἐὰν δέξησθε τὸν δυνάμενον σῴζειν τὸ ἀσθενές, σωθήσεσθε, καὶ ἐὰν δέξησθε τὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς πλούσιον, πλουτίσει ὑμᾶς·

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-firsted to-them off of-the-ones of-scribings to-veer-veerate to-the-ones about of-the-one of-a-Son of-the-one of-a-Deity and to-forth, If-ever ye-might-have-received to-the-one to-abling to-save-to to-the-one to-un-vigoringed, ye-shall-be-saved-to, and if-ever ye-might-have-received to-the-one in unto-skies to-wealth-belonged, it-shall-wealth-to to-ye;

Note: to-ye (UMAS) : HMAS corrected to UMAS.

APh 35:2 καταλείψατε οὖν τὸ ἀηδὲς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, καὶ τὴν μέριμναν τῆς ζωῆς ἐπιρρίψατε εἰς τὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς εὐεργέτην, ἵνα αἰωνίας τρυφῆς ἀπολαύσητε.

Ye-should-have-remaindered-down accordingly to-the-one to-un-pleasuringed of-the-one of-an-orderation of-the-one-this, and to-the-one to-a-portion-memoriedness of-the-one of-a-lifing ye-should-have-flung-upon into to-the-one in unto-skies to-a-goodly-worker, so of-age-belonged of-a-luxury ye-might-have-reveled-off.

APh 36:1 Οἳ δὲ πάλιν ἀπεκρίνοντο ὁμοθυμαδὸν λέγοντες· Πάντα ὅσα ἂν εἴπῃς ἡμῖν ποιοῦμεν, καὶ πιστεύομεν εἰς τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν.

The-ones then-also unto-furthered they-were-separating-off passioned-along forthing, To-all to-which-a-which ever thou-might-have-had-said unto-us we-do-unto, and we-trust-of into to-the-one to-Authority-belonged of-us to-an-Iêsous to-Anointed.

APh 36:2 Τότε λαβόμενος ὁ Φίλιππος ἅπαντας καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἐπὶ τῆς ξηρᾶς ἐβάπτισεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος· καὶ ἐμεγαλύνοντο τῇ πίστει.

To-the-one-which-also having-had-taken, the-one a-Filippos, to-along-all and having-had-came-out upon of-the-one of-dried it-dipped-to to-them into to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-the-one of-a-Father and of-the-one of-a-Son and of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-currenting-to; and they-were-being-greatened unto-the-one unto-a-trust.

APh 37:0 Πρᾶξις δ´ περὶ τῆς θυγατρὸς Νικοκλείδους ἧς ἰάσατο ἐν Ἀζώτῳ.

A-practice four about of-the-one of-a-daughter of-a-Nikokleidês of-which it-cured-unto in unto-an-Azôtos.

APh 37:1 Ὡς δὲ πολλὴ φήμη περιέδραμεν περὶ τοῦ ἀποστόλου Φιλίππου εἰς τὴν Ἄζωτον ἐπὶ τοῖς δι᾿ αὐτοῦ γινομένοις θαύμασι, πολλοὶ συνέτρεχον πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἦσαν θεραπευόμενοι ἀπὸ τῶν νοσημάτων αὐτῶν.

As then-also much a-declaring it-had-circuted-about about of-the-one of-a-setee-off of-a-Filippos into to-the-one to-an-Azôtos upon unto-the-ones through of-it unto-becoming unto-marvelings-to, much they-were-circuiting-together toward to-it, and they-were being-ministered-of off of-the-ones of-ailings-to of-them.

APh 37:2 πολλὰ δὲ καὶ δαιμόνια φυγαδευόμενα ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐβόων ὥσπερ μαστιζόμενα καὶ ἔλεγον ὅτι Καὶ ὧδε πάρει Φίλιππε, ἐντεῦθεν φυγαδεῦσαι ἡμᾶς;

Much then-also daimonlets fleeing-of off of-the-ones of-mankinds they-were-hollering-unto as-very to-being-thrashed-to and they-were-forthing to-which-a-one, And unto-which-then-also thou-be-beside, Filippos, in-also-from to-have-fled-of to-us?

APh 37:3 ἴδε, ὁμολογοῦμεν ἡττᾶσθαι διὰ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, we-along-forthee-unto to-be-lessened-unto through to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-the-one of-an-Iêsous.

APh 37:4 Ὡς οὖν ἦσαν οἱ ὄχλοι ἀτενίζοντες εἰς αὐτόν, οἳ μὲν ἔλεγον· Ἀληθῶς θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος· Ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον· Τάχα μάγος ἐστί.

As accordingly they-were the-ones crowds stretching-along-to into to-it, which indeed they-were-forthing, Unto-un-secluded of-a-Deity a-mankind; other then-also they-were-forthing, To-quick a-magos it-be.

APh 37:5 Τινὲς δὲ καὶ ἐξεμυκτήριζον τοὺς λόγους αὐτοῦ.

Ones then-also and they-were-snouting-out-to to-the-ones to-forthees of-it.

APh 37:6 αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες τῶν πρώτων ἔλεγον· Ἀληθῶς πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ λαλούμενα παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ καλά.

The-ones then-also women of-the-ones of-most-before they-were-forthing, Unto-un-secluded a-currenting-to hallow-belonged in unto-it and the-ones being-spoken-unto beside of-it seemly.

APh 37:7 Ἄλλαι δὲ ἔλεγον ὅτι Μάγος καὶ σκολιὸς ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, ὅτι διαχωρίζει τὰς συμβιώσεις· ἐδιπλασίασε γὰρ ὅτι ἡ ἁγνεία ὁρᾷ τὸν θεόν, καὶ τὴν τεκνογονίαν ὀδύνην εἶναι λέγει.

Other then-also they-were-forthing to-which-a-one, A-magos and skew-belonged a-mankind the-one-this, to-which-a-one it-spaceth-through-to to-the-ones to-en-dureeatings-together; it-two-fold-belonged-to too-thus, to-which-one the-one a-purifying-of it-seeeeth-unto to-the-one to-a-Deity, and to-the-one to-a-creationee-becomeeing-unto, to-an-anguish to-be it-fortheth.

APh 38:1 Ὡς οὖν ταῦτα ἔλεγον, κατέλαβεν ἡ ἑσπέρα, καὶ πάντες ἐπορεύοντο εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν.

As accordingly to-the-ones-these they-were-forthing, it-had-taken-down, the-one an-into-acrossedness, and all they-were-traversing-of into to-the-ones to-houses of-them.

APh 38:2 ὁ οὖν Φίλιππος ἐζήτησεν οἶκον καταπαύσεως, καὶ μικρὸν ἀποστὰς τοῦ τόπου οὗ ἦν ἑστηκὼς ἦλθεν εἰς οἰκητήριον ἐν ᾧ ὑπῆρχον ἀποθῆκαι ὑπομνηματογράφου τινὸς Νικοκλείδους ὀνόματι, φίλου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἐν αἷς καὶ κατέλυον ξένοι πλείονες.

The-one accordingly a-Filippos it-sought-unto to-a-house of-a-ceasing-down, and to-small having-had-stood-off of-the-one of-an-occasion of-which it-was having-had-come-to-stand it-had-came into to-a-houserlet in unto-which they-were-firsting-under placements-off of-a-memorying-under-to-scriber of-a-one of-a-Nikokleidês unto-a-naming-to, of-cared of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, in unto-which and they-were-loosing-down, guested more-beyond.

APh 39:1 Ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος εἰσελθὼν ἔστη ἐν μιᾷ γωνίᾳ τοῦ οἴκου εἰς προσευχήν, λέγων μετὰ μικρᾶς φωνῆς· Κύριέ μου Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ, γενηθήτω σου τὸ θέλημα καὶ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ, καὶ δώρησαι πᾶσι τοῖς πιστεύουσι τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ῥῶσιν ψυχῆς καὶ ἴασιν σώματος· σὺ γὰρ γινώσκεις τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως ὡς ποιήσας αὐτήν.

The-one then-also a-Filippos having-had-came-into it-had-stood in unto-one unto-an-angling-unto of-the-one of-a-house into to-a-goodly-holding-toward, forthing with of-small of-a-sound, Authority-belonged of-me, Iêsous Anointed, it-should-have-been-became of-thee the-one a-determing-to and in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion unto-the-one-this, and thou-should-have-gifted-unto unto-all unto-the-ones unto-trusting-of unto-the-one unto-thine unto-a-naming-to to-an-en-strengthing of-a-breathing and to-a-curing of-an-en-capsuling-to; thou too-thus thou-acquaint to-the-one to-an-un-vigoring-of of-the-one of-mankind-belonged-to of-a-spawning as having-done-unto to-it.

APh 40:1 Ταῦτα δὲ λέγοντος τοῦ ἀποστόλου καὶ τούτων πλείονα Χαριτίνη ἡ θυγάτηρ τοῦ Νικοκλείδους, ἔχουσα πληγὴν μεγάλην ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ αὐτῆς τῷ δεξιῷ, ἀκούουσα τοῦ ἀποστόλου, δι᾿ ὅλης τῆς νυκτὸς ἔκλαιεν·

To-the-ones-these then-also of-forthing of-the-one of-a-setee-off and of-the-ones-these to-more-beyond a-Charitinê the-one a-daughter of-the-one of-a-Nikokleidês holding to-a-smiting to-great in unto-the-one unto-an-eye of-it unto-the-one unto-right-belonged, having-heard of-the-one of-a-setee-off, through of-whole of-the-one of-a-night it-was-sob-belonging;

Note: holding (EXOUSA) : EXOUSAN corrected to EXOUSA.

APh 40:2 πρωΐας δὲ γενομένης εἰσῆλθε πρὸς τὸν πατέρα αὐτῆς, καὶ φησι· Κύριέ μου καὶ γλυκύτατε πάτερ ἀτένισόν μοι καὶ πρόσσχες τῇ πληγῇ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ μου πῶς ἐγὼ μυκτηρίζομαι, ὅτι αἱ συνήλικαί μου ἐπιγελῶσί μου, καὶ αἰσχύνομαι· καὶ οὐ φέρω τὰς ἀλγηδόνας.

of-a-before-belonging-unto then-also of-having-had-became it-had-came-into toward to-the-one to-a-father of-it, and it-declareth, Authority-belonged of-me and Most-sweet Father, thou-should-have-stretched-along-to unto-me and thou-should-have-had-held-toward unto-the-one unto-a-smiting of-the-one of-an-eye of-me unto-whither I I-be-snouted-to, to-which-a-one the-ones stature-belonged-together-of of-me they-upon-laugh-unto of-me, and I-be-shamened; and not I-might-bear to-the-ones to-paineeings.

APh 40:3 Καὶ λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῆς· Ὦ ἀγαπητὴ ψυχή μου, ποῖον λοιπὸν ἰατρῶν εἰσαγάγω σοι;

And it-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-father of-it, Oh Excessed-off-unto Breathing of-me, to-whither-belonged to-remaindered of-en-curers I-might-have-had-led-into unto-thee?

APh 40:4 μὴ οὐκ εἰσήγαγον Λεύκιον τὸν τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ ὅλου τοῦ παλατίου τοὺς ἰατρούς, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἠλείδην τὸν τῆς βασιλίσσης εὐνοῦχον, καὶ τὴν Σολγίαν τὴν πρὸς χεῖρα τῆς βασιλίσσης, ἔχουσαν φάρμακα καὶ πᾶσαν θεραπείαν, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἠδυνήθη ἰάσασθαί σε;

Lest not I-had-led-into to-a-Leukios to-the-one of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, and of-whole of-the-one of-a-palation to-the-ones to-en-curers, other and to-an-Êleidês to-the-one of-the-one of-a-ruleress to-a-bed-holder, and to-the-one to-a-Solgia to-the-one toward to-a-hand of-the-one of-a-ruleress, to-holding to-doses and to-all to-a-ministering-of, and not-then-also-one it-was-abled to-have-cured-unto to-thee?

Note: of-a-palation : from Latin; palatine hill; the centermost among seven hills containing the Roman imperial palace and affluent residences.

APh 40:5 Ἣ δὲ εἶπεν· Οἶδα πάτερ, οἶδα ὅτι κέκμηκας σὺν ἐμοί· ὅπερ δὲ νῦν ἀξιῶ ποίησόν μοι.

The-one then-also it-had-said, I-had-come-to-see, Father, I-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one thou-had-come-to-weary together unto-ME; to-which-very then-also now I-en-deem-belong, thou-should-have-done-unto unto-me.

APh 40:6 ἰδοὺ ἤκουσα ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ ἰατροῦ τινος ξένου φωνὴν καὶ κηρύττοντος ξένα φάρμακα ἐν ταῖς ἀποθήκαις ταῖς σαῖς· ἐκεῖνος μόνος δύναταί με ἰάσασθαι.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-heard in unto-the-one unto-a-night unto-the-one-this of-an-en-curer of-a-one of-guested to-a-sound and of-heraldering to-guested to-doses in unto-the-ones unto-placements-off unto-the-ones unto-thine; the-one-thither stayeed it-ableth to-me to-have-cured-unto.

APh 40:7 καὶ γὰρ ὡς ἤμην ἀκροωμένη αὐτοῦ ἄνεσιν πολλὴν τῶν πόνων ἐλάμβανον.

And too-thus as I-was hearing-unto of-it, to-a-sending-up to-much of-the-ones of-necessitatees I-was-taking.

APh 40:8 διὸ παρακαλῶ πάτερ καὶ δέομαι, κάλεσόν μοι ἐκεῖνον· καὶ οἶδα ὅτι ἰαθήσομαι.

Through-to-which I-call-beside-unto, Father, and I-bind, thou-should-have-called-unto unto-me to-the-one-thither; and I-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one I-shall-be-cured-unto.

APh 41:1 Ὁ δὲ ταχέως ἐπορεύθη εἰς τὰς ἀποθήκας καὶ ἐζήτει τὸν ξένον, καὶ εὑρὼν τὸν Φίλιππον καθήμενον εἶπεν· σὺ εἶ ὁ ξένος ὁ ἐπιδημήσας τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ ἰατρός;

The-one then-also unto-quick it-was-traversed-of into to-the-ones to-placements-off and it-was-seeking-unto to-the-one to-guested, and having-had-found to-the-one to-a-Filippos to-sitting-down it-had-said, Thou thou-be the-one guested the-one having-localitied-upon-unto unto-the-one unto-a-city unto-the-one-this an-en-curer?

APh 41:2 Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος εἶπεν· Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ ἐμὸς ἰατρός, ὁ τῶν κρυπτῶν καὶ φανερῶν θεραπευτής· ἀπέρχομαι οὖν μετὰ σοῦ.

Having-been-separated-off then-also the-one a-Filippos it-had-said, An-Iêsous it-be the-one mine an-en-curer, the-one of-the-ones of-hidened and of-en-manifested of-a-minister-of; I-come-off together with of-thee.

APh 41:3 Καὶ ἀναστὰς ὁ Φίλιππος εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ εὗρεν τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτοῦ κλαίουσαν πικρῶς.

And having-had-stood-up, the-one a-Filippos, it-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-it, and it-had-found to-the-one to-a-daughter of-it to-sob-belonging unto-bittered.

APh 42:1 Καί φησιν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῆς· Τί κλαίεις τέκνον;

And it-declareth, the-one a-father of-it, To-what-one thou-sob-belong, Creationee?

APh 42:2 ἰδοὺ ἤγαγον τὸν ἰατρόν. Ἣ δὲ εἶπεν· Καλῶς ὦ πάτερ ὅτι σήμερον ἀνέπαυσας τὴν ψυχήν μου.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-had-led to-the-one to-an-en-curer. The-one then-also it-had-said, Unto-seemly, Oh Father, to-which-a-one this-day thou-ceased-up to-the-one to-a-breathing of-me.

APh 42:3 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν αὐτῇ· Μὴ φοβοῦ κόρη· τὰ φάρμακα τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἰατροῦ ἄρτι ἴασίν σοι παρέξουσιν.

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-had-said unto-it, Lest thou-should-fearee-unto, Shearaging; the-ones doses of-the-one of-mine of-an-en-curer thus-to-a-one to-a-curing unto-thee they-shall-hold-beside.

Note: shearaging : refers to the iris/pupil because of its multi-sheared look; also, a female, as a sprout 16 yrs. and over before bearing children.

APh 42:4 Καὶ ὡς ἤκουσεν ἡ κόρη, ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον, καὶ προσεκύνησεν αὐτῷ λέγουσα· Προσκυνῶ τὸν ἐν σοὶ ἰατρόν.

And as it-heard, the-one a-shearaging, it-had-fallen upon to-looked-toward, and it-kissed-toward-unto unto-it forthing, I-kiss-toward-unto to-the-one in unto-thee to-an-en-curer.

Note: a-shearaging : refers to the iris/pupil because of its multi-sheared look; also, a female, as a sprout 16 yrs. and over before bearing children.

APh 42:5 ἰδοὺ ῥαίνω μου τὴν οἰκίαν ὕδατι καθαρῷ εἰς ἐπίβασιν τοῦ σοῦ ἰατροῦ, καὶ ἐκδυσαμένη μου τὰ βύσσινα ὑποστρώσω αὐτὰ ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-sprinkle of-me to-the-one to-a-housing-unto unto-a-water unto-cleansed into to-a-stepping-upon of-the-one of-thee of-an-en-curer, and having-sunk-out of-me to-the-ones to-linen-belonged-to I-shall-en-strew-under to-them under to-the-ones to-feet of-it.

APh 42:6 ἄνθρωπε τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ θεοῦ βοήθησόν μοι· οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι δύνασαι.

Mankind of-the-one of-un-secluded-belonged-to of-a-Deity thou-should-have-holler-ran-unto unto-me; I-had-come-to-see too-thus to-which-a-one thou-able.

APh 42:7 Καὶ λέγει τῷ πατρὶ αὐτῆς· Εἰσαγάγωμεν αὐτὸν ἐνδοτέρω, ἵνα ἴδῃ ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος τὴν πληγὴν τὴν οὖσαν ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ προσώπῳ μου.

And it-fortheth unto-the-one unto-a-father of-it, We might-have-had-led-into to-it unto-more-given-in, so it-might-have-had-seen, the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity a-mankind, to-the-one to-a-smiting to-the-one to-being in unto-whole unto-the-one unto-looked-toward of-me.

APh 43:1 Ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ἰδὼν παρεμυθεῖτο αὐτήν τε καὶ τὸν πατέρα αὐτῆς, διδάσκων αὐτοὺς καὶ παραδιδοὺς τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὅτι Αὐτός ἐστι μόνος μονογενὴς ὁ τοῦ ἐπουρανίου θεοῦ υἱός, ὅνπερ ἐὰν πιστεύσητε, ὅλους τοὺς αἰῶνας ζήσεσθε.

The-one then-also a-Filippos having-had-seen it-was-relating-beside-unto to-it also and to-the-one to-a-father of-it, veer-veerating to-them and giving-beside to-the-ones about of-the-one of-an-Iêsous to-which-a-one, It it-be stayeed stayeed-becominged the-one of-the-one of-upon-sky-belonged of-a-Deity a-Son, to-which-very if-ever ye-might-have-trusted-of, to-whole to-the-ones to-ages ye-shall-life-unto.

APh 43:2 Καὶ λέγει Χαριτίνη τῷ ἀποστόλῳ· Παρακαλῶ οὖν σε δοῦλε τοῦ θεοῦ, θεράπευσόν μου τὴν ὀδύνην, καὶ τελεία ἔσομαί σοι δούλη.

And it-fortheth, a-Charitinê, unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off, I-call-beside-unto accordingly to-thee, Bondee of-the-one of-a-Deity, thou-should-have-ministered-of of-me to-the-one to-an-anguish, and finish-belonged I-shall-be unto-thee a-bondee.

APh 43:3 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Φίλιππος· Ἀνάστα καὶ ἔνεγκαι τὴν δεξιάν σου χεῖρα διὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου λέγουσα· Ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἰαθήτω ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ μου.

It-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-Filippos, Thou-should-have-stood-up and thou-should-have-beared-in to-the-one to-right-belonged of-thee to-a-hand through of-the-one of-looked-toward of-thee forthing, In unto-a-naming-to of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed it-should-have-been-cured-unto the-one a-smiting of-the-one of-an-eye of-me.

APh 43:4 Ἐποίησεν δὲ καθὼς εἶπεν αὐτῇ, καὶ παραχρῆμα ἰάθη ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ.

It-did-unto then-also down-as it-had-said unto-it, and beside-to-an-affording-to it-was-cured-unto in unto-it unto-the-one unto-an-houredness.

APh 44:1 Ἐπίστευσεν δὲ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῆς καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτοῦ, καὶ κατηξιώθησαν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ σφραγῖδος.

It-trusted-upon-of then-also, and the-one a-father of-it and the-one a-daughter of-it, and they-were-en-deem-belonged-down of-the-one in unto-Anointed of-a-seal.

APh 44:2 ἐγένετο δὲ χαρὰ μεγάλη ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτῶν· καὶ πολλοὶ δοῦλοι πολλαί τε παιδίσκαι καὶ παῖδες καὶ νήπια ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν.

It-had-became then-also a-joyedness great in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-them; and much bondees, much also child-belongings-of, and children and non-word-belonged they-trusted-of into to-the-one to-Authority-belonged of-us to-an-Iêsous to-Anointed.

APh 44:3 ἡ δὲ Χαριτίνη σχῆμα καὶ ἔνδυμα ποιήσασα ἀρρενικὸν ἠκολούθει τῷ Φιλίππῳ ἐν πίστει Χριστοῦ δοξάζουσα τὸν θεόν.

The-one then-also a-Charitinê to-a-holdening-to and to-a-sinking-in-to having-done-unto to-male-belonged-of it-was-pathing-along-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos in unto-a-trust of-Anointed reckoning-to to-the-one to-a-Deity.

APh 45:0 Πρᾶξις έ γεναμένη ἐν πόλει Νικάτηρα καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἰρέου.

A-practice five having-had-became in unto-a-city unto-a-Nikatêra and about of-the-one of-an-Ireos.

Note: of-an-Ireos (IREOU) : IEREWS corrected to IREOU.

APh 45:1 Φίλιππος δὲ ὁ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολος πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ἔθετο ἀνελθεῖν καὶ εἰς Νικάτηρα πόλιν οὕτω λεγομένην τῆς Ἑλλάδος, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ πολλοὶ μαθηταί, καὶ ἦσαν ἀγαλλιώμενοι.

A-Filippos then-also the-one of-the-one of-Anointed a-setee-off before of-eyes it-had-placed to-have-had-came-up and into to-a-Nikatêra to-a-city of-which-unto-the-one to-being-forthed of-the-one of-a-Hellas, and they-were-pathing-along-unto unto-it, much learners, and they-were excess-jump-belonging-unto.

Note: it-had-placed (EQETO) : QEMENOS corrected to EQETO.

Note: and they-were-pathing-along-unto (KAI HKOLOUQOUN) : HKOLOUQHSAN corrected to KAI HKOLOUQOUN.

APh 45:2 βαδίζοντες οὖν σὺν αὐτῷ ἐθεώρουν τὴν χάριν τῆς ἀποκαλύψεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ·

Stepping-to accordingly together unto-it they-were-surveiling-unto to-the-one to-a-granting of-the-one of-a-shrouding-off of-the-one of-Anointed;

APh 45:3 ἐν οἷς ἦν ὁ Φίλιππος ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς μὴ διαλιμπάνων ὁμιλῶν μετ᾿ αὐτῶν καὶ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς τὰ μεγαλεῖα τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ τὴν σωτηρίαν καὶ τὴν πρᾳότητα καὶ τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς.

in unto-which it-was the-one a-Filippos of-a-dayedness and of-a-night lest remainderening-through, grouping-along-unto with of-them and veer-veerating to-them to-the-ones to-great-belonged of-the-one of-Anointed and to-the-one to-a-savioring-unto and to-the-one to-a-mildness and to-the-one to-a-droved-sureeing of-the-one of-aged-belonged of-a-lifing.

APh 46:1 Καὶ ἐν τῷ τὸν Φίλιππον ἀνιέναι ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν τοῖς μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ, ἐκινήθη ἡ πόλις ὅλη, ὅτι ἦλθεν Φίλιππος ὁ μαθητὴς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ἐταράχθησαν λέγοντες· Τί ποιοῦμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ;

And in unto-the-one to-the-one to-a-Filippos to-go-up in unto-the-one unto-a-city together unto-the-ones with of-it, it-was-moved-unto the-one a-city whole, to-which-a-one it-had-came, a-Filippos the-one a-learner of-the-one of-an-Iêsous, and they-were-stirred forthing, To-what-one we-do-unto about of-it?

APh 46:2 ὅτι ἐὰν συγχωρήσωμεν αὐτῷ πᾶσα ἡ πόλις αὐτῷ ἀκολουθήσει· καὶ οὐ μικρὸν πρᾶγμα ἐὰν οὗτος ὧδε οἰκήσῃ, ὅτι ἠκούσαμεν αὐτὸν πολλὰ πεποιηκέναι σημεῖα εἰς τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἠδυνήθη κακῶσαι αὐτόν.

To-which-a-one if-ever we-might-have-spaced-together-unto unto-it, all the-one a-city unto-it it-shall-path-along-unto; and not small a-practicing-to if-ever the-one-this unto-which-then-also it-might-have-housed-unto, to-which-a-one we-heard to-it to-much to-have-had-come-to-do-unto to-signlets-of into to-the-ones to-other to-cities, and not-then-also-one it-was-abled to-have-en-wedge-wedged to-it.

APh 46:3 ἡ δὲ διδασκαλία αὐτοῦ ἐστι διαχωρίζουσα ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας, λέγων ὅτι Ἡ ἁγνεία φησὶν ὁμιλεῖ τῷ θεῷ.

The-one then-also a-veer-veerating-unto of-it it-be spacing-through-to to-men and to-women, forthing to-which-a-one, The-one a-purifying-of, it-declareth, it-groupeth-along-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Deity.

APh 46:4 Καὶ ἐδιπλασίασε πιστεύειν εἰς ὄνομά τινος Ἰησοῦ.

And it-two-fold-belonged-to to-trust-of into to-a-naming-to of-a-one of-an-Iêsous.

APh 46:5 νῦν οὖν, ἐπειδὴ οὔπω εὗρεν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἡμῶν οἴκησιν, ἐκβάλλωμεν αὐτὸν πρὶν κηρύξαι, καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ἡμῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἀπατηθῆναι.

Now accordingly, upon-if-then not-unto-whither it-had-found in unto-the-one unto-a-city of-us to-a-housing, we-might-cast-out to-it ere to-have-heraldered, and to-the-ones to-women of-us under of-it to-have-been-deluded-unto.

Note: it-might-have-heraldered (KHRUCAI) : KHRUCEI corrected to KHRUCAI.

APh 47:1 Ἦσαν δὲ καὶ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες σκληρὰ ῥήματα κατὰ Φιλίππου, ὅτι ἦν καταλύων τὰς παραδόσεις αὐτῶν.

They-were then-also and Iouda-belonged forthing to-stiffened to-utterings-to down of-a-Filippos, to-which-a-one it-was loosing-down to-the-ones to-givings-beside of-them.

APh 47:2 ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄρχων ὀνόματι Ἴρεος ἔφη· Ἀκούσατέ μού φησιν ὦ ἄνδρες φίλοι καὶ συμπολῖται· μὴ ἐπαναστῶμεν ἀνδρὶ ξένῳ ἐπ᾿ ἀδικίᾳ καὶ βίᾳ· ἀλλὰ ἀκούσωμεν καὶ δοκιμάσωμεν τὴν διδασκαλίαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τότε τελέσωμεν τὰ λαλούμενα.

Having-been-separated-off then-also one out of-them firsting unto-a-naming-to an-Ireos it-was-declaring, Ye-should-have-heard of-me, it-declareth, Oh Men Cared and City-belongers-together, lest we-might-have-had-stood-up-upon unto-a-man unto-guested upon unto-an-un-coursing-unto and unto-a-dureeatedness; other we-might-have-heard and we-might-have-assessed-to to-the-one to-a-veer-veerating-unto of-it, and to-the-one-which-also we-mght-have-finished-unto to-the-ones to-being-spoken-unto.

APh 48:1 Ἦν δὲ ὁ Ἴρεος πλούσιος ἐν αὐτοῖς· ἠρέμα δὲ βουλόμενος διασκορπίσαι τὴν βουλὴν αὐτῶν ταῦτα ἔλεγεν· ἦν γὰρ συνετὸς καὶ ἀγαθὸς καὶ μισῶν ἄδικα· διὸ οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμησεν ἀντειπεῖν αὐτῷ.

It-was-then-also the-one an-Ireos wealth-belonged in unto-them; to-quieted then-also purposing to-have-scattered-through-to to-the-one to-a-purposing of-them to-the-one-these it-was-forthing; it-was too-thus sendable-together and excess-placed and hating-unto to-un-coursed, through-to-which not-then-also-one it-ventured-unto to-have-had-ever-a-one-said unto-it.

APh 48:2 ἀναχωρήσας δὲ ὁ Ἴρεος ἀπὸ τῆς συστροφῆς αὐτῶν ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον, καὶ δέδωκεν αὐτὸν τὸν χαιρετισμόν.

Having-spaced-up-unto then-also, the-one an-Ireos, off of-the-one of-a-beturning-together of-them it-had-came-off toward to-the-one to-a-Filippos, and it-had-come-to-give to-it to-the-one to-a-joying-to-of.

Note: to-the-one to-a-joying-to-of (TON XAIRETISMON) : TO XAIRE PRWTOS corrected to TON XAIRETISMON.

APh 48:3 καὶ ὁ Φίλιππος εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Κεχαριτωμένος σὺ ἐν εἰρήνῃ Χριστοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι δόλος ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ σου.

And the-one a-Filippos it-had-said unto-it, Having-had-come-to-be-en-granted thou in unto-a-joinifying of-Anointed, to-which-a-one not it-be a-guile in unto-the-one unto-a-breathing of-thee.

APh 48:4 Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Ἴρεος· Ἀκολουθήσω σοι, καὶ τί ἄρα ἔσται μοι;

And it-had-said, the-one an-Ireos, I-shall-path-along-unto unto-thee, and what-one thus it-shall-be unto-me?

APh 48:5 Καὶ ὁ Φίλιππος· Ὅτι ὅλως ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου ζητῆσαι τὴν ὄντως ζωήν, λέγω σοι· σωθήσῃ σὺ καὶ ἡ οἰκία σου καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν σοί· καὶ καθὼς ἠγωνίσω σὺ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ, ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς δώσει σοι ἀνάπαυσιν ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σου πνοῇ.

And the-one a-Filippos, To-which-a-one unto-whole thou-had-placed in unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-thee to-have-sought-unto to-the-one unto-being to-a-lifing, I-forth unto-thee, Thou-shall-be-saved-to thou and the-one a-housing-unto of-thee and all the-ones together unto-thee; and down-as thou-struggled-to thou over of-ME in unto-the-one unto-a-crowd, the-one Authority-belonged an-Iêsous it-shall-give unto-thee to-a-ceasing-up in unto-the-one unto-most-bordered of-thee unto-a-currenting.

APh 49:1 Λέγει ὁ Ἴρeος· Πῶς οἶδας ὅτι ὑπὲρ σοῦ ἠγωνισάμην;

It-fortheth, the-one an-Ireos, Unto-whither thou-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one over of-thee I-struggled-to?

APh 49:2 Καὶ λέγει ὁ Φίλιππος· Οἶδα τέκνον, οἶδα τὰ παρ᾿ ἑκάστου εἰρημένα.

And it-fortheth, the-one a-Filippos, I-had-come-to-see, Creationee, I-had-come-to-see to-the-ones beside of-each to-having-had-come-to-be-uttered.

APh 49:3 Λέγει ὁ Ἴρεος· Γίνωσκε ἄνθρωπε τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτι ἦλθον εἰς συνάντησίν σου οὐκ ἔχων δόλον· μὴ οὖν ἀμελήσῃς μου, ὅτι ἡτοίμακα τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς σωτηρίαν.

It-fortheth, the-one an-Ireos, Thou-should-acquaint, Mankind of-the-one of-a-Deity, to-which-a-one I-had-came into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together of-thee not holding to-a-guile; lest accordingly thou-might-have-un-vied-unto of-me, to-which-a-one I-had-come-to-ready-to to-the-one to-a-breathing of-me into to-a-savioring-unto.

APh 49:4 Καὶ ὁ Φίλιππός φησι· Ὁ κύριος τελειώσει τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν σου· μόνον μὴ διστάσῃς πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὸν οὗ ἕνεκεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς παρεγένου.

And the-one a-Filippos it-declareth, The-one Authority-belonged it-shall-en-finish-belong to-the-one to-a-passioning-upon-unto of-thee; to-stayeed lest thou-might-have-twiced-to toward to-the-one to-an-adjusting-down-to-of of-which in-out-in toward to-us thou-had-became-beside.

APh 49:5 Λέγει ὁ Ἴρεος· Ἐγὼ οὐκ ἐπιστρέφομαι πρὸς τὰ ὀπίσω Ἐγὼ τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχω.

It-fortheth, the-one an-Ireos, I not I-beturn-upon toward to-the-ones aback-unto-which; I to-the-one to-a-droved-sureeing I-hold.

Note: I {2nd} (EGW): EN W corrected to EGW.

APh 49:6 Λέγει ὁ Φίλιππος· Θέλημά ἐστι τοῦ θεοῦ δι᾿ ὃν καὶ ἦλθον ἵνα μὴ ἐκπέσωσιν οἱ πιστεύσαντες, ἀλλὰ ζήσωσιν ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ, καὶ λάβωσι τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τὰς ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τεταγμένας εἰς σωτηρίαν.

It-fortheth, the-one a-Filippos, A-determining-to it-be of-the-one of-a-Deity through to-which and I-had-came so lest they-might-have-had-fallen-out, the-ones having-trusted-of, other they-might-life-unto in unto-the-one unto-Anointed, and they-might-have-had-taken to-the-ones to-goodly-leadeeerings-upon-unto to-the-ones under of-it to-having-had-come-to-be-arranged into to-a-savioring-unto.

APh 50:1 Λέγει οὖν ὁ Ἴρεος πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον· Δοῦλε τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰ εὗρον χάριν ἐνώπιόν σου, εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν μου, εἰ ἄξιός εἰμι, κἀγὼ ποιήσω αὐτὴν συναγωγὴν χριστιανῶν.

It-fortheth accordingly, the-one an-Ireos, toward to-the-one to-a-Filippos, Bondee of-the-one of-a-Deity, if I-had-found to-a-granting to-in-look-belonged of-thee, thou-should-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-me, if deem-belonged I-be, and-I I-shall-do-unto to-it to-a-leading-together of-anointed-belonged-to.

Note: an-Ireos (IREOS) : IREUS corrected to IREOS.

APh 50:2 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος αὐτῷ· Ἄπελθε πρῶτον εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν σου, καὶ καθάρισον αὐτήν.

It-had-said then-also, the-one a-Filippos, unto-it, Thou-should-have-had-came-off to-most-before into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-thee, and thou-should-have-cleansed-to to-it.

APh 50:3 Ὁ δὲ Καὶ πῶς φησι κύριε καθαρίσω αὐτήν;

The-one then-also, And unto-whither, it-declareth, Authority-belonged, I-shall-cleanse-to to-it?

APh 50:4 Λέγει ὁ Φίλιππος· Μηδεμίαν ἀδικίαν ἐάσῃς, καὶ τῇ γυναικί σου ἀπόταξαι.

It-fortheth, the-one a-Filippos, To-lest-then-also-one to-an-un-coursing-unto thou-might-have-let-unto, and unto-the-one unto-a-woman of-thee thou-should-have-arranged-off.

APh 50:5 Ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ Ἴρεος ἔδραμεν, καὶ ἦν θαυμάζων ὁ Φίλιππος.

Having-heard then-also, the-one an-Ireos, it-had-circuited, and it-was marveling-to, the-one a-Filippos.

APh 50:6 καὶ ὁ Ἴρεος ἔλεγεν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ· Γένοιτό μοι Ἰησοῦ κύριε καὶ ἕως θανάτου ὑπὲρ τοῦ σοῦ ἀποστόλου ἀγωνίσασθαι.

And the-one an-Ireos it-was-forthing toward to-self in unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-it, It-may-have-had-became unto-me, Iêsous Anointed, and unto-if-which of-a-death over of-the-one of-thee of-a-setee-off to-have-struggled-to.

APh 51:1 Ὡς δὲ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ οἰκίαν, λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ· Ἤκουσα ἄνερ καλὲ ὅτι ἐσκόρπισας τὴν βουλὴν τῶν ἱερέων καὶ Ἰουδαίων περί τινος ξένου μάγου ὀνόματι Φιλίππου.

As then-also it-had-came-into into to-the-one of-self to-a-housing-unto, it-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-woman of-it, I-heard, Man Seemly, to-which-a-one thou-scattered-to to-the-one to-a-purposing of-the-ones of-sacreders-of and of-Iouda-belonged about of-a-one of-guested of-a-magos unto-a-naming-to of-a-Filippos.

APh 51:2 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ· Εἴθε γύναι ἄξιοι ὑπήρχομεν τοῦ ποιῆσαι τὴν οἰκίαν ἡμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτοῦ κατοικητήριον.

The-one then-also it-had-said unto-it, If-from, Woman, deem-belonged we-were-firsting-under of-the-one to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-us of-the-one of-a-Deity of-it to-a-houserlet-down.

APh 51:3 Λέγει αὐτῷ· οὐ θέλω αὐτὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν μου, ὅτι ὡς ἔμαθον χωρίζει ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας· ἀπελεύσομαι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τῶν γονέων μου, καὶ οὐκ ἀφήσω τὴν προῖκά μου εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν σου.

It-fortheth unto-it, Not I-determine to-it to-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-me, to-which-a-one as I-had-learned it-spaceth-to to-men and to-women; I-shall-come-off then-also into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-the-ones of-becomeeers-of of-me, and not I-shall-send-off to-the-one to-an-arrivance-before of-me into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-thee.

Note: of-becomeeers-of : the entities performing the parental function to a becomee, i.e. parents, but not necessarily biologically : the entities performing the parental function to a becomee, i.e. parents, but not necessarily biologically.

Note: to-an-arrivance-before : i.e. a dowry.

APh 51:4 ἀποσπάσω δὲ καὶ τοὺς δούλους μου οὓς προήγαγόν σοι, καὶ τὰς ἅβρας μου, σὺν πᾶσι τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῶν.

I-shall-off-draw-unto then-also and to-the-ones to-bondees of-me to-which I-had-led-before unto-thee, and to-the-ones to-vassals of-me, together unto-all unto-the-ones unto-creationees of-them.

APh 51:5 ἰδοὺ χρόνους εἴκοσι τέσσαρας συνέζησά σοι καὶ οὐκ ἀντεῖπόν σοι μικρὸν ἢ μέγα ῥῆμα.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, to-whiles to-twenty to-four I-together-lifed-unto unto-thee and not I-had-ever-a-one-said unto-thee to-small or to-great to-an-uttering-to.

APh 51:6 τί δὲ καὶ τὰ τέκνα σου ποιήσεις ἐὰν εἰσάγῃς τὸν μάγον ἐκεῖνον ὧδε;

To-what-one then-also and to-the-ones to-creationees of-thee thou-shall-do-unto if-ever thou-might-lead-into to-the-one to-a-magos to-the-one-thither unto-which-then-also?

APh 51:7 πάντως γὰρ καὶ θόρυβος πολὺς ἔσται τῆς πόλεως ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ σου.

Unto-all too-thus and a-tumult much it-shall-be of-the-one of-a-city in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-thee.

APh 52:1 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἴρεος ἐν πρᾳότητι· Τί λυπῆσαι; μακροθύμησον μᾶλλον.

It-fortheth unto-it, the-one an-Ireos, in unto-a-mildness, To-what-one thou-be-throed-unto? Thou-should-have-en-long-passioned-unto more-such.

APh 52:2 πιστεύω γὰρ ὅτι καὶ σὺ αὐτὴ πιστεύσεις τῷ διὰ τοῦ ξένου κηρυττομένῳ θεῷ, ὅτι αὐτὸς κρείττων ἡμῖν ἐστιν ὑπὲρ τὸν μάταιον ἡμῖν πλοῦτον.

I-trust-of too-thus to-which-a-one and thou it thou-shall-trust-of unto-the-one through of-the-one of-guested unto-being-heraldered unto-a-Deity, to-which-a-one it securinged-of unto-us it-be over to-the-one to-folly-belonged unto-us to-a-wealth.

APh 52:3 Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ· Ἀνάστηθι, φάγε καὶ πίε, καὶ γενοῦ εὐφραινόμενος· ἐμὲ γὰρ οὐ δύνασαι ἀπατῆσαι.

It-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-woman of-it, Thou-should-have-had-stood-up, thou-should-have-had-devored and thou-should-have-had-drank, and thou-should-have-had-became goodly-centering; to-ME too-thus not thou-able to-have-deluded-unto.

APh 52:4 Λέγει αὐτῇ· Καὶ ποῖον δίκαιον φαγεῖν με ἢ πιεῖν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοῦ θεοῦ πεινῶντος ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ πόλει;

It-fortheth unto-it, And to-whither-belonged to-course-belonged to-me to-have-had-devoured or to-have-had-drank of-the-one of-a-mankind of-the-one of-a-Deity of-hungering-unto in unto-the-one unto-ours unto-a-city?

APh 52:5 ὅνπερ ἐὰν ἴδῃς, πιστεύεις ὅτι ἅγιός ἐστι.

To-which-very if-ever thou-might-have-had-seen, thou-trust-of to-which-a-one hallow-belonged it-be.

APh 52:6 κατάστειλον οὖν σεαυτὴν ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ἀπονοίας καὶ ἀπιστίας σου, ἵνα κἀγὼ ἀπαγγείλω σοι μέρος τι τῆς ἐν αὐτῷ ἐπιστήμης.

Thou-should-have-set-down accordingly to-thyself out of-the-one of-folly-belonged of-an-en-mulling-off-unto and of-an-un-trusting-unto of-thee, so and-I I-might-have-leadeeered-off unto-thee to-a-portioneedness to-a-one of-the-one in unto-it of-a-standing-upon-of.

APh 52:7 γνῶθι οὖν ὦ γύναι ὅτι ἄνθρωπος θεοῦ ἐστι, καὶ ὅτι χάρις πολλὴ ἐν προσώπῳ αὐτοῦ, πρᾳότης δὲ καὶ ἁπλότης ἐν αὐτῷ.

Thou-should-have-acquainted accordingly, Oh Woman, to-which-a-one a-mankind of-a-Deity it-be, and to-which-a-one a-granting much in unto-looked-toward of-it, a-mildness then-also and a-folded-alongness in unto-it.

APh 53:1 Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ γυνή· Ἆρα ὁ θεὸς αὐτοῦ ὡς οἱ θεοὶ τῆς πόλεως ἡμῶν εἰσι, χρυσοῖ καὶ ἠσφαλισμένοι ἐν τῷ ναῷ;

It-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-woman, Thus the-one a-Deity of-it as the-ones deities of-the-one of-a-city of-us they-be, golden and having-had-come-to-be-un-befailed-to in unto-the-one unto-a-temple?

APh 53:2 Ὁ δέ φησι· οὐκ οὕτως· ὁ γὰρ θεὸς αὐτοῦ θεός ἐστι ζῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, δυνατός, ὑπερηφάνοις θραύων· οἱ δὲ θεοὶ τῆς πόλεως ἡμῶν τέχνη ἀσεβῶν μελετήματα.

The-one then-also, it-declareth, Not unto-the-one-this; the-one too-thus a-Deity of-it a-Deity it-be lifing-unto in unto-skies, able, unto-manifested-over crushing; the-ones then-also deities of-the-one of-a-city of-us a-crafting of-un-reveringed vierings-to.

APh 53:3 Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ· Καὶ ἄγαγε αὐτόν, ἵνα ἴδω κἀγὼ τὸν ἐν αὐτῷ θεόν.

It-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-woman of-it, And thou-should-have-had-led to-it, so I-might-have-had-seen and-I to-the-one in unto-it to-a-Deity.

APh 54:1 Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Ἴρεος τῆς οἰκίας συναντῆσαι τῷ Φιλίππῳ, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· Δέομαι, ἀνάστα καὶ εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν μου, καὶ ἀνάπαυσον σεαυτὸν ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

And it-had-came-out, the-one an-Ireos, of-the-one of-a-housing-unto to-have-together-ever-a-oned-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos, and it-fortheth unto-it, I-bind, thou-should-have-had-stood-up and thou-should-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-me, and thou-should-have-ceased-up to-thyself in unto-a-joinifying.

APh 54:2 Προφθάσας δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀνήγγειλεν αὐτῷ πάντα ὅσα ἐστασίασεν αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ· ὁ δὲ Ἴρεος ἐξεπλάγη πῶς πάντα ἔγνω.

Having-priored-before then-also, the-one a-Filippos, it-leadeeered-up unto-it to-all to-which-a-which it-stand-belonged-to unto-it, the-one a-woman of-it; the-one then-also an-Ireos it-had-been-smitten-out unto-whither to-all it-had-acquainted.

APh 54:3 καὶ λέγει ὁ Φίλιππος· Γίνωσκε τέκνον ὅτι, εἰ καὶ ἐλάχιστός εἰμι καὶ ταπεινός, ἀγῶνα ἔχω ὅπως τελειώσω τὴν ἐμπιστευθεῖσαν μοι οἰκονομίαν.

And it-fortheth, the-one a-Filippos, Thou-should-acquaint, Creationee, to-which-a-one, if and most-lackened I-be and lowed-belonged-to, to-a-struggling I-hold unto-which-whither I-might-have-en-finish-belong to-the-one to-having-been-trusted-in-of unto-me to-a-house-parceleeing-unto.

APh 54:4 Εἰ δὲ θέλεις, ἀναγγέλλω σοι καὶ τὰ λαληθέντα ῥήματα πάντα ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ σου.

If then-also thou-determine, I-leadeeer-up unto-thee and to-the-ones to-having-been-spoken-unto to-utterings-to to-all in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-thee.

APh 54:5 Ὁ δὲ Ἴρεος παρεκάλεσεν αὐτὸν σιωπῆσαι τὸν ἔλεγχον τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ.

The-one then-also an-Ireos it-called-beside-unto to-it to-have-muted-unto to-the-one to-a-trial of-the-one of-a-woman of-it.

APh 55:1 Οἱ δὲ συνόντες τῷ Φιλίππῳ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· Ἀπόστολε Χριστοῦ, ἕως πότε ἐσόμεθα ὡς αἰχμάλωτοι ἐνταῦθα;

The-ones then-also being-together unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos they-forth unto-it, Setee-off of-Anointed, unto-if-which whither-also we-shall-be as spear-captured in-unto-the-ones-these?

APh 55:2 ἐπεὶ οὖν ἡτοίμασεν ἡμῖν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον, ἀπέλθωμεν μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

Upon-if accordingly it-readied-to unto-us, an-Iêsous Anointed, to-the-one to-a-man to-the-one-this, we-might-have-had-came-off with of-it in unto-a-joinifying.

APh 55:3 Ὁ δὲ Ἴρεος ἠγαλλιάσατο ὅτε ἤκουσεν ταῦτα παρὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ πεσὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον παρεκάλει τῷ Φιλίππῳ καταλῦσαι ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ.

The-one then-also an-Ireos it-excess-jump-belonged-unto which-also it-heard to-the-ones-these beside of-the-ones of-learners of-it, and having-had-fallen upon to-looked-toward it-was-calling-beside-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos to-have-loosed-down in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-it.

APh 55:4 καὶ ἀναστὰς ἠκολούθησεν αὐτὸν, ὁ δὲ Ἴρεος ἐβάδιζεν ἔμπροσθεν χαίρων.

And having-had-stood-up it-pathed-along-unto to-it, the-one then-also an-Ireos it-was-stepping-to in-toward-from joying.

APh 56:1 Ἰδόντες δὲ τοῦτο οἱ ἄρχοντες καὶ τὸ πλῆθος ἐταράχθησαν ἅπαντες, καὶ ἔλεγον· Ἴδε πῶς ὁ μάγος ἀκολουθεῖ τῷ Ἰρέῳ· ἀλλὰ μὴ συγχωρήσωμεν.

Having-had-seen then-also to-the-one-this, the-ones firsting and the-one a-repleteedness, they-were-stirred along-all, and they-were-forthing, Thou-should-have-had-seen unto-whither the-one a-magos it-patheth-along-unto unto-the-one unto-an-Ireos; other lest we-might-have-spaced-together-unto.

APh 56:2 Καὶ ὡς ἔφθασεν ὁ Ἴρεος πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα τῆς οἰκίας ἐβόησεν· Ἀνοίξατε τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ.

And as it-priored-to, the-one an-Ireos, toward to-the-one to-a-gating of-the-one of-a-housing-unto it-hollered-unto, Ye-should-have-opened-up unto-the-one unto-a-mankind of-the-one of-a-Deity.

APh 56:3 Καὶ ὁ θυρωρὸς ταχέως ἤνοιξεν, καὶ εἰσελθὼν ὁ Φίλιππος σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ εἶπεν· Εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ.

And the-one a-portal-warden unto-quick it-opened-up, and having-had-came-into, the-one a-Filippos, together unto-the-ones unto-learners of-it it-had-said, A-joinifying unto-the-one unto-a-house unto-the-one-this.

APh 56:4 Ἔδραμεν δὲ ὁ Ἴρεος ὅπου ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἦν ἐν τῷ κοιτῶνι αὐτῆς, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ· Ἀνάστα, ἴδε τὴν χαρὰν ἡμῶν τὴν εἰσελθοῦσαν ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἡμῶν σήμερον· ἔκδυσαι δὲ ταῦτα τὰ ἱμάτια τὰ διάχρυσα, καὶ βάλε τὰ κοσμοῦντά σε εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν.

It-had-circuited then-also, the-one an-Ireos, to-which-of-whither the-one a-woman of-it it-was in unto-the-one unto-a-situating-of of-it, and it-had-said unto-it, Thou-should-have-had-stood-up, thou-should-have-had-seen to-the-one to-a-joyedness of-us to-the-one to-having-had-came-into in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-us this-day; thou-should-have-sunk-out then-also to-the-ones to-apparelets to-the-ones to-goldened-through, and thou-should-have-had-casted to-the-ones to-orderationing-unto to-thee into to-an-un-degrading-unto.

APh 56:5 Ἣ δὲ μετὰ θυμοῦ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ἀπόστα ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ· οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας μου εἶδον ποτε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἁπλῶς· καὶ πῶς ξένῳ ἀνθρώπῳ ὀφθήσομαι;

The-one then-also with of-a-passion it-had-said unto-it, Thou-should-have-had-stood-up off of-ME; not-then-also too-thus the-ones out of-the-one of-a-housing-unto of-me they-had-seen whither-also to-the-one to-looked-toward of-me unto-folded-along; and unto-whither unto-guested unto-a-mankind I-shall-be-beheld?

APh 57:1 Καὶ ὡς οὐκ ἐβούλετο ἐξελθεῖν, ἐκέλευσεν ὁ Ἴρεος τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ δούλοις βαστάσαι καθέδρας ποικίλας καὶ κεκοσμημένας ἐκ χρυσοῦ, καὶ θεῖναι πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος, ὅπως ὁ Φίλιππος καθίσῃ καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ.

And as not it-was-purposing to-have-had-came-out, it-bade-of, the-one an-Ireos, unto-the-ones of-self unto-bondees to-have-carried-to to-seatednesses-down to-varied and to-having-had-come-to-be-orderationed-unto out of-a-gold, and to-have-had-placed before of-the-one of-a-gating, unto-which-whither the-one a-Filippos it-might-have-sat-down-to and the-ones together unto-it.

APh 57:2 ὡς δὲ εἶδεν ὁ Φίλιππος, εἶπεν τοῖς οἰκέταις· Ἄρατε αὐτάς, οὐ γὰρ ἐπ᾿ αὐταῖς καθίσομεν.

As then-also it-had-seen, the-one a-Filippos, it-had-said unto-the-ones unto-housers, Ye-should-have-lifted to-them, not too-thus upon unto-them we-shall-sit-down-to.

APh 57:3 Καὶ ὁ Ἴρεος Μή μέ φησι διδάσκαλε λύπει.

And the-one an-Ireos, Lest to-me, it-declareth, Veer-veerator thou-should-throe-unto.

APh 57:4 Καὶ ὁ Φίλιππος Ἐγώ φησιν οὐ λυπῶ οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ πάντας ἀναπαύω· περὶ χρυσοῦ δὲ καὶ ἀργύρου ὅλως οὐκ ἔστι μοι χρεία, ὅτι ταῦτα μάταια, καὶ πυρὶ ἀναλωθήσονται.

And the-one a-Filippos, I, it-declareth, not I-throe-unto to-not-then-also-one, other to-all I-cease-up; about of-a-gold then-also and of-a-silver unto-whole not it-be unto-me an-affordness, to-which-a-one the-ones-these folly-belonged, and unto-a-fire they-shall-be-other-alonged-up.

APh 57:5 καὶ τί ὄφελος ἀνθρώπῳ ὅτι κοσμεῖ ἑαυτὸν ἱματισμῷ καὶ χρυσῷ, τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ μελλούσης ἐν πυρὶ χειμάζεσθαι;

And what-one an-aidanceedness unto-a-mankind to-which-a-one it-orderationeth-unto to-self unto-an-appareling-to-of and unto-a-gold, of-the-one of-a-breathing of-it of-pending in unto-a-fire to-be-pour-belonged-to.

APh 57:6 ἢ τί ὄφελος ὡραιότης; ὅτι φθείρεται κάλλος καὶ ὁ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ πλοῦτος οὐκ ὑπάρξει.

Or what-one an-aidanceedness an-hour-belongness? To-which-a-one it-be-degraded a-seemlieedness and the-one in unto-the-one unto-an-orderation a-wealth not it-shall-first-under.

APh 58:1 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Ἴρεος· Ἆρα ζήσομαι; ὅτι ἐν ὀδύνῃ καρδίας εἰμὶ ἐφ᾿ οἷς πρότερον ἥμαρτον.

It-had-said then-also, the-one an-Ireos, Thus I-shall-life-unto? To-which-a-one in unto-an-anguish of-a-heart I-be upon unto-which to-more-before I-had-un-adjusted-along.

APh 58:2 Λέγει ὁ Φίλιππος· μὴ φοβηθῇς, μηδὲ διψυχήσῃς· δύναται γὰρ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἐὰν καὶ σὺ μετανοήσῃς ἐκ ψυχῆς, ἀφιέναι σου τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἅσπερ ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ ἐποίησας.

It-fortheth, the-one a-Filippos, Lest thou-might-have-been-feareed-unto, lest-then-also thou-might-have-two-breathed-unto; it-ableth too-thus, the-one an-Iêsous, if-ever and thou thou-might-have-considered-with-unto out of-a-breathing, to-have-sent-off of-thee to-the-ones to-un-adjustings-along-unto to-which-very in unto-an-un-en-mulling-unto thou-did-unto.

APh 58:3 τί δὲ καὶ ἡ γυνή σου ἡ φοροῦσα νῦν τὰ διάχρυσα καὶ ὑπὸ κοιτῶνος οὖσα;

To-what-one then-also and the-one a-woman of-thee the-one beareeing-unto now to-the-ones to-goldened-through and under of-a-situating-of being?

APh 58:4 οὐχὶ εἶπεν σοι ὅτι Ἀπόστα ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ ἐξελεύσομαι εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπου ξένου;

Unto-not it-had-said unto-thee to-which-a-one, Thou-should-have-had-stood-up off of-ME, to-which-a-one not I-shall-come-out into to-looked-toward of-a-mankind of-guested?

APh 58:5 Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσεν ταῦτα ὁ Ἴρεος, ἀνέστη μετὰ σπουδῆς, καὶ ἦλθε πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα λέγων· Ἓως πότε ἡ τοσαύτη περὶ σέ ἐστι λήθη;

As then-also it-heard to-the-ones-these, the-one an-Ireos, it-had-stood-up with of-a-hasteneeing, and it-had-came toward to-the-one of-self to-a-woman forthing, Unto-if-which whither-also the-one the-one-which-the-one-this about to-thee it-be a-secluding?

APh 58:6 ἀνάστα καὶ θέασαι ἀληθῶς θεοῦ ἄνθρωπον, ὅτι τοὺς λόγους οὓς εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἐλαλήσαμεν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν κρυπτῷ ἀνήγγειλέν μοι.

Thou-should-have-had-stood-up and thou-should-have-spectated unto-un-secludinged of-a-Deity to-a-mankind, to-which-a-one to-the-ones to-forthees to-which into to-selves we-spoke-unto and to-all to-the-ones in unto-hidened, it-leadeeered-up unto-me.

APh 58:7 Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ· Καὶ μέγα ὅτι ἀνήγγειλέν σοι τὰ ῥήματά μου;

It-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-woman of-it, And great to-which-a-one it-leadeeered-up unto-thee to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-me?

APh 58:8 ὕπαγε, μή με ἀπάτα· τὰ δὲ περὶ σεαυτοῦ ποίει ὡς θέλεις.

Thou-should-lead-under, lest to-me thou-should-delude-unto; to-the-ones then-also about of-thyself thou-should-do-unto as thou-determine.

APh 58:9 Καὶ πάλιν φησὶ πρὸς αὐτόν· Τί οὖν ποιήσομεν τοὺς υἱοὺς ἡμῶν ἢ τὰς θυγατέρας ἡμῶν ἢ τοὺς δούλους, καὶ περὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἡμῶν, εἰ ὅλως εἴπῃ ἡμῖν ὁ ξένος ὅτι Ἐὰν μὴ καταλείψητε τὸν πλοῦτον, οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι;

And unto-furthered, it-declareth, toward to-it, To-what-one accordingly we-shall-do-unto to-the-ones to-sons of-us or to-the-ones to-daughters of-us or to-the-ones to-bondees, and about of-the-ones of-firsting-under of-us, it unto-whole it-might-have-had-said unto-us, the-one guested, to-which-a-one, If-ever lest ye-might-have-remaindered-down to-the-one to-a-wealth, not ye-shall-able to-have-been-saved-to.

APh 58:10 Τί ποιήσομεν καὶ ὅτι τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς ἡμῶν ἐμνηστευσάμεθα κατὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν ὁμοιότητα;

To-what-one we-shall-do-unto and to-which-a-one to-the-ones to-two to-sons of-us we-remembranced-of down to-the-one to-an-along-belongness?

APh 58:11 καὶ ἐὰν μαθητεύσωμεν τῷ ξένῳ, τί ἔσται;

And if-ever we-might-have-learnered of unto-the-one unto-guested, what-one it-shall-be?

APh 59:1 Καὶ ὡς ταῦτα ἔλεγον, Ἀρτεμήλα ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῶν ἀκούσασα ταῦτα εἶπεν· Ὦ μῆτερ, τί ταῦτα λέγεις;

And as to-the-ones-these they-were-forthing, An-Artemêla the-one a-daughter of-them having-heard to-the-ones-these it-had-said, Oh Mother, to-what-one to-the-ones-these thou-forth?

APh 59:2 Εἰ γὰρ τίς ἐστι ζωὴ εἰς ἣν εἰσελεύσῃ σὺ καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου, δῆλον ὅτι κἀγὼ αὐτῆς βούλομαι μετασχεῖν.

If too-thus it-be a-lifing into to-which thou-shall-come-into thou and the-one a-father of-me, to-distincted to-which-a-one and-I of-it I-purpose to-have-had-held-with.

APh 59:3 Ἦν δὲ ἡ Ἀρτεμήλα σφόδρα ὡραία.

It-was then-also the-one an-Artemêla to-vehemented hour-belonged.

APh 59:4 καὶ λέγει αὐτῇ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτῆς Νερκέλα· Ἀνάστα ὦ θύγατερ καὶ ἔκδυσαι τοῦτο τὸ πολύχρυσον ἔνδυμα ὃ φορεῖς.

And it-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-mother of-it a-Nerkela, Thou-should-have-had-stood-up, Oh Daughter, and thou-should-have-sunk-out to-the-one-this to-the-one to-much-goldened to-a-sinking-into-to to-which thou-bearee-unto.

APh 59:5 Ἣ δὲ εἶπεν· Τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ξένου ἔσται ἐν παντί.

The-one then-also it-had-said, To-the-one to-a-determining-to of-the-one of-a-Deity of-the-one of-guested it-shall-be in unto-all.

APh 59:6 Λέγει πάλιν ὁ Ἴρεος τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ Νερκέλᾳ· Ἐξέλθωμεν πρὸς αὐτὸν· ἐὰν γὰρ ἴδῃς αὐτόν, πᾶσα ἡ οἰκία ἡμῶν πιστεύει εἰς αὐτόν.

It-fortheth unto-furthered, the-one an-Ireos, unto-the-one unto-a-woman of-it unto-a-Nerkela, We-might-have-had-came-out toward to-it; if-ever too-thus thou-might-have-had-seen to-it, all the-one a-housing-unto of-us it-trusteth-of into to-it.

APh 60:1 Καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη, καὶ ἐξεδύσατο τὰ ἱμάτια τὰ διάχρυσα, καὶ ἐνεδύσατο ἔνδυμα ταπεινὸν αὐτή τε καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐξῆλθον ἐκ τοῦ κοιτῶνος.

And straight it-had-stood-up, and it-sunk-out to-the-ones to-apparelets to-the-ones to-goldened-through, and it-sunk-in to-a-sinking-in-to to-lowed-belonged-to, it also and the-one a-daughter of-it, and they-had-came-out out of-the-one of-a-situating-of.

APh 60:2 ὁ δὲ Ἴρεος προεπορεύετο ἀγαλλιῶν· ἦν δὲ ἡ καταστολὴ αὐτῶν εὐπρεπὴς καὶ οὐδὲν ἦν ἀκατακάλυπτον τοῦ σώματος αὐτῶν, εἰ μὴ τάχα μόνον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί.

The-one then-also an-Ireos it-was-traversing-before-of excess-jump-belonging-unto; it-was then-also the-one a-seteeing-down of-them goodly-befittinged and not-then-also-one it-was un-shrouded-down of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to of-them, if lest to-quick to-stayeed the-ones eyes.

APh 60:3 καὶ λέγει ὁ Ἴρεος· Δεῦτε, μὴ διστάσητε.

And it-fortheth, the-one an-Ireos, Ye-should-hither-of, lest ye-might-have-twiced-to.

APh 60:4 Ὡς οὖν ἦλθον πρὸς τὸν ἀπόστολον τοῦ Χριστοῦ Φίλιππον, καὶ εἶδον αὐτὸν ὡς μέγα τι φῶς, καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς κύκλῳ αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἐγγίσαι αὐτῷ· καὶ ὁ Ἴρεος δὲ ἐφοβήθη τὸν Φίλιππον, πῶς οὕτως μετεμόρφωσεν ἑαυτόν.

As accordingly they-had-came toward to-the-one to-a-setee-off of-the-one of-Anointed to-a-Filippos, and they-had-seen to-it as to-great to-a-one to-a-light, and to-the-ones to-learners unto-a-circle of-it, not they-force-held to-have-neared-to unto-it; and the-one an-Ireos then-also it-was-feareed-unto to-the-one to-a-Filippos, unto-whither unto-the-one-this it-en-formed-with to-self.

APh 60:5 καὶ πεσόντες ἐπὶ πρόσωπον ἔκλαιον λέγοντες· Ἵλεως ἡμῖν γενοῦ.

And having-had-fallen upon to-looked-toward they-were-sob-belonging forthing, Unto-sectionated unto-us thou-should-have-had-became.

APh 60:6 Καὶ ἐσαλεύθη πᾶσα ἡ οἰκία διὰ τὸν φόβον τὸν ἐπελθόντα ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς.

And it-was-undulated-of all the-one a-housing-unto through to-the-one to-a-fearee to-the-one to-having-had-came-upon upon to-them.

APh 61:1 Ὅτε δὲ ἔγνω ὁ Φίλιππος ὅτι οὐ δύνανται ὑποφέρειν τὸ βάρος τοῦ φωτός, ἐμνήσθη τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ἐγένετο πάλιν ἐν τῇ εἰκόνι τῇ πρώτῃ καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Φίλιππος· Ἀνάστητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε.

Which-also then-also it-had-acquainted, the-one a-Filippos, to-which-a-one not they-able to-bear-under to-the-one to-a-weighteedness of-the-one of-a-light it-was-memoried-unto of-the-one of-an-Iêsous, and it-had-became unto-furthered in unto-the-one unto-a-resemblance unto-the-one unto-most-before and it-had-said, the-one a-Filippos, Ye-should-have-had-stood-up and lest ye-might-have-been-feareed-unto.

APh 61:2 Καὶ ὡς ἀνέστησαν, εἶπεν ἡ Νερκέλα τῷ Φιλίππῳ· Μακαρία εἰμὶ Εἰ ἔσομαι ἀξία ἵνα οἰκήσῃς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ μου· οὐαὶ γὰρ, οὐαὶ τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ μου.

And as they-had-stood-up, it-had-said, the-one a-Nerkela, unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos, Bless-belonged I-be if I-shall-be deem-belonged so thou-might-have-housed-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-me; a-woe too-thus, a-woe unto-the-one unto-an-un-trusting-unto of-me.

APh 61:3 μὴ οὖν λογίσῃ τὰ ἐλθόντα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ μου καὶ τοὺς κρυφίους μου περὶ σοῦ λόγους· ὅτι οὐκ ἐγίνωσκον τίς εἶ.

Lest accordingly thou-might-have-fortheed-to to-the-ones to-having-had-came in unto-the-one unto-a-heart of-me and to-the-ones to-hiden-belonged of-me about of-thee to-forthees, to-which-a-one not I-was-acquainting what-one thou-be.

APh 61:4 Ὁ δὲ Ἴρεος ἦν εὐφραινόμενος ἐπὶ τοῖς ῥήμασιν αὐτῆς, καὶ ὅτι ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτοῦ, ὡς εἶδεν τὴν μητέρα αὐτῆς κλαίουσαν, καὶ αὐτῆς τὰ δάκρυα ἔρευσαν ἐπὶ τὰς παρειὰς αὐτῆς.

The-one then-also an-Ireos it-was goodly-centering upon unto-the-ones unto-utterings-to of-it, and to-which-a-one the-one a-daughter of-it, as it-had-seen to-the-one to-a-mother of-it to-sob-belonging, and of-it the-ones biten-tractants they-flowed upon to-the-ones to-besidings-of of-it.

Note: to-besidings-of : i.e. cheeks.

APh 61:5 ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ αἱ δουλίδες ἐθροήθησαν ἐπὶ τῇ τοσαύτῃ ὀπτασίᾳ.

Unto-along-belonged then-also and the-ones bondees and the-ones bondresses they-were-flurried-unto upon unto-the-one unto-the-one-which-the-one-this unto-a-beholding-unto.

APh 62:1 Ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος τῇ Νερκέλᾳ ἔφη· Εἰ θέλεις ζῆσαι γύναι τὴν αἰώνιον καὶ μακαρίαν ζωήν, καταφρονήσασα τοῦ παντὸς βίου καὶ τοῦ κάλλους σου;

The-one then-also a-Filippos unto-the-one unto-a-Nerkela it-was-declaring, If thou-determine to-have-lifed-unto, Woman, to-the-one to-aged-belonged and to-bless-belonged to-a-lifing, having-centered-down-unto of-the-one of-all of-a-dureeation and of-the-one of-a-seemlieedness of-thee?

APh 62:2 Ἣ δὲ ἀποκριθεῖσα εἶπεν· Ὅσα ἐὰν κελεύῃς ποιήσω ἵνα γένηταί μοι σωτηρία.

The-one then-also having-been-separated-off it-had-said, To-which-a-which if-ever thou-might-have-bade-of I-shall-do-unto so it-might-have-had-became unto-me a-savioring-unto.

APh 62:3 Ὡσαύτως καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ εἶπεν· Δέομαί σου ἄνθρωπε τοῦ θεοῦ, κἀγὼ θέλω σωθῆναι.

As-unto-it and the-one a-daughter it-had-said, I-bind of-thee, Mankind of-the-one of-a-Deity, and-I I-determine to-have-been-saved-to.

APh 62:4 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος· Ἐφ᾿ ὅσον καὶ σὺ καταλιμπάνεις τὸ κάλλος τοῦ σώματός σου, σωθήσῃ.

It-had-said then-also, the-one a-Filippos, Upon to-which-a-which and thou thou-remainderen-down to-the-one to-a-seemlieedness of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to of-thee, thou-shall-be-saved-to.

APh 63:1 Ἤρξατο οὖν διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς τὰ περὶ πίστεως καὶ τὰ περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ κατηχήσας αὐτοὺς καὶ πάντας τοὺς τοῦ οἴκου ἐβάπτισεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος.

It-firsted accordingly to-veer-veerate to-them to-the-ones about of-the-one of-a-trust and to-the-ones about of-the-one of-a-Son of-the-one of-a-Deity, and having-reverberated-down-unto to-them and to-all to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-house it-dipped-to into to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-the-one of-a-Father and of-the-one of-a-Son and of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-currenting-to.

APh 63:2 ἐμείναμεν δὲ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτῶν μῆνα ἡμερῶν, διδασκόμενοι καὶ ὁδηγούμενοι ὑπὸ Φιλίππου εἰς τὴν ἀληθινὴν γνῶσιν· καὶ συνέτρεχον πλήθη πολλὰ καθ᾿ ἑκάστην ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ διδασκόμενοι, καὶ ἐπίστευον μεγαλυνόμενοι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, θεραπευόμενοι οἱ τὰς νόσους ἔχοντες·

We-stayed then-also in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-them to-a-month of-dayednesses, veer-veerating and way-leading-unto under of-a-Filippos into to-the-one to-un-secluded-belonged-to to-an-acquainting; and they-were-circuiting-together, repleteednesses much, down to-each, under of-it being-veer-veerated; and they-were-trusting-of, being-greatened in unto-the-one unto-a-reckonedness of-the-one of-an-Iêsous, being-ministered-of the-ones to-the-ones to-ailments holding;

Note: to-each : i.e. to-each [to-a-dayedness].

APh 63:3 καὶ τὰ ἀκάθαρτα πνεύματα ἔφυγον· καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον· Εὐλογητὸς ὁ Φιλίππου θεός, ὅτι τῇ ἰδίᾳ αὐτοῦ εὐσπλαγχνίᾳ ἠθέλησεν ἡμᾶς σῷσαι· αὐτῷ αἰνοῦμεν καὶ δοξάζομεν εἰς αἰῶνας αἰώνων. ἀμήν.

And the-ones un-cleansabled currentings-to they-had-fled; and all they-were-forthing, Goodly-fortheeable the-one of-a-Filippos a-Deity, to-which-a-one unto-the-one unto-private-belonged of-it unto-a-goodly-boweling-unto it-determined to-us to-have-saved-to; unto-it we-laud-unto and we-reckon-to into to-the-ones to-ages of-ages. Amên.

APh 64:0 Πρᾶξις ϛ´ ἐν Νικάτηρα πόλει τῆς Ἑλλάδος.

A-practice six in unto-a-Nikatêra unto-a-city of-the-one of-a-Hellas.

APh 64:1 Ὄντος δὲ τοῦ Φιλίππου ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Ἰρέου, καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν πάντων συνηγμένων, ἐκινήθησαν πάντες οἱ ὄντες Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ παρασεβόμενοι ἐν τῇ πόλει κατὰ τοῦ Ἰρέου, ὅτι ἦν ὁ Φίλιππος ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες ὅτι οὐ μικρὰ φροντὶς ἡμῖν ἐστι καὶ ὀδύνη ὅτι μάγος ὁ λεγόμενος Φίλιππος ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐστι τοῦ Ἰρέου, καὶ ὅτι δι᾿ αὐτοῦ πολλοὺς ἀπατᾷ.

Of-being then-also of-the-one of-a-Filippos in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-an-Ieros, and of-the-ones of-brethrened of-all of-having-had-come-to-be-led-together, they-were-moved-unto, all the-ones, being Iouda-belonged and revering-beside in unto-the-one unto-a-city, down of-the-one of-an-Ireos, to-which-a-one it-was the-one a-Filippos in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-it, forthing to-which-a-one, Not small a-centress unto-us it-be and an-anquish to-which-a-one a-magos the-one being-forthed a-Filippos in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto it-be of-the-one of-an-Ireos, and to-which-a-one through of-it to-much it-deludeth-unto.

Note: unto-the-one unto-a-city (TH POLEI) : TH POLEI PANTES corrected to TH POLEI.

APh 64:2 Καὶ ἦν ἡ στάσις πολλὴ ὅτι ὁ Ἴρεος ἐπίστευσεν τῷ Χριστῷ πανοικί, καὶ ἔλεγον· Εἰ τάχιον ἔγνωμεν, ἐδιώξαμεν ἂν τὸν μάγον, ἢ καὶ ἐκλείσαμεν τὰς πύλας τῆς πόλεως, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἰσῆλθεν ὁ φαρμακός·

And it-was the-one a-standing much to-which-a-one the-one an-Ireos it-trusted-of unto-the-one unto-Anointed unto-all-housed, and they-were-forthing, If to-more-quick we-had-acquainted, we-pursued ever to-the-one to-a-magos, or and we-latch-belonged to-the-ones to-gates of-the-one of-a-city, and not ever it-might-have-had-came-into, the-one a-doser;

APh 64:3 ἀλλὰ πέμψωμεν πρὸς τὸν Ἴρεον ἄνδρας τινὰς κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἢ ἀποστήσει ἑαυτὸν τῆς τοῦ ξένου ἀπάτης, ἢ προσαγάγῃ αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ δημοσίῳ.

other we-might-have-volleyed toward to-the-one to-an-Ireos to-men to-ones down to-the-one to-deem-belonged of-it, and or it-shall-stand-off to-self of-the-one of-the-one of-guested of-a-delusion, or it-might-have-had-led-toward to-it in unto-the-one unto-locality-belonged.

APh 65:1 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενοι τῶν πρωτίστων ἄνδρας ἑπτὰ παρεκάλεσαν ἀπελθεῖν, εἰπόντες· Εἴπατε τῷ Ἰρέῳ· Ἡ πᾶσα πόλις προσδέχεταί σε.

And having-called-toward-unto of-the-ones of-most-most-before to-men to-seven they-called-beside-unto to-have-had-came-off, having-had-said, Ye-should-have-said unto-the-one unto-an-Ireos, The-one all a-city it-receiveth-toward to-thee.

Note: of-most-most-before : most-most intended.

APh 65:2 Καὶ ἀπελθόντες ἔστησαν πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος, καὶ οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐτόλμησεν καλέσαι διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν.

And having-had-came-off they-had-stood before of-the-one of-a-gating, and not-then-also-one of-them it-ventured-unto to-have-called-unto through to-the-one to-a-repleteedness of-the-ones of-learners.

APh 65:3 καὶ ἐξελθοῦσά τις παιδίσκη καὶ ἰδοῦσα αὐτοὺς εἶπεν· Τίνα ζητεῖτε ὦ ἄνδρες, καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν στήκετε πρὸ τῶν ἡμετέρων πυλῶν;

And having-had-came-out, a-one a-child-belonging-of, and having-had-seen to-them it-had-said, To-what-one ye-seek-unto, Oh Men, and of-what-one in-ou-in ye-had-come-to-stand before of-the-ones of-ours of-gates?

APh 65:4 Οἳ δὲ οὐκ ἔδωκαν αὐτῇ ἀπόκρισιν.

The-ones then-also not they-gave unto-it to-a-separating-off.

APh 65:5 καὶ εἰσδραμοῦσα μετὰ σπουδῆς, κλείσασά τε τοὺς πυλῶνας, προσελθοῦσα τῷ Ἰρέῳ λέγει· Ὦ δέσποτα, ἑπτὰ ἄνδρες ἵσταντες πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος, καὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν γέμει πονηρίας καὶ ἀδικίας.

And having-had-circuited-into with of-a-hasteneeing, having-latch-belonged also to-the-ones to-gatings, having-had-came-toward unto-the-one unto-an-Ireos it-fortheth, Oh Bind-doer, seven men standing before of-the-one of-a-gating, and the-ones looked-toward of-them it-saturateth of-an-en-necessitating-unto and of-an-un-coursing-unto.

APh 65:6 Καὶ ἀναστὰς ἐξῆλθεν, καὶ θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἐμειδίασεν.

And having-had-stood-up it-had-came-out, and having-spectated to-them it-smile-belonged-unto.

APh 65:7 εἶπαν δὲ πρὸς αὐτόν· χαίροις ὁ μέγας καὶ πρῶτος τῆς πόλεως.

They-said then-also toward to-it, Thou-may-joy, the-one great and most-before of-the-one of-a-city.

APh 65:8 Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Ἴρεος· Τίνος ἕνεκεν ἤλθετε; ἢ νομίζετέ με μεταστῆσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου ἀνδρός; τί οὕτως στήκετε ἐν πονηρίᾳ;

And it-had-said, the-one an-Ireos, Of-what-one in-out-in ye-had-came? Or ye-parcelee-to to-me to-have-had-stood-with off of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-man? To-what-one unto-the-one-this ye-had-come-to-stand in unto-an-en-necessitating-unto?

APh 65:9 Καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ· Ἡ πᾶσα σχεδὸν πόλις ἀπέσταλκεν ἡμᾶς, καὶ εἰ θέλεις ἐλθέ.

And they-said unto-it, The-one all to-holdened a-city it-set-off to-us, and if thou-determine thou-should-have-had-came.

APh 65:10 Καὶ ἠκολούθησεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἴρεος.

And it-pathed-along-unto unto-them, the-one an-Ireos.

APh 66:1 Ὡς δὲ εἶδον αὐτὸν οἱ καθεζόμενοι ἄρχοντες, ἀνέστησαν καὶ ἐξεπλάγησαν ὅτι οὐκ ἦν ἠμφιεσμένος ὡς πρώην, καὶ ὅτι οὔτε μετὰ ὀψικίου καὶ ὄχλου, ἀλλὰ δύο δοῦλοι μόνον ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ.

As then-also they-had-seen to-it, the-ones sitting-down-unto-to firsting, they-had-stood-up and they-had-been-smitten-out to-which-a-one not it-was as to-befored, and to-which-a-one not-also with of-an-abacklet and of-a-crowd, other two bondees to-stayeed they-were-pathing-along-unto unto-it.

Note: of-an-abacklet : i.e. a consort.

APh 66:2 εἷς δέ τις ἐξ αὐτῶν Ὀνήσιμος πρῶτος εἶπεν μετὰ τὸ καθεσθῆναι αὐτούς· Οἶδα ὅτι οὐκ ἰσχύω λαλῆσαί σοι, ἀλλά, παρακαλῶ, φθέγξαι ἡμῖν διὰ τί οὕτως ἀπησύχασας πανοικὶ μετὰ τοῦ ξένου καὶ μάγου τοῦ καλουμένου Φιλίππου;

One then-also a-one out of-the-ones of-an-Onêsimos most-before it-had-said with to-the-one to-have-been-sat-down-unto-to to-them, I-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one not I-force-hold to-have-spoken-unto unto-thee, other I-call-beside, thou-should-have-voiced unto-us through to-what-one unto-the-one-this thou-quiesced-to unto-all-housed with of-the-one of-guested and of-a-magos of-the-one of-being-called-unto of-a-Filippos.

APh 66:3 μή τι καινότερον ἀκούσας ἠπατήθης ὑπὸ τοῦ ξένου;

Lest to-a-one to-more-fresh having-heard thou-was-deluded-unto under of-the-one of-guested?

APh 66:4 νῦν οὖν παράδος ἡμῖν αὐτόν, ἵνα καὶ σὺ σωθῇς καὶ ἡ οἰκία σου, ὅτι πᾶσα ἡ πόλις κατὰ σοῦ στασιάζει.

Now accordingly thou-should-have-had-given-beside unto-us to-it, so and thou thou-might-have-been-saved-to and the-one a-housing-unto of-thee, to-which-a-one all the-one a-city down of-thee it-stand-belongeth-to.

APh 66:5 μὴ οὖν ἡμᾶς ἀπαξιώσῃ, ἀλλὰ ἀποκρίθητι ἡμῖν κἂν ἕν ῥῆμα, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες καὶ πᾶσα ἡ πόλις σοῦ ἕνεκεν συνῆλθον.

Lest accordingly to-us thou-might-have-en-deem-belonged-off, other thou-should-have-been-separated-off unto-us and-ever to-one to-a-uttering-to, to-which-a-one and the-ones firsting and all the-one a-city of-thee in-out-in they-had-came-together.

APh 67:1 Καὶ ὁ Ἴρεος ἀπεκρίθη· Ἵνα τί ἐγὼ σήμερον ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν ἀνακρίνομαι ἕνεκεν τοῦ δικαίου ἀνδρός;

And the-one an-Ireos it-was-separated-off, So to-what-one I this-day under of-ye I-be-separated-up in-out-in of-the-one of-course-belonged of-a-man?

Note: of-ye (UMWN) : HMWN corrected to UMWN.

APh 67:2 ἀπόστητε ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν ταραχὴν ὑμῶν παύσασθε, μή ποτε ἀγανακτήσας ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος ἐπικαλέσηται τὸν ἴδιον θεόν, καὶ πάντας ὑμᾶς πυρὶ κατακαύσει.

Ye-should-have-had-stood-off off of-it, and to-the-one to-a-stirring of-ye ye-should-have-ceased, lest whither-also having-excess-vexed-unto, the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity a-mankind, it-shall-call-upon-unto to-the-one to-private-belonged to-a-Deity, and to-all to-ye unto-a-fire it-shall-burn-belong-down.

APh 68:1 Οἱ δὲ ἄρχοντες καὶ τὰ πλήθη ἔκραξαν· οὐ πείθεις ἡμᾶς τὸν ξένον εἶναι ἐν τῇ πόλει ἡμῶν.

The-ones then-also firsting and the-ones repleteednesses they-clamored-to, Not thou-sure to-us to-the-one to-guested to-be in unto-the-one unto-a-city of-us.

APh 68:2 οὔτε γὰρ ἀνεχόμεθα τῆς διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ· ἔχομεν γὰρ ἡμετέρους θεοὺς ἰσχυροὺς ὑπὲρ τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτοῦ.

Not-also too-thus we-hold-up of-the-one of-a-veer-veerating of-it; we-hold too-thus to-ours to-deities to-force-held over of-the-one of-a-Deity of-it.

APh 68:3 Οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι μεῖζον ἔκραζον· Ἄρατε τὴν ἄδικον ταύτην καὶ ξένην διδαχὴν τῆς πόλεως ἡμῶν.

The-ones then-also Iouda-belonged to-greateninged-of they-clamored-to, Ye-should-have-lifted to-the-one to-un-coursed to-the-one-this and to-guested to-a-veer-veerating of-the-one of-a-city of-us.

APh 68:4 Ἰδὼν οὖν ὁ Ἴρεος ὅτι οὐ δύναται ἀνατρέψαι τὰ πλήθη, ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ.

Having-had-seen accordingly, the-one an-Ireos, to-which-a-one not it-ableth to-have beturned-up to-the-ones to-repleteednesses, it-spaced-up-unto into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-it.

APh 68:5 καὶ ἐμβλέψας ὁ Φίλιππος τῷ Ἰρέῳ λέγει· Μή τι ἐφοβήθης περὶ τῶν στασιαζόντων;

And having-viewed-in, the-one a-Filippos, unto-the-one unto-an-Ireos it-fortheth, Lest to-a-one thou-was-feareed-unto about of-the-ones of-stand-belonging-to?

APh 68:6 Καί φησιν ὁ Ἴρεος· οὐκ ἐπιστραφήσομαι εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, εἰ καὶ δέοι ἀποθανεῖν με.

And it-declareth, the-one an-Ireos, Not I-shall-be-beturned-upon into to-the-ones aback-unto-which, if and it-may-bind to-have-had-died-off to-me.

APh 69:1 Καὶ ὡς ἦν ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Ἰρέου ὁ Φίλιππος, λαβόντες ξύλα οἱ ὄχλοι καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες τῆς πόλεως παρεγένοντο μετὰ θυμοῦ καὶ ἔκραξαν λέγοντες· Δὸς ἡμῖν τὸν πλάνον.

And as it-was in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-the-one of-an-Ireos, the-one a-Filippos, having-had-taken to-woods, the-ones crowds and the-ones firsting of-the-one of-a-city, they-had-became-beside with of-a-passion and they-clamored-to forthing, Thou-should-have-had-given unto-us to-the-one to-wandered.

APh 69:2 ἐξάγαγε τὸν μάγον, μὴ καὶ σὺ καὶ ὁ οἶκός σου καὶ τὰ τέκνα καὶ οἱ παῖδες καὶ ὁ μάγος μετὰ τῶν αὐτοῦ μαθητῶν πυρίκαυστοι γενήσεσθε· πᾶσα ἡ πόλις βοᾷ.

Thou-should-have-had-led-out to-the-one to-a-magos, lest and thou and the-one a-house of-thee and the-ones creationees and the-ones children and the-one a-magos with of-the-ones of-it of-learners fire-burned ye-shall-become; all the-one a-city it-hollereth-unto.

APh 70:1 Ὡς δὲ ἔγνω ὁ Φίλιππος ὅτι ταράσσειν μέλλουσι τὴν οἰκίαν ἕνεκεν αὐτοῦ, ἀνοίξας τὸν πυλῶνα ἐξῆλθεν ἅμα τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ· συνεξῆλθεν δὲ καὶ ὁ Ἴρεος.

As then-also it-had-acquainted, the-one a-Filippos, to-which-a-one to-stir they-pend to-the-one to-a-housing-unto in-out-in of-it, having-opened-up to-the-one to-a-gating it-had-came-out along unto-the-ones together unto-it; it-had-came-out-together then-also, and the-one an-Ireos.

APh 70:2 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἰδόντες τὸν Φίλιππον ἔκραξεν· Ἰδού, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μάγος, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν.

And all the-one a-crowd having-had-seen to-the-one to-a-Filippos it-clamored-to, Thou-should-have-had-seen, the-one-this it-be the-one a-magos, we-might-kill-off to-it.

APh 70:3 Προσέταξεν δὲ ὁ Ἴρεος ἱκανοὺς δούλους ἀκολουθεῖν τῷ Φιλίππῳ, ἵνα μὴ ἀδικήσωσιν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ μωρίᾳ αὐτῶν.

It-arranged-toward then-also, the-one an-Ireos, to-ampled to-bondees to-path-along-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos, so lest they-might-have-un-coursed-unto to-it in unto-the-one unto-a-dulling-unto of-them.

APh 70:4 ἁρπάσαντες οὖν οἱ ὄχλοι τὸν Φίλιππον ἤγαγον εἰς τὸ βουλευτήριον, ἵνα μαστίξωσιν αὐτόν· οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι ἔκραζον· Δήσατε τοῦ πλάνου τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας ἰσχυρῶς, καὶ οὕτως μαστίξατε.

Having-snatched-to accordingly, the-ones crowds, to-the-one to-a-Filippos, they-had-led into to-the-one to-a-purposerlet, so they-might-have-thrashed-to to-it; the-ones then-also crowds they-were-clamoring-to, Ye-should-have-binded of-the-one of-wandered to-the-ones to-hands and to-the-ones to-feet unto-force-held, and unto-the-one-this ye-should-have-thrashed-to.

APh 71:1 Θεασάμενος δὲ ὁ Ἴρεος τὴν ὀργὴν αὐτῶν ἀνέδραμεν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμοὺς τοῦ βουλευτηρίου, καὶ ἐβόησεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ· οὐ πλήξετε τὸν ἄνδρα ἄνευ αἰτίας· ταῦτα γὰρ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἀκούσει.

Having-spectated then-also, the-one an-Ireos, to-the-one to-a-stressing of-them it-had-circuited-up upon to-the-ones to-steppings-up-of of-the-one of-a-purposelet, and it-hollered-unto unto-a-sound unto-great, Not ye-shall-smitten to-the-one to-a-man un-nodded of-an-appealing-unto; to-the-ones-these too-thus, the-one a-Kaisar it-shall-hear.

APh 71:2 Ὡς δὲ εἶδον οἱ ὄχλοι τὸν Ἴρεον οὕτως ἑστῶτα, ἠγανάκτησαν λέγοντες· Μὴ ἀκούσωμεν τοῦ Ἰρέου, ἀλλ᾿ ὅπερ τολμῶμεν ποιήσωμεν.

As then-also they-had-seen, the-ones crowds, to-the-one to-an-Ireos unto-the-one-this to-having-hath-had-come-to-stand, they-excess-vexed-unto forthing, Lest we-might-have-heard of-the-one of-an-Ireos, other to-which-very we-venture-unto we-might-have-done-unto.

APh 71:3 Καὶ προσῆλθον τῷ Φιλίππῳ τοῦ μαστίζειν, ὁ δὲ Ἴρεος κατελθὼν ἀπέσπασεν ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν τὸν Φίλιππον, καὶ κρατῶν αὐτὸν τῆς χειρὸς εἶπεν· Ἰδοὺ πάντες λέγετε ὅτι μάγος ἐστὶν οὗτος· ἐλέγξατε τὰς μαγείας αὐτοῦ.

And they-had-came-toward unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos of-the-one to-thrash-to, the-one then-also an-Ireos having-had-came-down it-off-drew-unto off of-them to-the-one to-a-Filippos, and securing-unto to-it of-the-one of-a-hand, it-had-said, Thou-should-have-had-seen, all ye-forth to-which-a-one a-magos it-be the-one-this; ye-should-have-trialed to-the-ones to-magickings-of of-it.

APh 71:4 Εἶτα ἀνέκραξαν ὅτι Καινὸν καὶ ξένον ἄκουσμα ἤγαγεν ἡμῖν, Ἁγνοὶ λέγων μείνατε, καὶ ζήσεσθε, καὶ ἔσεσθε ὡς φωστῆρες ἐν οὐρανῷ· Καὶ τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον λέγει θεόν.

If-to-the-ones they-up-clamored-to to-which-a-one, To-fresh and to-guested to-a-hearing-to it-had-led unto-us, Pure, forthing, ye-should-have-stayed, and ye-shall-life-unto, and ye-shall-be as lighters in unto-a-sky; and to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-en-staked it-fortheth to-a-Deity.

APh 72:1 Ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Φίλιππος εἶπεν· Οἶδα ὅτι ἐὰν θελήσω οὐ μαστίζετέ με· τῇ γὰρ δυνάμει τοῦ ἐσταυρωμένου πατάξω ὑμᾶς πάντας τυφλώσει.

Having-heard then-also to-the-ones-these, the-one a-Filippos it-had-said, I-had-come-to-see if-ever I-might-have-determined, not ye-thrash-to to-me; unto-the-one too-thus unto-an-ability of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-en-staked I-shall-smite to-ye to-all unto-a-blinding.

APh 72:2 Εἷς οὖν ἐξ αὐτῶν ὀνόματι Ἀρίσταρχος, υἱὸς Πληγενοῦς, μέγας ὢν ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ἐνώπιον πάντων λέγει τῷ Φιλίππῳ· μὴ σπεῦδε ἡμᾶς ὦ Φίλιππε τυφλῶσαι· οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι δύνασαι.

One accordingly out of-them unto-a-naming-to an-Aristarchos, a-son of-a-Plêgenês, great being in unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged, to-in-look-belonged of-all it-fortheth unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos, Lest ye-should-hasten to-us, Oh Filippos, to-have-en-blinded; I-had-come-to-see too-thus to-which-a-one thou-able;

APh 72:3 ἀλλὰ συζητήσωμεν διὰ λόγων περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· πεῖθον ἡμῖν ὁ λόγοις· καὶ μὴ τῇ μαγεῖᾳ σου θέλε ἡμᾶς ἐκτυφλοῖν.

other we-might-have-sought-together-unto through of-forthees about of-the-one of-an-Iêsous; thou-should-have-sured unto-us unto-forthees, and lest unto-the-one unto-a-magicking-of ye-should-determine to-us to-en-blind-out.

Note: unto-forthees (LOGOIS) : O LOGOS corrected to LOGOIS.

APh 72:4 καὶ γάρ ἐγὼ μέγας εἰμὶ ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, καὶ ἐὰν ἐπιτρέψω, ἄρτι λιθάσωσί σε καὶ τοὺς μετὰ σέ.

And too-thus I great I-be in unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged, and if-ever I-might-have-beturned-upon, thus-to-a-one they-might-have-stoned-to to-thee and to-the-ones with to-thee.

APh 73:1 Καὶ ἥψατο τοῦ πώγωνος Φιλίππου ἕλκων αὐτὸν· ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος οὐκ ἀλγήσας, ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς παρόντας πρᾴως ὀργισθείς, εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν· Ἰδοὺ λέγω σοι ὅτι ἡ χεὶρ αὕτη ξηρὰ καὶ τὰ ὦτά σου κωφὰ ἐν ἀλγήσει καὶ ὁ δεξιός σου ὀφθαλμὸς πηρός, ὅτι ἠπείλησας λιθοβολῆσαί με, καὶ ἐνύβρισας τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον, τὸν οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ποιητήν.

And it-fastened of-the-one of-a-beard of-a-Filippos hauling to-it; the-one then-also a-Filippos not having-pained-unto, other through to-the-ones to-being-beside unto-mild having-been-stressed-to, it-had-said toward to-it, Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-forth unto-thee to-which-a-one the-one a-hand the-one-this dried and the-ones ears of-thee blunted in unto-a-paining and the-one right-belonged of-thee an-eye besided, to-which-a-one thou-poised-off-unto to-have-stone-casted-unto to-me, and thou-abused-in-to to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-en-staked, to-the-one of-a-sky and of-a-soil a-doer.

APh 74:1 Καὶ ἦν ἰδεῖν ἐξαίφνης παράδοξον θαῦμα εἰς αὐτόν· εὐθέως γὰρ ὁ μὲν ὀφθαλμὸς αὐτοῦ ἐκοιλάνθη ὡς οὐκ ὤν, τὰ δὲ ὦτα αὐτοῦ ἤλγουν οὐκ μικρῶς, καὶ ἡ δεξιὰ αὐτοῦ χεὶρ ἐκρέματο ξηρὰ ὧδε κἀκεῖσε περιφερομένη·

And it-was to-have-had-seen of-un-manifested-out to-reckoned-beside to-a-marveling-to into to-it; unto-straight too-thus the-one indeed an-eye of-it it-was-hollowed as not being, the-ones then-also ears of-it they-were-paining-unto not unto-small, and the-one right-belonged of-it a-hand it-was-being-en-hanged dried unto-which-then-also and-thither-to being-beared-about.

APh 74:2 καὶ ἐβόα λέγων· Ἐλέησόν με δοῦλε τοῦ ἐσταυρωμένου θεοῦ Φίλιππε· διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ προεῖπον ὅτι εἴ τι θέλεις δύνασαι ποιῆσαι.

And it-was-hollering-unto forthing, Thou-should-have-besectionated to-me, Bondee of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-en-staked of-a-Deity Filippos; through to-the-one-this too-thus and I-had-said-before to-which-a-one if to-a-one thou-determine thou-able to-have-done-unto.

APh 74:3 Παρεκάλει δὲ καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ Ἰουδαίους ὅπως ἀξιώσωσι τὸν Φίλιππον ἵνα σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἰάσηται αὐτόν.

It-was-calling-beside-unto then-also and to-the-ones together unto-it to-Iouda-belonged unto-which-whither they-might-have-en-deem-belonged to-the-one to-a-Filippos so having-been-boweled-to it-might-have-cured-unto to-it.

APh 75:1 Ἐπῆραν δὲ φωνὴν πάντες λέγοντες· Θεὸν ἔχεις ξένε ἰσχυρόν·

They-lifted-upon then-also to-a-sound, all, forthing, To-a-Deity thou-hold, Guested, to-force-held;

APh 75:2 θεράπευσον τὸν πρῶτον τοῦ ἔθνους ἡμῶν, ὅτι ἀληθῶς ἄνθρωποι ὄντες θεῷ μάχεσθαι οὐ δυνάμεθα.

thou-should-have-ministered-of to-the-one to-most-before of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-us, to-which-a-one unto-un-secluded mankinds being unto-a-Deity to-battle-unto not we-able.

APh 76:1 Σπλαγχνισθεὶς οὖν ὁ Φίλιππος προέτρεψεν τῷ Ἰρέῳ λέγων· Πρόσελθε καὶ ἐπίθες τὴν δεξιάν σου χεῖρα ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ σήμανον αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἰαθήσεται.

Having-been-boweled-to accordingly, the-one a-Filippos, it-turned-before unto-the-one unto-an-Ireos forthing, Thou-should-have-had-came-toward and thou-should-have-had-placed-upon to-the-one to-right-belonged of-thee to-a-hand upon of-the-one of-a-head of-it, and thou-should-have-signified unto-it to-the-one to-a-stake of-the-one of-Anointed, and it-shall-be-cured-unto.

APh 76:2 Ὁ δὲ Ἴρεος προσελθὼν αὐτῷ εἶπεν· Ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ στραυρωθέντος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ γενοῦ ὑγιής.

The-one then-also an-Ireos having-had-came-toward unto-it it-had-said, In unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-en-staked of-an-Iêsous thou-should-have-had-became healthinged.

APh 76:3 Καὶ εὐθέως ἰαθεὶς ἔκθαμβος ἐγένετο, καὶ δραμὼν ἔπεσεν εἰς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ λέγων· Οἶδα Φίλιππε ὅτι ὅσα θέλεις δύνασαι· τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ προεῖπόν σοι·

And unto-straight having-been-cured-unto stupored-out it-had-became, and having-had-circuited it-had-fallen into to-the-ones to-feet of-it forthing, I-had-come-to-see, Filippos, to-which-a-one to-which-a-which thou-determine thou-able; to-the-one-this too-thus and I-had-said-before unto-thee;

APh 76:4 πλὴν οὖν διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ συμπαρόντος πλήθους ἀνάσχου μοι τὸν λόγον, ὅτι ἀκριβῶς θέλω συζητῆσαι ἐκ τῶν γραφῶν τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, διὰ τί αὐτὸν ὑμεῖς θεὸν καλεῖτε.

to-beyond accordingly through to-the-one to-an-un-trusting-unto of-ME and of-the-one of-being-beside-together of-a-repleteedness, thou-should-have-had-held-up unto-me to-the-one to-a-forthee, to-which-a-one unto-exacted I-determine to-have-sought-together-unto out of-the-ones of-scribings to-the-ones about of-the-one of-an-Iêsous, through to-what-one to-it ye to-a-Deity ye-call-unto;

APh 76:5 ἀλλ᾿ ὁρκίζω σε μὴ πάλιν ἐμβριμησάμενος ἐπιθήσῃς μοι ὀδύνας.

other I-fencee-to to-thee lest unto-furthered having-in-tautened-unto thou-might-have-had-placed-upon unto-me to-anguishes.

APh 76:6 Καὶ ὄχλοι εἶπον· Ἀξιοῦμέν σε Φίλιππε, μὴ ὀργισθῇς ἐλεγχόμενος, μηδὲ πάλιν δειλιάσῃς περὶ τὴν διδασκαλίαν σου·

And crowds they-had-said, We-en-deem-belong to-thee, Filippos, lest thou-might-have-been-stressed-to trialing, lest-then-also unto-furthered thou-might-have-dire-belonged-unto about to-the-one to-a-veer-veerating-unto of-thee;

APh 76:7 ἀκούσαντες γὰρ ἡμεῖς τὰ παρ᾿ ἀμφοτέρων κριταὶ ἀληθείας ἐσόμεθα, καὶ ἐὰν νικήσῃς, πάντες πιστεύσομεν τῷ διὰ σοῦ κηρυττομένῳ Χριστῷ.

having-heard too-thus we to-the-ones beside of-more-around, separaters of-an-un-secluding-of we-shall-be, and if-ever thou-might-have-mull-belonged-of-unto, all we-shall-trust-of unto-the-one through of-thee unto-being-heraldered unto-Anointed.

APh 77:1 Ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος μειδιάσας εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν Ἀρίσταρχον· Εἰ θέλεις, εἰπὲ πρῶτος.

The-one then-also a-Filippos having-smiled-unto it-had-said toward to-the-one to-an-Aristarachos, If thou-deteremine, thou-should-have-had-said most-before.

APh 77:2 Τότε ὁ Ἀρίσταρχος λέγει τῷ Φιλίππῳ· Λαμβάνεις τὰς προφητικὰς γραφὰς ἢ οὔ;

To-the-one-which-also the-one an-Aristarchos it-fortheth unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos, Thou-take to-the-ones to-declared-before-belonged-of to-scribings or not?

APh 77:3 Καὶ ὁ Φίλιππος· Διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν ὑμῶν χρεία προφητῶν.

And the-one a-Filippos, Through to-the-one to-an-un-trusting-unto of-ye an-affording-of of-declarers-before.

APh 77:4 Καί φησιν ὁ Ἰουδαῖος· Ἀγνοεῖς Φίλιππε ὅτι γέγραπται· Τίς ἐξηγήσεται τὰς ἀρετάς σου ὁ θεός;

And it-declareth, the-one Iouda-belonged, Thou-un-en-mull-unto, Filippos, to-which-a-one it-had-come-to-be-scribed, What-one it-shall-lead-out-unto to-the-ones to-meritings of-thee, the-one a-Deity?

APh 77:5 Καὶ ὅτι Οὐδείς ποτε δύναται γνῶναι τὴν δόξαν σου;

And to-which-a-one, Not-then-also-one whither-also it-ableth to-have-had-acquainted to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-thee?

APh 77:6 Καὶ ὅτι Ἡ δόξα σου ἐπλήρωσε τὴν γῆν;

And to-which-a-one, The-one a-reckonedness of-thee it-en-filled to-the-one to-a-soil?

APh 77:7 Καὶ ὅτι Κύριος κριτὴς ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν;

And to-which-a-one, Authority-belonged a-separater of-lifing-unto and of-en-deaded?

APh 77:8 Καὶ ὅτι Ὁ θεός φησι πῦρ καταναλίσκον καὶ φλογιεῖ κύκλῳ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ;

And to-which-a-one, The-one a-Deity it-declareth, a-fire other-alonging-up-down and it-shall-blaze-to unto-a-circle to-the-ones to-en-enmitied of-it?

APh 77:9 Καὶ ὅτι Εἷς θεὸς ἐποίησε ταῦτα πάντα;

And to-which-a-one, One a-Deity it-did-unto to-the-ones-these to-all?

APh 77:10 Πῶς οὖν λέγεις Φίλιππε ὅτι ἀφθάρτως ἐγέννησεν ἡ Μαρία τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἔστι θεός;

Unto-whither accordingly thou-forth, Filippos, to-which-a-one unto-un-degraded it-generated-unto, the-one a-Maria, to-the-one to-an-Iêsous, and it-be a-Deity?

APh 77:11 καὶ πῶς ἐσταυρώθη, καὶ πῶς ἀγωνίζῃ σὺ περὶ αὐτοῦ, εἰ θεός;

And unto-whither it-was-staked, and unto-whither thou-struggle-to thou about of-it, if a-Deity?

APh 77:12 ἀλλὰ πάντως ἐλέγξεις με ὅτι οὗτός ἐστι δύναμις θεοῦ καὶ θεοῦ σοφία, ὃς συμπαρῆν τῷ θεῷ ὅτε καὶ τὸν κόσμον ἐποίησε.

Other unto-all thou-shall-trial to-me to-which-a-one the-one-this it-be an-ability of-a-Deity and of-a-Deity a-wisdoming-unto, which it-was-beside-together unto-the-one unto-a-Deity which-also and to-the-one to-an-orderation it-did-unto.

APh 77:13 τοῦτο γὰρ οὐκ ἀρνοῦμαι, ὡς εἶπεν ἡ πρώτη γραφή· Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ᾿ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθ᾿ ὁμοίωσιν· ἐὰν γὰρ αὐτὰ σιωπήσω, ἐλέγξεις με.

To-the-one-this too-thus not I-deny-unto, as it-had-said, the-one most-before a-scribing, We-shall-do-unto to-a-mankind down to-a-resemblance to-ours and down to-an-en-alonged-belonging; if-ever too-thus to-them I-might-have-muted-unto, thou-shall-trial to-me.

APh 78:1 Ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος μειδιάσας ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει εἶπεν εἰς ὅλον τὸν ὄχλον· Ἀκούσατέ μου, καὶ γίνεσθε κριταὶ τῆς ἀληθείας· ὁ γὰρ προφήτης Ἡσαίας περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ λέγει· Ἰδοὺ ὁ παῖς μου ὃν ᾑρετισάμην, εἰς ὃν ηὐδόκησα· θήσω τὸ πνεῦμα ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν.

The-one then-also a-Filippos having-smiled-unto in unto-an-excess-jump-belonging it-had-said into to-whole to-the-one to-a-crowd, Ye-should-have-heard of-me, and ye-should-become separaters of-the-one of-an-un-secluding-of; the-one too-thus a-declarer-before a-Hêsias about of-the-one of-Anointed it-fortheth, Thou-should-have-had-seen, the-one a-child of-me to-which I-sectioned-along-to, into to-which I-goodly-thought-unto; I-shall-place to-the-one to-a-currenting-to upon to-it.

APh 78:2 Καὶ περὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ εἴρηται· Ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη, καὶ ὡς ἀμνὸς ἄφωνος ἐναντίον τοῦ κείροντος αὐτόν.

And about of-the-one of-a-stake of-it it-had-come-to-be-uttered, As stepped-before upon to-a-slaughtering it-was-led, and as a-lamb to-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-shear-belonging to-it.

APh 78:3 τὴν δὲ γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται;

To-the-one then-also to-a-becomedness of-it what-one it-shall-lead-through-unto?

APh 78:4 Καὶ πάλιν· Τὸν νῶτόν μου ἡτοίμασα εἰς μάστιγας, τὰς δὲ σιαγόνας μου εἰς ῥαπίσματα, τὸ δὲ πρόσωπόν μου οὐκ ἀπέστρεψα ἀπὸ αἰσχύνης ἐμπτυσμάτων.

And unto-furthered, To-the-one to-reared of-me I-readied-to into to-thrashings, to-the-ones then-also to-jawings of-me into to-slappings-to, to-the-one to-looked-toward of-me not I-beturned-off off of-a-shamening of-spewings-in-to.

APh 78:5 Καὶ ἄλλος· Ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα, καὶ ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπιζητοῦσι, καὶ εὑρέθην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσι.

And other, I-out-spreaded-to to-the-ones to-hands of-me toward to-a-people to-un-suring-unto, and manifestinged-in I-had-became unto-the-ones to-ME lest unto-seeking-upon-unto, and I-was-found unto-the-ones to-ME lest unto-upon-entreating-unto.

APh 78:6 Ὁ δὲ Δαυὶδ περὶ αὐτοῦ φησιν· Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε· αἴτησαι παρ᾿ ἐμοῦ, καὶ δώσω σοι ἔθνη τὴν κληρονομίαν σου.

The-one then-also a-Dauid about of-it it-declareth, A-Son of-me thou-be thou, I this-day I-had-come-to-generate-unto to-thee; thou-should-have-appealed-unto beside of-ME, and I-shall-give unto-thee to-placeedness-belongings-to to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-thee.

APh 78:7 Καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα λέγει· Κύριε τί ἐπληθύνησαν οἱ θλίβοντές με;

And about of-the-one of-a-standing-up of-it and about of-the-one of-an-Ioudas it-fortheth, Authority-belonged, to-what-one they-repletened-unto, the-ones pressing to-me?

Note: they-repletened-unto : from PLHQUNEW.

APh 78:8 πολλοὶ ἐπανίστανται ἐπ᾿ ἐμέ, πολλοὶ λέγουσι τῇ ψυχῇ μου· οὐκ ἔστι σωτηρία αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ θεῷ αὐτοῦ.

Much they-stand-up-upon upon to-ME, much they-forth unto-the-one unto-a-breathing of-me, Not it-be a-savioring-unto of-it in unto-the-one unto-a-Deity of-it.

APh 78:9 Καὶ πάλιν ὁ Δαυίδ· Προωρώμην τὸν κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ·

And unto-furthered the-one a-Dauid, I-was-before-seeeeing-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged to-in-look-belonged of-me through of-all, to-which-a-one out of-right-belonged of-me it-be, so lest I-might-have-been-undulated-of;

APh 78:10 διὰ τοῦτο εὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου καὶ οἱ νεφροί μου ἠλλοιώθησαν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐγκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾅδην, οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν.

through to-the-one-this it-was-goodly-centered the-one a-heart of-me, and the-ones kidneys of-me they-were-en-othered, to-which-a-one not thou-shall-remainder-down-in to-the-one to-a-breathing of-me into to-a-hadês, not-then-also thou-shall-give to-the-one to-holy of-thee to-have-had-seen to-a-degradedness-through.

APh 78:11 Ὁ δὲ Δαυὶδ ἐτελεύτησε, καὶ τὸ μνῆμα αὐτοῦ οἴδαμεν· ταῦτα δὲ πάντα εἴρηται περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν αὐτοῦ ἀναστάσεως.

The-one then-also a-Dauid it-finished-of-unto, and to-the-one to-a-memorying-to of-it we-had-come-to-see; the-ones-these then-also all it-had-come-to-be-uttered about of-the-one of-Anointed and of-the-one out of-en-deaded of-it of-a-standing-up.

APh 78:12 λάβε καὶ ἐκ τῶν δώδεκα προφητῶν· Εἴπατε τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών· Ἰδοὺ ὁ βασιλεύς σου ἔρχεταί σοι ἐπιβεβηκὼς ἐπὶ πῶλον νέον.

Thou-should-have-had-taken and out of-the-ones of-two-ten of-declarers-before, Ye-should-have-said unto-the-one unto-a-daughter of-a-Siôn, Thou-should-have-had-seen, the-one a-ruler-of of-thee it-cometh unto-thee having-had-come-to-step-upon upon to-a-colt to-new.

APh 78:13 Καὶ ἕτερος· Ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν υἱόν μου.

And different, Out of-an-Aiguptos I-called-unto to-the-one to-a-Son of-me.

APh 78:14 Καὶ ὁ πᾶς χορὸς τῶν προφητῶν καὶ πάντες οἱ πατριάρχαι περὶ τῆς ἐλεύσεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκήρυξαν.

And the-one all a-chorus of-the-ones of-declarers-before and all the-ones father-belonged-firsters about of-the-one of-a-coming of-the-one of-Anointed they-heraldered.

APh 79:1 Καὶ ὁ Ἀρίσταρχος πάλιν εἶπεν· Οὗτος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς λέγεται.

And the-one an-Aristarchos unto-furthered it-had-said, The-one-this an-Iêsous, Anointed it-be-forthed.

APh 79:2 οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι Ἡσαίας χριστὸν εἴρηκεν· Τάδε λέγει κύριος τῷ χριστῷ μου κυρίῳ, καὶ οὐκ ἐκράτησα τῆς δεξιᾶς ἐπακοῦσαι· ἐπὶ σὲ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν.

I-had-come-to-see too-thus to-which-a-one a-Hêsias to-Anointed it-had-come-to-utter, To-the-ones-then-also it-fortheth, Authority-belonged, unto-the-one unto-Anointed of-me unto-Authority-belonged, and not I-secured-unto of-the-one of-right-belonged to-have-heard-upon; upon to-thee placeedness-belongings-to they-shall-drove-suree-to.

Note: unto-Authority-belonged, and not I-secured-unto (KURIW KAI OUK EKRATHSA) : from Isa_45:1; where 01* o2 03 read "unto-a-Kuros, of-which I-secured-unto" (KURW OU EKRATHSA).

APh 79:3 Οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐμάχοντο τῷ Ἀριστάρχῳ Ὅτι φησὶν σὺ μᾶλλον ὑπέμνησας τὰ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ γεγραμμένα.

The-ones then-also Iouda-belonged they-were-battling-unto unto-the-one unto-an-Aristarchos, To-which-a-one it-declareth, thou more-such thou-memoried-under to-the-ones about of-the-one of-Anointed to-having-had-come-to-be-scribed.

APh 79:4 Καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἔλεγεν· Τί πρὸς ταῦτα ἀντιφιλονεικῶμεν τῷ Φιλίππῳ;

And all the-one a-crowd it-was-forthing, To-what-one toward to-the-ones-these we-might-ever-a-one-non-belongeedness-of-care-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos?

Note: we-might-ever-a-one-non-belongeedness-of-care-unto (ANTIFILONEIKWMEN) : from ANTI and FILOS and NH (see NHPIOS); be contentiously opposed.

APh 79:5 Καὶ οἱ τῆς πόλεως ἄρχοντες ἔλεγον· Πάντως ὁ θεὸς ἤγαγεν τὸν Φίλιππον εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν, ἵνα δι᾿ αὐτοῦ μάθωμεν ὅτι οἱ θεοὶ ἡμῶν εἴδωλα κωφὰ καὶ τυφλὰ καὶ ἀναίσθητά εἰσιν.

And the-ones of-the-one of-a-city firsting they-were-forthing, Unto-all the-one a-Deity it-had-led to-the-one to-a-Filippos into to-the-one to-a-city of-us, so through of-it we-might-have-had-learned to-which-a-one the-ones deities of-us images blunted and blind and un-knowabled-along they-be;

APh 79:6 ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ Ἰουδαῖος ὁ συζητήσας αὐτῷ μᾶλλον ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν ἀποκεκρυμμένην δόξαν ἐν τοῖς προφήταις περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ· διὸ δοκιμάσαντες τοὺς ἀμφοτέρων λόγους, καὶ ἰδόντες ὅτι διὰ πάντων ἀσφαλῶς ἐφανερώθη ὁ Χριστός, παρακαλέσωμεν τὸν Φίλιππον ἵνα ἐν τῇ πόλει ἡμῶν τὸν πάντα χρόνον οἰκήσῃ εἰς ἡμετέραν σωτηρίαν.

other and the-one Iouda-belonged the-one having-sought-together-unto unto-it more-such it-en-manifested to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-hidened-off to-a-reckonedness in unto-the-ones unto-declarers-before about of-the-one of-Anointed; through-to-which having-assessed-to to-the-ones of-more-around to-forthees, and having-had-seen to-which-a-one through of-all unto-un-befailinged it-was-en-manifested the-one Anointed, we-might-have-called-beside-unto to-the-one to-a-Filippos so in unto-the-one unto-a-city of-us to-the-one to-all to-a-while it-might-have-housed-unto into to-ours to-a-savioring-unto.

APh 80:1 Ὁ δὲ Ἴρεος ἦν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καρδίας ἐπὶ τοῖς ῥήμασι τοῦ Φιλίππου, ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος οὐ διελίμπανεν δοξάζων τὸν θεόν.

The-one then-also an-Ireos it-was in unto-an-excess-jump-belonging of-a-heart upon unto-the-ones unto-utterings-to of-the-one of-a-Filippos, the-one then-also a-Filippos not it-was-remainderening-through reckoning-to to-the-one to-a-Deity.

APh 80:2 ὡς δὲ οἱ ἄρχοντες τῆς πόλεως διέκρινον τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ τε ἀποστόλου καὶ τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἰδοὺ εἰσήχθη κλίνη ἐφ᾿ ᾗ ἐπέκειτό τις νεκρός, μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῇ μητρὶ ὑπάρχων, πλούσιος σφόδρα·

As then-also the-ones firsting of-the-one of-a-city they-were-separating-through to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-the-one also of-a-setee-off and of-the-one of-Iouda-belonged, thou-should-have-had-seen, it-was-led-into a-clining upon unto-which it-was-situating-upon, a-one en-deaded, stayeed-becominged a-son unto-the-one unto-a-father and unto-the-one unto-a-mother firsting-under, wealth-belonged to-vehemented;

APh 80:3 ἦσαν δὲ καὶ τῇ κλίνῃ προσέγγιστα δοῦλοι δέκα, οἳ καὶ ἔμελλον συγκατακαίεσθαι τῷ νεκρῷ.

they-were then-also and unto-the-one unto-a-clining to-most-neared-toward bondees ten, which and they-were-pending to-burn-belong-down-together unto-the-one unto-en-deaded.

APh 80:4 οἱ δὲ ἄρχοντες τῆς πόλεως καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος καταμαθόντες ὅτι ἀληθῶς ἐστι νεκρὸς ἔκραξαν· Νῦν ὄντως μέγας ἐστὶν ἀγὼν τῶν χριστιανῶν·

The-ones then-also firsting of-the-one of-a-city and all the-one a-crowd having-had-learned-down to-which-a-one unto-un-secluded it-be en-deaded they-clamored-to, Now unto-being great it-be a-struggling of-the-ones of-Anointed-belonged-to.

APh 80:5 εἰ γὰρ τίς ἐστιν ἐν αὐτῷ θεός, ἀναστήσει αὐτόν, καὶ πάντες πιστεύσομεν εἰς αὐτόν· ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὺς τοὺς ναοὺς μετὰ τῶν εἰδώλων κατακαύσομεν.

If too-thus a-one it-be in unto-them a-Deity, it-shall-stand-up to-it, and all we-shall-trust-of into to-it; other and to-them to-the-ones to-temples with of-the-ones of-images we-shall-burn-belong-down.

APh 81:1 Ὡς οὖν ταῦτα οὕτως διελογίζοντο, οἱ γονεῖς ἔκλαιον.

As accordingly to-the-ones-these unto-the-one-this they-were-fortheeing-through-to, the-ones becomeeers-of they-were-sob-belonging.

Note: becomeeers-of : the entities performing the parental function to a becomee, i.e. parents, but not necessarily biologically.

APh 81:2 σπλαγχνισθεὶς δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος εἶπεν τῷ πατρὶ τοῦ παιδὸς καὶ τῇ μητρί· Τί ποιήσητε ἐὰν τὸν υἱὸν ὑμῶν ἀναστήσω;

Having-been-boweled-to then-also, the-one a-Filippos, it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-father of-the-one of-a-child and unto-the-one unto-a-mother, To-what-one ye-might-have-done-unto if-ever to-the-one to-a-son of-ye I-might-have-stood-up?

APh 81:3 Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· Ὅπερ ἐὰν θέλῃς ποιήσομεν.

They-forth unto-it, To-which-very if-ever thou-might-determine we-shall-do-unto.

APh 81:4 Οἱ δὲ μέλλοντες κατακαίεσθαι δοῦλοι διένευον τῷ ἀποστόλῳ μνησθῆναι αὐτῶν· νόμος γὰρ τις ἄνομος ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὅταν γάρ τις ἐκ τῶν πλουσίων ἐτελεύτα, σὺν αὐτῷ καὶ δούλους καὶ δουλίδας κατακαίεσθαι· καὶ ἄλλα τινὰ χείρονα· ἔπραττον, οἱ πολλοὶ δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς ἰδίας γυναῖκας συνανῄρουν.

The-ones then-also pending to-burn-belong-down, bondees, they-were-nodding-through-of unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off to-have-been-memoried of-them; a-parcelee too-thus a-one un-parceleed it-was in unto-them, which-also-ever too-thus a-one out of-the-ones of-wealth-belonged it-was-finishing-of-unto, together unto-it and to-bondees and to-bondresses to-be-burn-belonged-down; and to-other to-ones to-worsinged-of they-were-practicing; the-ones much of-them, and to-the-ones to-private-belonged to-women they-were-sectioning-along-up-together-unto.

APh 82:1 Εἶπεν οὖν ὁ Φίλιππος· τοὺς δούλους τούτους δότε μοι.

It-had-said accordingly, the-one a-Filippos, To-the-ones to-bondees to-the-ones-these ye-should-have-had-given unto-me.

APh 82:2 Οἱ δὲ γονεῖς εἶπον· Ἄλλους πλείους μετ᾿ αὐτῶν καὶ ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον καὶ ἱματισμὸν δώσομέν σοι, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις πιστεύσομεν καὶ τῷ θεῷ σου, ὅτι θεὸς μόνος, δυνατὸς ὢν καὶ νεκροὺς ἀνιστᾶν.

The-ones then-also becomeeers-of they-had-said, To-other to-beyond-belonged with of-them and to-a-silverlet and to-a-goldlet and to-an-appareling-to-of we-shall-give unto-thee, and toward unto-the-ones-these we-shall-trust-of and unto-the-one unto-a-Deity of-thee, to-which-a-one a-Deity stayeed, able being and to-en-deaded to-have-stood-up.

Note: becomeeers-of : the entities performing the parental function to a becomee, i.e. parents, but not necessarily biologically.

APh 82:3 Προσέταξεν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀποστῆναι τῆς κλίνης, συνέθλιβον γὰρ ἀλλήλους· εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος πρὸς τὸν Ἀρίσταρχον· Ἄγε δὴ ὦ Ἰουδαῖε, ἰδοὺ ὅτι νεκρὸς κεῖται· εἰ οὖν τι δύνασαι, ἔγειρον αὐτόν.

It-arranged-toward then-also, the-one a-Filippos, unto-the-one unto-a-crowd to-have-had-stood-off of-the-one of-a-clining, they-were-pressing-together too-thus to-other-to-other; it-had-said then-also, the-one a-Filippos, toward to-the-one to-an-Aristarchos, Thou-should-have-had-led then, Oh Iouda-belonged, thou-should-have-had-seen to-which-a-one, en-deaded it-situateh; if accordingly to-a-one thou-able, thou-should-have-roused to-it.

APh 82:4 Καὶ ὑπὸ πάντων ἀναγκασθεὶς ὁ Ἀρίσταρχος μόλις προσῆλθεν τῷ νεκρῷ, καὶ ἤπτετο εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, καὶ πολλὰ ἐνέπτυσεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἔσυρεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς χειρός· καὶ οὐκ ἦν φωνὴ οὐδὲ ἀκρόασις τῷ νεκρῷ.

And under of-all having-been-up-armed-to the-one an-Aristarchos arduously it-had-came-toward unto-the-one unto-en-deaded, and it-was-fastening into to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it, and to-much it-spewed-in to-it, and it-dragged to-it off of-the-one of-a-hand; and not it-was a-sound not-then-also a-hearing unto-the-one unto-en-deaded.

APh 82:5 καὶ ὡς οὐδὲν ἴσχυσεν, ἔκραξαν οἱ ὄχλοι· Ἄρατε τὸν Ἰουδαῖον ἐκ τοῦ μέσου. Καὶ ἀπέστη αἰσχυνόμενος.

And as to-not-then-also-one it-force-held, they-clamored-to, the-ones crowds, Ye-should-have-lifted to-the-one to-Iouda-belonged out of-the-one of-middle, and it-had-stood-off being-shamened.

APh 82:6 ὁ Ἴρεος θαρσοποιηθεὶς εἶπεν· Ὦ ἄνδρες Ἰουδαῖοι οἱ ἐναντιούμενοι τῷ θεῷ διὰ παντός, ἐτολμήσατε βλασφημῆσαι λέγοντες ὅτι Μάγος ἐστὶν ὁ Φίλιππος· Εἰ μὴ ἦν φιλάνθρωπος καὶ ἀγαθὸς ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ θεός, ἄρα ἂν ἐθανατώθητε σὺν αὐτῷ.

The-one an-Iereos having-been-braveedness-done-unto it-had-said, Oh Men Iouda-belonged, the-ones en-ever-a-oneing-in unto-the-one unto-a-Deity through of-all, ye-ventured-unto to-have-ill-declared-unto forthing to-which-a-one, A-magos it-be the-one a-Filippos; if lest it-was mankind-cared and excess-placed, the-one in unto-it a-Deity, thus ever ye-were-en-deathed together unto-it.

APh 83:1 Νηρεὺς δὲ ὁ τοῦ τεθνηκότος πατὴρ εἶπεν· Ἀναστήτω μόνον ὁ υἱός μου, κἀγὼ κατὰ Ἰουδαίων ἀγωνίζομαι.

A-Nêreus then-also the-one of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-die a-Father it-had-said, It-should-have-stood-up to-stayeed, the-one a-son of-me, and-I down of-Iouda-belonged I-struggle-to.

APh 83:2 Λέγει ὁ Φίλιππος· Ἐὰν μὴ ὁμολογήσῃς τοῦ μὴ ἀδικῆσαι Ἰουδαίους, οὐκ ἀναστήσεται ὁ υἱός σου.

It-fortheth, the-one a-Filippos, If-ever lest thou-might-have-along-fortheed-unto of-the-one lest to-have-un-coursed-unto to-Iouda-belonged, not it-shall-stand-up, the-one a-son of-thee.

APh 83:3 Ὁ δὲ πατὴρ τοῦ παιδὸς εἶπεν· Ποιῶ τὸ θέλημά σου.

The-one then-also a-father of-the-one of-a-child it-had-said, I-do-unto to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-thee.

APh 83:4 Ἐθαύμαζον δὲ πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες λογιζόμενοι τί ἄρα ποιήσει ὁ Φίλιππος, εἰ ἄρα δυνήσηται ἀναστῆσαι τὸν νεκρόν.

They-were-marveling-to then-also, all the-ones crowds and the-ones firsting, fortheeing-to to-what-one thus it-shall-do-unto, the-one a-Filippos, if thus it-shall-able to-have-stood-up to-the-one to-en-deaded.

APh 84:1 μὴ μελλήσας δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος, ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ προσελθὼν τῇ κλίνῃ ἔθηκεν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν παῖδα, καὶ ηὔξατο λέγων·

Lest having-pended then-also, the-one a-Filippos, having-viewed-up into to-the-one to-a-sky and having-had-came-toward unto-the-one unto-a-clining it-placed to-the-ones to-hands upon to-the-one to-a-child, and it-goodly-held forthing,

APh 84:2 Ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὁ ἀεὶ ἐπακούων μου τῆς δεήσεως, ἐλθέτω καὶ νῦν ἡ δέησίς μου ἐνώπιόν σου, καὶ χάρισαι ζωὴν τῷ σῷ δούλῳ Θεοφίλῳ διὰ τὸν παρεστῶτα ὄχλον.

The-one a-Deity and a-Father of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-us of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed, the-one ever-if hearing-upon of-me of-the-one of-a-binding, It-should-have-had-came and now the-one a-binding of-me to-in-look-belonged of-thee, and thou-should-have-granted to-a-lifing unto-the-one unto-thine unto-a-bondee unto-a-Theofilos through to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-beside to-a-crowd.

APh 84:3 Καὶ εὐθέως εἰσῆλθεν ἡ πνοὴ εἰς τὸν παῖδα, καὶ ἀνέῳξε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ καὶ προσέσχεν τῷ Φιλίππῳ.

And unto-straight it-had-came-into, the-one a-currenting, into to-the-one to-a-child, and it-opened-up to-the-ones to-eyes of-it and it-had-held-toward unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos.

APh 84:4 οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι θεασάμενοι τὸ γεγονὸς ἔθλιβον ἀλλήλους ἐγγίζειν τὴν κλίνην θέλοντες ἰδεῖν τὸ θαῦμα.

The-ones then-also crowds having-spectated to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-become they-were-pressing to-near-to to-the-one to-a-clining determining to-have-had-seen to-the-one to-a-marveling-to.

APh 84:5 προσέθετο δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἐκ δευτέρου λέγων· Νεανία, ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ σταυρωθέντος ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πιλάτου, ἔγειρε.

It-was-placing-toward then-also, the-one a-Filippos, out of-second forthing, New-belonging, in unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed of-the-one of-having-been-en-staked upon of-a-Pontios of-a-Pilatos, thou-should-rouse.

APh 84:6 Καὶ εὐθέως ὁ Θεόφιλος ἀνεπήδησε τῆς κλίνης καὶ ἔκραξεν· Εἷς θεὸς ὁ Φιλίππου, Ἰησοῦς Χριστός, ὃς ἔδωκεν μοι τὸ ζῆν.

And unto-straight the-one a-Theofilos it-up-scurried-unto of-the-one of-a-clining and it-clamored-to, One a-Deity the-one of-a-Filippos, Iêsous Anointed, which it-gave unto-me to-the-one to-life-unto.

APh 84:7 Ὡς δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι ἐθεάσαντο τὸν παῖδα ἑστῶτα, ὡς ἐν μιᾷ φωνῇ ἔκραξαν· Εἷς θεὸς ὁ Φιλίππου ὁ τοὺς νεκροὺς ἀνιστῶν.

As then-also the-one crowds they-spectated to-the-one to-a-child to-having-hath-had-come-to-stand, as in unto-one unto-a-sound they-clamored-to, One a-Deity the-one of-a-Filippos the-one to-the-ones to-en-deaded standing-up.

APh 84:8 Διεκρίνοντο δὲ εἰς ἀλλήλους καὶ ἔλεγον· Ποῖον λοιπὸν θαῦμα μεῖζον ἔχομεν ἰδεῖν;

They-were-separating-through then-also into to-other-to-other and they-were-forthing, To-whither-belonged to-remaindered to-a-marveling-to to-greater we-hold to-have-had-seen?

APh 85:1 Ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ θαύματος τούτου ἐκέλευσεν ὁ Φίλιππος τῷ πατρὶ τοῦ παιδὸς ἐνέγκαι τοὺς δούλους, οὓς εἶπεν ἐλευθεροῦν.

Off then-also of-the-one of-a-marveling-to of-the-one-this it-bade-of, the-one a-Filippos, unto-the-one unto-a-father of-the-one of-a-child to-have-beared to-the-one to-bondees to-which it-had-said to-en-free.

APh 85:2 ἐλθόντες δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἦν ὁ παῖς ἐγηγερμένος, ἀπιδὼν ὁ ἀπόστολος τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν· Οἱ δοῦλοι μέχρι σήμερον, νῦν δὲ ἐλεύθεροι διὰ Χριστόν, μὴ ἀμελήσητε τῆς ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίας.

Having-had-came then-also in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion to-which-of-whither it-was the-one a-child having-had-come-to-be-roused, having-had-seen-off, the-one a-setee-off of-the-one of-Anointed, into to-them it-had-said, The-ones bondees unto-lest-whilst this-day, now then-also en-freed through to-Anointed, lest ye-might-have-un-vied-unto of-the-one of-selves of-a-savioring-unto.

APh 85:3 Ὁ δὲ πατὴρ τοῦ παιδὸς καὶ ἡ μήτηρ ἠγαλλιάσαντο ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς, καὶ ὅτι τελείως εἶδον τὸν υἱὸν αὐτῶν ἐγηγερμένον.

The-one then-also a-father of-the-one of-a-child and the-one a-mother they-excess-jump-belonged-unto upon unto-them, and to-which-a-one unto-en-finish-belonged they-had-seen to-the-one to-a-son of-them to-having-had-come-to-be-roused.

APh 85:4 Ἐπεὶ δὲ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ ἐπίστευσαν ἅπαντες εἰς τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν,

Upon-if then-also unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-an-occasion they-trusted-of into to-the-one to-Authority-belonged of-us to-an-Iêsous to-Anointed,

APh 86:1 καὶ τῇ ἕωθεν ἤρξατο ὁ Φίλιππος κατηχεῖν καὶ βαπτίζειν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τῆς ἁγίας καὶ ὁμοουσίου τριάδος, καὶ λαβὼν τὸν Ἴρεον καὶ τοὺς πρώτους τῆς πόλεως περιῄει καταλύων τὰ ἱερὰ τῶν εἰδώλων καὶ ἀνοικοδομῶν ἐκκλησίας ἱεράς, χειροτονῶν πρεσβυτέρους καὶ κληρικούς, καὶ κανόνας ἐκθέμενος αὐτοὺς καὶ τύπους εἰς δόξαν Χριστοῦ, ἐμεγαλύνοντο καὶ ἐκρατύνοντο τῇ πίστει.

and unto-the-one dawned-from it-firsted, the-one a-Filippos, to-reverberate-down-unto and to-dip-to into to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-the-one of-hallow-belonged and of-being-along-belonged of-a-triad, and having-had-taken to-the-one to-an-Ireos and to-the-ones to-most-before of-the-one of-a-city, it-was-going-about losing-down to-the-ones to-sacred of-the-ones of-images and house-building-up-unto to-callings-out-unto to-sacred, hand-stretching-unto to-more-eldered and to-lot-belonged-of, and to-bars having-placing-out to-them and to-strikes into to-a-reckonedness of-Anointed, they-were-greatening and they-were-securening unto-the-one unto-a-trust.

Note: of-being-along-belonged : an Adjective, not a Verb.

APh 87:0 Πρᾶξις ζ´ περὶ Νερκέλλας Ἰρέου εἰς Νικάτηραν.

A-practice seven about of-a-Nerkella of-an-Ireos into to-a-Nikatêra.

APh 87:1 Νερκέλλα δὲ ἡ τοῦ Ἰρέου γυνὴ καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς Ἀρτεμήλα ἐχάρησαν ἐπὶ τῷ Φιλίππῳ, καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν εὐλογῆσαι αὐτάς.

A-Nerkella then-also the-one of-the-one of-an-Ireos a-woman and the-one a-daughter of-it an-Artemêla they-had-been-joyed upon unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos, and they-were-calling-beside-unto to-it to-have-goodly-fortheed-unto to-them.

APh 87:2 καὶ λέγει ὁ Φίλιππος· Ἰδοὺ τὸ αἴτημα ὑμῶν δίδωσιν ὑμῖν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός, καὶ εὐλογία ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν.

And it-fortheth, the-one a-Filippos, Thou-should-have-had-seen, to-the-one to-an-appealing-to of-ye it-giveth unto-ye, an-Iêsous Anointed, and a-goodly-fotheeing-unto in unto-the-ones unto-breathings of-ye.

APh 88:1 Ὁ δὲ Ἴρεος εἶπεν τῷ Φιλίππῳ· Ποῦ θέλεις οἰκοδομήσωμεν συναγωγὴν καὶ ἐπισκοπεῖον ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ;

The-one then-also an-Ireos it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos, Of-whither thou-determine we-might-have-house-built-unto to-a-leading-together and to-a-scouter-uponlet upon unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-the-one of-Anointed?

APh 88:2 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολός φησι· Ἐν ᾧ αὐτὸς οἶδας τέκνον· μόνον ἐκ τῶν σῶν ὑπαρχόντων καὶ μὴ ἐξ ἀδικίας.

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-declareth, In unto-which it thou-had-come-to-see, Creationee; to-stayeed out of-the-ones of-thine of-firsting-under and lest out of-an-un-coursing-unto.

APh 88:3 Λέγει ὁ Νηρεὺς ὁ τοῦ ἐγηγερμένου πατήρ· Καταξιώσατε ἐμὲ μᾶλλον οἰκοδομῆσαι.

It-fortheth, the-one a-Nêreus the-one of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-roused a-father, Ye-should-have-en-deem-belonged-down to-ME more-such to-have-house-built-unto.

APh 88:4 Καὶ ἦν χαρὰ μεγάλη, καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο χωρεῖν ἡ οἰκία τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ὄχλους.

And it-was a-joyedness great, and not it-was-abling to-space-unto, the-one a-housing-unto, to-the-one to-coming-into to-crowds.

APh 88:5 καὶ ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἴρεος καὶ Νηρεὺς ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας συνεβουλεύσαντο μετ᾿ ἀλλήλων περὶ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς, καὶ λέγουσι· Βάλωμεν κλήρους περὶ τοῦ τόπου ἐν ᾧ οἰκοδομήσωμεν, εἴτε ἐν τῷ σῷ τόπῳ, εἴτε ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ.

And having-had-came-out, the-one an-Ireos and a-Nêreus, out of-the-one of-a-housing-unto they-purposed-together-of with of-other-to-other about of-the-one of-a-house-building, and they-forth, We-might-have-had-casted to-lots about of-the-one of-an-occasion in unto-which we-might-have-house-built-unto, if-also in unto-the-one unto-thine unto-an-occasion, if-also in unto-the-one unto-mine.

APh 88:6 Ὁ δὲ Ἴρεος ἔφη· Ἀγαθώτατε Νηρεῦ, εἰ θέλεις ἐν τῷ σῷ τόπῳ γενέσθαι τὴν οἰκοδομήν, οὐ λυπῶ σε· μόνον τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ Γινέσθω.

The-one then-also an-Ireos it-was-declaring, Most-excess-placed Nêreus, if thou-determine in unto-the-one unto-thine unto-an-occasion to-have-had-became to-the-one to-a-house-building, not I-throeth-unto to-thee; to-stayeed the-one a-determing-to of-the-one of-a-Deity it-should-become.

APh 88:7 Καὶ χρηματισθέντες καθ᾿ ὃν ἔδει τρόπον οἰκοδομῆσαι, ἀνάλωσαν πολὺ χρυσίον οἱ δύο, καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἔχαιρεν ἐν τῇ σπουδῇ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς.

And having-been-afforded-to down to-which it-was-binding to-a-turn to-have-house-built-unto, they-other-alonged-up to-much to-a-goldlet, the-ones two, and the-one a-repleteedness of-the-ones of-brethrened it-was-joying in unto-the-one unto-a-hasteneeing of-the-one of-a-house-building.

APh 89:1 Μόνοι δὲ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἦσαν ζηλοῦντες, ἔλεγον δὲ εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ὅτι Οὐδεμίαν πρόφασιν ἔχομεν τοῦ κωλῦσαι αὐτοὺς διὰ τὰ θαυμάσια τοῦ Φιλίππου· ἀλλ᾿ ἀποστῶμεν, μή τι κακὸν πάθωμεν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ, ὡς καὶ ὁ Ἀρίσταρχος ἐπλήγη, καὶ δεηθέντων ἡμῶν ἰάσατο αὐτόν.

Stayeed then-also the-ones Iouda-belonged they-were en-craving-unto, they-were-forthing then-also into to-selves to-which-a-one, To-not-then-also-one to-a-manifesting-before we-hold of-the-one to-have-prevented to-them through to-the-ones to-marvel-to-belonged of-the-one of-a-Filippos; other we-might-have-had-stood-off, lest to-a-one to-wedge-wedged we-might-have-had-trekked upon of-it, as and the-one an-Aristarchos it-had-been-smitten, and of-having-been-binded of-us it-cured-unto to-it.

APh 89:2 ἀναχωρήσωμεν οὖν ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν· δόξα γὰρ θεοῦ ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς.

We-might-have-spaced-up-unto accordingly off of-them; a-reckonedness too-thus of-a-Deity it-be unto-un-secluded upon to-them.

APh 90:1 Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα εἰσῆλθεν ὁ Φίλιππος εἰς τὴν οἰκοδομὴν καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο· ἅπαντες δὲ οἱ πιστεύσαντες ἀπήρχοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν συναγωγήν, καὶ ἐδιδάσκοντο ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ.

With then-also to-the-ones-these it-had-came-into, the-one a-Filippos, into to-the-one to-a-house-building and it-excess-jump-belonged-unto; along-all then-also the-ones having-trusted-of they-were-coming-off toward to-it into to-the-one to-a-leading-together, and they-were-being-veer-veerated under of-it.

APh 90:2 ἔλεγεν δὲ αὐτοῖς· Ἀδελφοί μου, θέλω ἵνα ἡ εὐωδία ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως γένηται ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ κατάδηλος·

It-was-forthing then-also unto-them, Brethrened of-me, I-determine so the-one a-goodly-odoring-unto of-ye of-the-one of-a-trust it-might-had-became in unto-all unto-an-occasion distincted-down;

APh 90:3 ἐξάρατε οὖν ἀφ᾿ ὑμῶν πᾶσαν κακίαν καὶ πᾶσαν πονηρίαν καὶ ἀδικίαν καὶ ζῆλον καὶ ἔριν καὶ φθόνον καὶ φιλονεικίαν, ἵνα εὑρεθῆτε πραεῖς ἐν τῇ πίστει, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἔργοις δόκιμοι.

Ye-should-have-lifted-out accordingly off of-ye to-all to-a-wedge-wedging-unto and to-all to-an-en-necessitating-unto and to-an-un-coursing-unto and to-a-crave and to-a-wrangling and to-a-envying and to-a-non-belongeedness-of-caring-unto, so ye-might-have-been-found mild in unto-the-one unto-a-trust, and in unto-the-ones unto-excess-placed unto-works assessed.

Note: to-a-non-belongeedness-of-caring-unto (FILONEIKIAN) : from FILOS and NH (see NHPIOS); contentiousness.

APh 90:4 γινώσκω γὰρ ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἐκπέσητε τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐγκαταλείψει ὑμᾶς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας· αὐτὸς γὰρ κατευθυνεῖ τὰς ὁδοὺς ὑμῶν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ.

I-acquaint too-thus to-which-a-one not lest ye-might-have-had-fallen-out of-the-one of-a-droved-sureeing of-the-one of-Anointed, and not it-shall-remainder-down-in to-ye into to-the-ones to-ages; it too-thus it-shall-straighten-down to-the-ones to-ways of-ye to-in-look-belonged of-it.

APh 91:1 Ταῦτα δὲ εἰπὼν ὁ Φίλιππος ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἴρεον, καὶ κατέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐπίσκοπον, καὶ ἐστήριξεν αὐτὸν ἐφ᾿ οἷς ἤκουσεν καὶ ἐφ᾿ ἅπασιν οἷς ἐθεάσατο.

To-the-ones-these then-also having-had-said, the-one a-Filippos, it-secured-unto to-the-one to-an-Ireos, and it-stood-down to-it to-a-scouter-upon, and it-stablished-to to-it upon unto-which it-heard and upon unto-along-all unto-which it-spectated.

APh 91:2 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Φίλιππος· Εἰρήνη ἐπὶ σε ἡ δοθεῖσα ἡμῖν παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ ἕλεος.

And it-had-said unto-it, the-one a-Filippos, A-joinifying upon to-thee the-one having-been-given unto-us beside of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-us of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed and a-besectionateedness.

Note: a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

APh 91:3 Καὶ ἐπεφώνησαν ἅπαντες οἱ ἀδελφοί· Ἄξιος, ἄξιος, ἄξιος.

And they-sounded-upon-unto, along-all the-ones brethrened, Deem-belonged, deem-belonged, deem-belonged.

APh 91:4 Καὶ ἐπηύξατο ὁ Φίλιππος τῷ Ἰρέῳ, ἵνα γένηται πρᾳότης ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἵνα δυνηθῇ ποιμᾶναι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἐν πίστει, καὶ πᾶν αἴτημα ἀγαθὸν ὃ ἐὰν αἰτήσηται παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ δοθήσεται.

And it-goodly-held-upon, the-one a-Filippos, unto-the-one unto-an-Ireos, so it-might-have-had-became a-mildness in unto-it, and so it-might-have-been-abled to-have-shepherded to-the-ones to-brethrened in unto-a-trust, and all an-appealing-to excess-placed to-which if-ever it-might-have-appealed-unto beside of-the-one of-a-Deity it-shall-be-given.

APh 91:5 καὶ στραφεὶς εἶπεν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς· Ὑμεῖς οὖν τέκνα δουλεύσατε αὐτῷ ἐν ὑποταγῇ, φανεροῦντες ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ὡς πατρὶ τοὺς λογισμούς.

And having-been-beturned it-had-said unto-the-ones unto-brethrened, Ye accordingly, Creationees, ye-should-have-bondeed-of unto-it in unto-an-arrangment-under, en-manifesting to-in-look-belonged of-it as unto-a-father to-the-ones to-fortheeings-to-of.

APh 91:6 καὶ ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ θεοῦ ἔστω μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν πάντοτε· ἐγὼ γὰρ πορεύομαι.

And the-one a-joinifying of-the-one of-a-Deity it-should-be with of-ye all-to-the-one-which-also; I too-thus I-traverse-of.

APh 92:1 Ὡς δὲ ταῦτα ἤκουσαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἐστέναξαν καὶ ἔκλαυσαν σφόδρα, ὅτι εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Πορεύομαι· οὐ γὰρ ἤθελον αὐτὸν ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἀπελθεῖν.

As then-also to-the-ones-these they-heard, the-ones brethrened, they-narrowed-to and they-sob-belonged to-vehemented, to-which-a-one it-had-said unto-them, I-traverse-of; not too-thus they-were-determining to-it off of-them to-have-had-came-off.

APh 92:2 λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Φίλιππος· μὴ ὀδυνᾶσθε τῇ καρδίᾳ· ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν ᾠκονόμησεν ἐλθεῖν με πρὸς ὑμᾶς, οὕτως καὶ εἰς ἄλλας πόλεις ἀπέρχομαι, ἵνα πληρώσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Χριστοῦ· ὁ δὲ κύριος ἔσται μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν.

It-fortheth unto-them, the-one a-Filippos, Lest ye-should-be-anguished-unto unto-the-one unto-a-heart; as-very too-thus the-one Authority-belonged of-us it-house-parceleed-unto to-have-had-came to-me toward to-ye, unto-the-one-this and into to-other to-cities I-come-off so I-might-have-en-filled to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-the-one of-Anointed; the-one then-also Authority-belonged it-shall-be with of-ye.

APh 93:1 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν ηὔξατο μετ᾿ αὐτῶν, καὶ ἠσπάσατο πάντας, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ, καὶ πολὺ πλῆθος, ὡς γεμίσαι καμήλους ἄρτους καὶ διάφορα βρώματα· καὶ ἐπὶ σταδίοις εἴκοσι ἦσαν ἀκολουθοῦντες.

And to-the-ones-these having-had-said it-goodly-held with of-them, and it-drew-along-to to-all, and it-had-came-out off of-them, and the-ones learners of-it with of-it, and much a-repleteedness, as to-have-saturated-to to-camels to-adjustations and to-beareed-through to-feedings-to; and upon unto-stadios' unto-twenty they-were pathing-along-unto.

Note: unto-stadios' : used to refer to the distance around a-stadion, an arena track, 606.75 feet.

APh 93:2 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· Ἵνα τί σκύλλεσθε;

And it-fortheth unto-them, So to-what-one ye-flay?

APh 93:3 Οἳ δὲ εἶπον· Ἕως οὗ ἴδωμεν τὸ πλοῖον ἐν ᾧ ἐπιβῆναι μέλλεις ἀκολουθήσομέν σοι.

The-ones then-also they-had-said, Unto-if-which of-which we-might-have-had-seen to-the-one to-a-floatlet in unto-which to-have-had-stepped-upon thou-pend we-shall-path-along-unto unto-thee.

APh 93:4 Καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· Μακρόθεν ἐστίν.

And it-fortheth unto-them, En-longed-from it-be.

APh 93:5 Ἔλαβεν δὲ μόνον ἄρτους έ, ἐπονομάσας τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ προσέταξεν αὐτοὺς ἐπανακάμψαι εἰς τὴν πόλιν αὐτῶν μετὰ τῶν καμήλων καὶ τῆς πολλῆς αὐτῶν ἑτοιμασίας.

It-had-taken then-also to-stayeed to-adjustations to-five, having-upon-named-to to-the-one to-an-Iêsous, and it-arranged-toward to-them to-have-leaned-up-upon into to-the-one to-a-city of-them with of-the-ones of-camels and of-the-one of-much of-them of-a-readying-unto.

APh 93:6 καὶ φησι· Πορεύεσθε ἐν εἰρήνῃ, καὶ προσεύχεσθε περὶ ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὸν Χριστόν, ἵνα κατευθύνῃ τὴν ὁδόν μου ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ἐν εἰρήνῃ· καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἔσται μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν εἰς αἰῶνας.

And it-declareth, Ye-should-traverse-of in unto-a-joinifying, and ye-should-goodly-hold-toward about of-ME toward to-the-one to-Anointed so it-might-straighten-down to-the-one to-a-way of-me to-in-look-belonged of-it in unto-a-joinifying; and the-one a-reckonedness of-the-one of-a-Father and of-the-one of-a-Son and of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-currenting-to it-shall-be with of-ye into to-ages.

APh 93:7 Καὶ πεσόντες πάντες ἐπὶ πρόσωπον προσεκύνησαν τρίτον τῷ ἀποστόλῳ· ὁρμήσαντος δὲ τοῦ ἀποστόλου τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ὁδὸν ἔπεσον πάλιν ἅπαντες ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἕως οὗ ἀπέδυ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν· κείμενοι δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐδάφους ἐβόων· Εὐλόγησον ἡμᾶς διδάσκαλε καὶ ὁδηγὲ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν.

And having-had-fallen, all, upon to-looked-toward they-kissed-toward-unto to-third unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off; of-having-corded then-also of-the-one of-a-setee-off to-the-one of-self to-a-way they-had-fallen unto-furthered, along-all, upon to-looked-toward of-them upon to-the-one to-a-soil, unto-if-which of-which it-had-sunk-off off of-the-ones of-eyes of-them; situating then-also upon of-the-one of-a-beloweedness they-were-hollering-unto, Thou-should-have-goodly-fortheed to-us, Veer-veerator and Way-leader of-the-ones of-breathings of-us.

APh 93:8 Καὶ ὅτε ἀπεδήμησεν ὥστε μὴ ὁρᾶσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν, ἀναστάντες ἐπορεύοντο εἰς τὰ οἰκεῖα κλαίοντες καὶ ὑπομιμνησκόμενοι τῆς καλλίστης καὶ γλυκείας διδαχῆς τοῦ ἀποστόλου Χριστοῦ Φιλίππου, καὶ τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν δοξάζοντες.

And which-also it-localitied-off-unto as-also lest to-be-seeeed-unto to-it under of-the-ones of-eyes of-them, having-had-stood-up they-were-traversing-of into to-the-ones to-house-belonged memorying-under of-the-one of-most-seemly and of-sweet of-a-veer-veerating of-the-one of-a-setee-off of-Anointed of-a-Filippos, and to-the-one to-Authority-belonged of-us to-an-Iêsous to-Anointed reckoning-to.

APh 94:0 Πρᾶξις ή, ὅπου ὁ ἔριφος καὶ ὁ λεόπαρδος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐπίστευσαν.

A-practice eight, to-which-of-whither the-one a-kid and the-one a-lion-leopard in unto-the-one unto-solituded they-trusted-of.

Note: a-lion-leopard : a matured male leopard.

APh 94:1 Ἐγένετο δὲ ὅτε ὁ σωτὴρ ἐμέρισεν τοὺς ἀποστόλους κατὰ πόλιν καὶ χώραν, καὶ ἐπορεύθη εἷς ἕκαστος κατὰ τὴν πρόσταξιν ἣν διετάξατο αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος, καθὼς καὶ τὸν κλῆρον διένειμεν αὐτοῖς, ἔλαχεν ἀπελθεῖν καὶ τὸν Φίλιππον εἰς τὴν γῆν τῶν Ἑλλήνων.

It-had-became then-also which-also the-one a-Savior it-portioned-to to-the-ones to-setees-off down to-a-city and to-a-spacedness, and it-was-traversed-of one each down to-the-one to-an-arranging-toward to-which it-arranged-through unto-it, the-one Authority-belonged, down-as and to-the-one to-a-lot it-parceled-through unto-them, it-takenated to-have-had-came-off and to-the-one to-a-Filippos into to-the-one to-a-soil of-the-ones of-Hellên'.

APh 94:2 ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος τὸ ὄνομα τῆς χώρας καὶ τῆς πόλεως τῆς κεκληρωμένης αὐτῷ, σκληρὸν αὐτῷ ἐφάνη, καὶ ἔκλαιεν.

Having-heard then-also, the-one a-Filippos, to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-the-one of-a-spacedness and of-the-one of-a-city of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-en-lotted unto-it, stiffened unto-it it-had-been-manifested and it-was-sob-belonging.

APh 94:3 ἡ δὲ Μαριάμνη ἡ τούτου ἀδελφή _ αὕτη γὰρ ἐστιν ἡ ἑτοιμάζουσα τὸν ἄρτον καὶ τὸ ἅλας ἐν τῇ κλάσει ἄρτου, ἡ δὲ Μάρθα ἐστὶν ἡ διακονοῦσα τοῖς πλήθεσι καὶ κοπιῶσα σφόδρα _

The-one then-also a-Mariamnê the-one of-the-one-this brethrened, it too-thus it-be the-one readying-to to-the-one to-an-adjustation and to-the-one to-a-saltiness in unto-the-one unto-a-breaking of-an-adjustation, the-one then-also a-Martha it-be the-one raising-through-unto unto-the-ones unto-repleteednesses and fell-belonging-unto to-vehemented,

APh 94:4 ἰδοῦσα τὸν ἴδιον ἀδελφὸν βαρέως φέροντα τὸν λαχόντα αὐτῷ κλῆρον, καὶ ὅτι σφοδρῶς ἔκλαιε περὶ τούτου, προσῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ λέγουσα· Κύριέ μου Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ, οὐκ ὁρᾷς τὸν ἀδελφόν μου Φίλιππον ὅσον λελύπηται διὰ τὴν χώραν τῶν Ἑλλήνων;

having-had-seen to-the-one to-private-belonged to-brethrened unto-weighted to-bearing to-the-one to-having-lotted unto-it to-a-lot, and to-which-a-one unto-vehemented it-was-sob-belonging about of-the-one-this, it-had-came-toward unto-the-one unto-an-Iêsous forthing, Authority-belonged of-me, Iêsous Anointed, not thou-seeee-unto to-the-one to-brethrened of-me to-a-Filippos to-which-a-which it-had-come-to-be-throed-unto through to-the-one to-a-spacedness of-the-ones of-Hellên'?

APh 95:1 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ σωτήρ· Οἶδα ἐκλελεγμένη γυναικῶν, οἶδα· ἀλλὰ πορεύου μετὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου εἰς πάντα τόπον ὅπου ὑπάγει καὶ γενοῦ παραθαρρύνουσα αὐτῷ·

It-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-Savior, I-had-come-to-see, Having-had-come-to-be-forthed-out of-women, I-had-come-to-see; other thou-should-traverse-of with of-the-one of-brethrened of-thee into to-all to-an-occasion to-which-of-whither it-leadeth-under and thou-should-have-had-became bravening-beside unto-it;

APh 95:2 οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι ἄνθρωπος τολμηρός ἐστι καὶ ὀργίλος, καὶ ἐὰν ἀφῶμεν αὐτὸν μόνον, πολλὰς ἀνταποδόσεις ποιήσει τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.

I-had-come-to-see too-thus to-which-a-one a-mankind ventured it-be and stressed, and if-ever we-might-have-had-sent-off to-it to-stayeed, to-much to-ever-a-one-givings-off it-shall-do-unto unto-the-ones unto-mankinds;

APh 95:3 ἀλλ᾿ ἰδοὺ καὶ τὸν Βαρθολομαῖον καὶ Ἰωάννην ἀποστελῶ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ συγκακοπαθῆσαι αὐτὸν διὰ τὴν πολλὴν πονηρίαν τῶν οἰκούντων ἐκεῖσε·

other thou-should-have-had-seen, and to-the-one to-a-Bartholomaios and to-an-Iôannês I-shall-set-off in unto-the-one unto-a-city unto-the-one-thither to-have-wedge-wedge-trekked-together-unto to-it through to-the-one to-much to-an-en-necessitating-unto of-the-ones of-housing-unto thither-to;

APh 95:4 οἱ γὰρ ἄνθρωποι ἐκεῖνοι λατρεύουσι τῇ ἐχίδνῃ μητρὶ τῶν ὄφεων.

the-ones too-thus mankinds the-ones-thither they-serve-of unto-the-one unto-a-viper unto-a-mother of-the-ones of-snakes.

APh 95:5 καὶ σὺ Μαριάμνη ἄλλαξόν σου τὴν ἰδέαν καὶ ὅλον τὸ εἶδος τὸ γυναικεῖον, καὶ βάδιζε ὁμοίως μετὰ Φιλίππου.

And thou, Mariamnê, thou-should-have-othered of-thee to-the-one to-a-sightedness and to-whole to-the-one to-a-sighteedness to-the-one to-woman-belonged-of, and thou-should-step-to unto-along-belonged with of-a-Filippos.

APh 95:6 Εἶτα λέγει ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ Φιλίππῳ· Εἰς τί ἐδίστασας ὦ Φίλιππε;

If-to-the-ones it-fortheth, the-one an-Iêsous, unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos, Into to-what-one thou-twiced-to, Oh Filippos?

APh 95:7 οὐκ ἤκουσας τῆς διδαχῆς μου· Ἰδοὺ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων;

Not thou-heard of-the-one of-a-veer-veerating of-me, Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-set-off to-ye as to-stepped-before in unto-middle of-wolves?

APh 95:8 μὴ οὖν φοβηθῇς αὐτῶν τὴν ἀγριότητα.

Lest accordingly thou-might-have-been-feareed-unto of-them to-the-one to-a-field-belongness.

APh 95:9 συνέσομαί σοι ἀεὶ βοηθῶν καὶ ἀντιλαμβανόμενος.

I-shall-be-together unto-thee ever-if holler-running-unto and ever-a-one-taking.

APh 95:10 ἰδοὺ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἐμοὺς μαθητάς· ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἀκτῖνας ἐγὼ ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἥλιος.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-set-off to-ye as to-mine to-learners; I-set-off to-ye as to-glints, I the-one of-the-one of-a-course-belongingedness a-sun.

APh 95:11 μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν εἰμι ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ· ἐν ποταμοῖς καὶ ἐν θαλάσσαις ἔσομαι ὑμῶν καλὸς κυβερνήτης.

With of-ye I-be in unto-all unto-an-occasion; in unto-rivers and in unto-seas I-shall-be of-ye seemly a-helmer.

APh 95:12 νῦν οὖν Φίλιππε μὴ ἐκκακήσης ἀγαθοποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ποιοῦντί σε κακόν, καὶ ἡ χάρις τοῦ πνεύματός μου κατευθυνεῖ σου τὰς τρίβους ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ καὶ πόλει καὶ χώρᾳ.

Now accordingly, Filippos, lest thou-might-have-wedge-wedged-out-unto to-excess-place-do-unto in unto-the-one unto-doing-unto to-thee to-wedge-wedged, and the-one a-granting of-the-one of-a-currenting-to of-me it-shall-straighten-down of-thee to-the-ones to-rubbed in unto-all unto-an-occasion and unto-a-city and unto-a-spacedness.

APh 96:1 Ταῦτα ἀκούσας ὁ Φίλιππος καὶ Βαρθολομαῖος καὶ Μαριάμνη, ἀσπασάμενοι τὴν δεξιὰν τοῦ σωτῆρος, ἐπορεύοντο εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Ὀφιανῶν.

To-the-ones-these having-heard, the-one a-Filippos and a-Bartholomaios and a-Mariamnê, having-drawn-along-to to-the-one to-right-belonged of-the-one of-a-Savior, they-were-traversing-of into to-the-one to-a-spacedness of-the-ones of-Ofianians.

APh 96:2 ὡς δὲ ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τῶν δρακαινῶν, ὡς ἦσαν ἐκεῖ βαδίζοντες, ἰδοὺ μέγας λεόπαρδος ἐξῆλθεν ἀπὸ τῶν δρυμῶν τῶν ἐν τῷ ὄρει·

As then-also they-had-stepped-up into to-the-one to-solituded of-the-ones of-serpentresses, as they-were thither stepping-to, thou-should-have-had-seen, great a-lion-leopard it-had-came-out off of-the-ones of-treeings-of of-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness;

Note: a-lion-leopard : a matured male leopard.

APh 96:3 καὶ ἰδὼν τοὺς ἀποστόλους κυρίου δραμὼν ἔρριψεν ἑαυτὸν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν, καὶ φωνῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ ἐλάλησε πρὸς αὐτούς· Προσκυνῶ ὑμᾶς ὦ δοῦλοι τοῦ θείου μεγέθους καὶ ἀπόστολοι τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, προστάξατέ μοι τελείως λαλεῖν.

and having-had-seen to-the-ones to-setees-off of-Authority-belonged having-had-circuited it-flung to-self upon to-the-ones to-feet of-them, and unto-a-sound unto-mankind-belonged-to it-spoke-unto toward to-them, I-kiss-toward-unto to-ye, Oh Bondees of-the-one of-Deity-belonged of-a-greateedness and Setees-off of-the-one of-stayeed-becominged of-a-Son of-the-one of-a-Deity, ye-should-have-arranged-toward unto-me unto-en-finish-belonged to-speak-unto.

APh 97:1 Καὶ ὁ Φίλιππος· Ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ λάλει.

And the-one a-Filippos, In unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed thou-should-speak-unto.

APh 97:2 Καὶ ὁ λεόπαρδος ἀναλαβὼν τελείαν ἀνθρωπίνην φωνὴν ἤρξατο λέγειν· Ἄκουέ μου Φίλιππε νυμφαγωγὲ τοῦ θείου λόγου· ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ νυκτί, παρῆλθον διὰ τῆς ἀγέλης τῶν αἰγῶν τῶν ἐξ ἐναντίας τοῦ ὄρους τῆς δρακαίνης μητρὸς τῶν ὄφεων, καὶ ἥρπασα ἔριφον·

And the-one a-lion-leopard having-had-taken-up to-finish-belonged to-mankind-belonged-to to-a-sound it-firsted to-forth, Thou-should-hear of-me, Filippos, Bride-leader of-the-one of-Deity-belonged of-a-forthee, It-had-became in unto-the-one unto-most-before unto-a-night I-had-came-beside through of-the-one of-a-herd of-the-ones of-goats of-the-ones out of-an-ever-a-oneing-in-unto of-the-one of-a-jutteedness of-the-one of-a-serpentress of-a-mother of-the-ones of-snakes, and I-snatched-to to-a-kid;

Note: a-lion-leopard : a matured male leopard.

APh 97:3 ὡς δὲ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸν δρυμὸν φαγεῖν αὐτόν, μετὰ τὸ πλῆξαί με αὐτόν, ἔλαβεν φωνὴν ἀνθρωπίνην καὶ ἔκλαυσεν ὡς παιδίον μικρόν, λέγων μοι·

as then-also I-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-treeing-of to-have-had-devoured to-it, with to-the-one to-have-smittened to-me to-it, it-had-taken to-a-sound to-mankind-belongined-to and it-sob-belonged as to-a-child to-small, forthing unto-me,

APh 97:4 Ὦ λεόπαρδε ἆρον ἀπὸ σοῦ τὴν ἀγρίαν καρδίαν καὶ τὸ θηριῶδες τῆς γνώμης, καὶ περιποίησον ἑαυτῷ ἡμερότητα·

Oh Lion-leopard, thou-should-have-lifted off of-thee to-the-one to-field-belonged to-a-heart and to-the-one to-beast-seeinged of-the-one of-an-acquaintance, and thou-should-have-done-about-unto unto-self to-a-dayness;

Note: Lion-leopard : a matured male leopard.

Note: unto-self (EAUTW) : AUTW corrected to EAUTW.

Note: to-a-dayness : day being used in the sense of being a time of rest and calm in nature.

APh 97:5 ὅτι οἱ ἀπόστολοι τοῦ θείου μεγέθους παρέρχεσθαι μέλλουσι διὰ τῆς ἐρήμου ταύτης, τελέσαι τελείως τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ.

to-which-a-one the-ones setees-off of-the-one of-Deity-belonged of-a-greateedness to-have-had-came-beside they-pend through of-the-one of-solituded of-the-one-this, to-have-finished-unto unto-en-finish-belonged to-the-ones to-a-leadeeerings-upon-unto of-the-one of-a-reckonedness of-the-one of-stayeed-becominged of-a-Son of-the-one of-a-Deity.

APh 97:6 Ἐν τούτοις οὖν τοῖς λόγοις τοῦ ἐρίφου νουθετοῦντός με ἠπόρουν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν ἠλλάγη μου ἡ καρδία, καὶ ἡ ἀγριότης μου ἐστράφη εἰς ἡμερότητα, καὶ ἐφεισάμην τοῦ φαγεῖν αὐτόν.

In unto-the-ones-these accordingly unto-the-ones unto-forthees of-the-one of-a-kid of-en-mulling-of-placing-unto to-me I-was-un-traversing-unto in unto-self, and down to-small it-had-been-othered of-me the-one a-heart, and the-one a-field-belongness of-me it-had-been-beturned into to-a-dayness, and I-spared of-the-one to-have-had-devoured to-it.

Note: to-a-dayness : day being used in the sense of being a time of rest and calm in nature.

APh 97:7 καὶ ὡς ἤμην ἀκροώμενος τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ, ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου εἶδον ὑμᾶς παρερχομένους, καὶ ἐπέγνων ὅτι δοῦλοί ἐστε τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θεοῦ.

And as I-was hearing of-the-ones of-forthees of-it, having-lifted-upon to-the-ones to-eyes of-me I-had-seen to-ye to-coming-beside, and I-had-acquainted-upon to-which-a-one bondees ye-be of-the-one of-excess-placed of-a-Deity.

APh 97:8 ἰδὼν οὖν ἐγγίζοντας, ἐάσας τὸν ἔριφον, ἦλθον προσκυνῆσαι ὑμᾶς.

Having-had-seen accordingly to-nearing-to, having-let-unto to-the-one to-a-kid, I-had-came to-have-kissed-toward-unto to-ye.

APh 97:9 νῦν οὖν παρακαλῶ σε ἀπόστολε Χριστοῦ Φίλιππε ἵνα δώσῃς μοι ἐξουσίαν κτήσασθαι παρρησίαν, καὶ συμπορευθῶ μετὰ σοῦ εἰς πάντα τόπον ὅπου ἐὰν ἀπέρχῃ, καὶ ἵνα ἀποθῶμαι τὴν θηριώδη φύσιν.

Now accordingly I-call-beside-unto to-thee, Setee-off of-Anointed Filippos, so thou-might-have-had-given unto-me to-a-being-out-unto to-have-befounded-unto to-an-all-uttering-unto, and I-might-have-been-traversed-together-of with of-thee into to-all to-an-occasion to-which-of-whither if-ever thou-might-come-off, and so I-might-have-placed-off to-the-one to-beast-seeinged to-a-spawning.

APh 98:1 Ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν λεόπαρδον· Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ ἔριφος;

The-one then-also a-setee-off it-had-said toward to-the-one to-a-lion-leopard, Of-whither it-be the-one a-kid?

Note: to-a-lion-leopard : a matured male leopard.

APh 98:2 Καί φησιν· Ἰδοὺ ἔρριπται ὑπὸ τὴν δρῦν κατέναντι.

And it-declareth, Thou-should-have-had-seen, it-had-come-to-be-flung under to-the-one tree down-in-ever-a-one.

APh 98:3 Λέγει ὁ Φίλιππος τῷ Βαρθολομαίῳ· Ἀπέλθωμεν ὅπως ἴδωμεν τὸν πεπληγμένον ἰαθέντα καὶ θεραπεύοντα τὸν πλήξαντα.

It-fortheth, the-one a-Filippos, unto-the-one unto-a-Bartholomaios, We-might-have-had-came-off unto-which-whither we-might-have-had-seen to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-smitten to-having-been-cured-unto and to-ministering-of to-the-one to-having-smit.

Note: to-having-smit (PLHCANTA) : the Active form of PLHSSW (to-smit) requires an explanation, while the Passive form "to-be-smitten" is commonly understood. "smit" is the obsolete form that yielded "smitten", which carries over into the Greek and its meaning is in the sense of converging into a smiting.

APh 98:4 Ἐπιτρέψαντος δὲ τοῦ Φιλίππου ὁ λεόπαρδος ὡδήγει τὸν Φίλιππον καὶ τοὺς μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἤγαγεν αὐτοὺς ὅπου ἦν ὁ ἔριφος κείμενος.

Of-having-beturned-upon then-also of-the-one of-a-Filippos the-one a-lion-leopard it-was-way-leading-unto to-the-one to-a-Filippos and to-the-ones with of-it, and it-had-led to-them to-which-of-whither it-was the-one a-kid situating.

Note: a-lion-leopard : a matured male leopard.

APh 99:1 Λέγει οὖν Φίλιππος καὶ ὁ Βαρθολομαῖος· Ἰδοὺ ἐγνώκαμεν ἀληθῶς ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ὑπερβαίνων τις τὴν σὴν εὐσπλαγχνίαν φιλάνθρωπε Ἰησοῦ· προλαμβάνεις γὰρ ἡμᾶς καὶ διελέγχεις διὰ τούτων τῶν ζῴων ἵνα μᾶλλον πιστεύσωμεν καὶ πληρώσωμεν σπουδῇ τὸ παρατεθὲν ἡμῖν.

It-fortheth accordingly, a-Filippos and the-one a-Bartholomaios, Thou-should-have-had-seen, we-had-come-to-acquaint unto-un-secluded to-which-a-one not it-be stepping-over, a-one, to-the-one to-thine to-a-goodly-boweling-unto, Mankind-cared Iêsous; thou-take-before too-thus to-us and thou-trial-through through of-the-ones-these of-the-ones of-lifelets so more-such we-might-have-trusted-of and we-might-have-en-filled unto-a-hasteneeing to-the-one to-having-been-placed-beside unto-us.

APh 99:2 νῦν οὖν κύριε Ἰησοῦ Χριστὲ ἐλθὲ καὶ παράσχου ζωὴν καὶ πνοὴν καὶ σύστασιν βεβαίαν εἰς τὰ ζῷα ταῦτα, ἵνα καταλείψωσι μὲν τὴν θηριώδη φύσιν καὶ τὴν κτηνώδη, ἔλθωσι δὲ εἰς ἡμερότητα, καὶ μηκέτι φάγωσι σάρκας, μηδὲ ὁ ἔριφος τροφὴν κτηνῶν·

Now accordingly, Authority-belonged Iêsous Anointed, thou-should-have-had-came and thou-should-have-had-held-beside to-a-lifing and to-a-currenting and to-a-standing-together to-step-step-belonged into to-the-ones to-lifelets to-the-ones-these so they-might-have-remaindered-down indeed to-beast-seeinged to-a-spawning and to-the-one to-befoundeedness-seeinged, they-might-have-had-came then-also into to-a-dayness, and lest-if-to-a-one they-might-have-had-devoured to-fleshes, lest-then-also the-one a-kid to-a-nourishing of-befoundeednesses;

Note: to-a-dayness : day being used in the sense of being a time of rest and calm in nature.

Note: to-befoundeedness-seeinged : i.e. looks like livestock.

Note: of-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

APh 99:3 καρδία δὲ ἀνθρωπίνη γενέσθω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἀκολουθήσουσιν ἡμῖν ὅπου ἂν πορευώμεθα, ἐσθίοντα ἅπερ ἡμεῖς ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου, καὶ ἵνα λαλῶσιν ὁμοιότητα ἀνθρώπων, δοξάζοντα τὸ ὄνομά σου.

a-heart then-also mankind-belonged-to it-should-have-had-became in unto-them, and they-shall-path-along-unto unto-us to-which-of-whither ever we-might-traverse-of, eat-belonging to-which-very we in unto-the-one unto-a-reckonedness of-thee, and so they-might-speak-unto to-an-along-belongness of-mankinds, reckoning-to to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-thee.

APh 100:1 Ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἀναστάντα τὰ ζῷα, ὅ τε λεόπαρδος καὶ ὁ ἔριφος, ἐπῆραν τοὺς ἐμπροσθίους πόδας, καὶ ἐδόξασαν τὸν θεόν, καὶ εἶπον ἀνθρωπίνῃ φωνῇ·

In unto-it then-also unto-the-one unto-an-houredness having-had-stood-up, the-ones lifelets, the-one also a-lion-leopard and the-one a-kid, they-lifted-upon to-the-ones to-in-toward-from-belonged to-feet, and they-reckoned-to to-the-one to-a-Deity, and they-had-said unto-mankind-belonged-to unto-a-sound,

Note: a-lion-leopard : a matured male leopard.

APh 100:2 Δοξάζομεν καὶ εὐλογοῦμεν σε, ὁ ἐπισκεψάμενος ἡμᾶς καὶ μνησθεὶς ἡμῶν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ταύτῃ καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἡμῶν τὴν θηριώδη καὶ ἀγρίαν μετενέγκας εἰς ἡμερότητα, καὶ ἐχαρίσω ἡμῖν τὸν θεῖον λόγον, καὶ ἔθηκας ἐν ἡμῖν γλῶσσαν καὶ νόημα τοῦ εἰπεῖν καὶ ὁμολογῆσαι τὸ ὄνομά σου, ὅτι μεγάλη ἐστὶν ἡ δόξα σου.

We-reckon-to and we-goodly-forthee-unto to-thee, the-one having-scouted-upon to-us and having-been-memoried of-us in unto-the-one unto-solituded unto-the-one-this and to-the-one to-a-spawning of-us to-the-one to-beast-seeinged and to-field-belonged having-beared-with into to-a-dayness, and thou-granted-to unto-us to-the-one to-Deity-belonged to-a-forthee, and thou-placed in unto-us to-a-tongue and to-an-en-mulling-to of-the-one to-have-had-said and to-have-along-fortheed-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-thee, to-which-a-one great it-be the-one a-reckonedness of-thee.

Note: to-a-dayness : day being used in the sense of being a time of rest and calm in nature.

APh 101:1 Μετὰ δὲ τοὺς λόγους τούτους πεσόντες εἰς τὴν γῆν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον ὅ τε λεόπαρδος καὶ ὁ ἔριφος προσεκύνησαν τῷ Φιλίππῳ καὶ τῷ Βαρθολομαίῳ καὶ τῇ Μαριάμνῃ·

With then-also to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these having-had-fallen into to-the-one to-a-soil upon to-looked-toward, the-one also a-lion-leopard and the-one a-kid, they-kissed-toward-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos and unto-the-one unto-a-Bartholomaios and unto-the-one unto-a-Mariamnê;

Note: a-lion-leopard : a matured male leopard.

APh 101:2 καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐδόξασαν τὸν θεὸν οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ προσέταξαν ἵνα ὁ ἔριφος καὶ ὁ λεόπαρδος συμπορευθῶσι μετ᾿ αὐτῶν καὶ φθάσωσιν εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὅπου ἀπέρχονται καθὼς ἀπεκάλυψεν αὐτοῖς ὁ σωτήρ·

and in unto-it unto-the-one unto-an-houredness they-reckoned-to to-the-one to-a-Deity, the-ones setees-off, and they-arranged-toward so the-one a-kid and the-one a-lion-leopard they-might-have-been-traversed-together-of with of-them and they-might-have-priored into to-the-one to-a-city to-which-of-whither they-come-off down-as it-shrouded-off unto-them, the-one a-Savior;

Note: a-lion-leopard : a matured male leopard.

APh 101:3 καὶ ἐπορεύθησαν ἅμα αἰνοῦντες καὶ δοξάζοντες τὸν θεόν. ἀμήν.

and they-were-traversed-of along lauding-unto and reckoning-to to-the-one to-a-Deity. Amên.

APh 102:0 Πρᾶξις θ´ περὶ τοῦ ἀναιρεθέντος δράκοντος.

A-practice nine about of-the-one of-having-been-sectioned-along-up-unto of-a-serpent.

APh 102:1 Ἐγένετο δὲ τῶν ἀποστόλων συμπορευομένων μετ᾿ ἀλλήλων, τοῦ τε Φιλίππου καὶ τοῦ Βαρθολομαίου καὶ τῆς Μαριάμνης καὶ τοῦ λεοπάρδου καὶ τοῦ ἐρίφου, ἐπορεύθησαν ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν πέντε, καὶ μετὰ τὰς ἐν μεσονυκτίῳ προσευχὰς πρωΐας κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν γενομένης ἰδοὺ ἐξαίφνης ἔπνευσεν ἄνεμος μέγας καὶ γνοφώδης, καὶ ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τοῦ γνόφου ἐπέδραμεν ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους τοῦ θεοῦ γνοφώδης δράκων μέγιστος, τὸν νῶτον ἔχων μεμελανωμένον, ἡ δὲ κοιλία αὐτοῦ ἄνθρακες χαλκοῦ ὄντες ἐν σπινθηρισμοῖς πυρός, τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ἐκτεταμένον ὑπὲρ πήχοις ρ´·

It-had-became then-also of-the-ones of-setees-off of-traversing-together-of with of-other-to-other, of-the-one also of-a-Filippos and of-the-one of-a-Bartholomaios and of-the-one of-a-Mariamnê and of-the-one of-a-lion-leopard and of-the-one of-a-kid, they-were-traversed-of to-a-way of-dayednesses of-five, and with to-the-ones in unto-middle-night-belonged to-goodly-holdings-toward of-a-before-belonging-unto down to-the-one to-a-way of-having-had-became, thou-should-have-had-seen, of-un-manifested-out it-currented, a-wind great and haze-seeinged, and off of-it of-the-one of-a-haze it-had-circuited-upon upon to-the-ones to-bondees of-the-one of-a-Deity, haze-seeinged a-serpent most-great, to-the-one to-reared holding to-having-had-come-to-be-blackened, the-one then-also a-hollowing-unto of-it anthrax' of-a-copper being in unto-sparkings-to-of of-a-fire, the-one an-en-capsuling-to of-it having-had-come-to-stretch-out over unto-fores unto-one-hundred;

Note: of-a-lion-leopard : a matured male leopard.

Note: unto-fores unto-one-hundred : a fore about 18 inches, i.e. elbow-fingertip, x 100 = about 150 feet.

APh 102:2 καὶ ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ πλῆθος ὄφεων καὶ πλῆθος ἐκγόνων τῶν ὄφεων· καὶ ἐκ πολλοῦ διαστήματος ὅλος ὁ τῆς ἐρημίας τόπος ἐσαλεύετο.

And it-was-pathing-along-unto unto-it, a-repleteedness of-snakes and a-repleteedness of-became-out of-the-ones of-snakes; and out of-much of-a-standing-through-to whole the-one of-the-one of-a-solituding-unto an-occasion it-was-being-undulated-of.

Note: : i.e. offspring.

APh 103:1 Ἰδὼν οὖν ὁ Φίλιππος λέγει τῷ Βαρθολομαίῳ καὶ τῇ Μαριάμνῃ· Ἄρτι χρεία ἡμῖν βοηθείας τῆς παρὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος· μνημονεύσωμεν τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὃς ἐξαπέστειλεν ἡμᾶς καὶ εἶπεν· Μηδὲν φοβηθῆτε, μήτε διωγμόν, μήτε τοὺς ὄφεις τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης, μήτε τὸν ζοφερὸν δράκοντα.

Having-had-seen accordingly, the-one a-Filippos, it-fortheth unto-the-one unto-a-Bartholomaios and unto-the-one unto-a-Mariamnê, Thus-to-a-one an-affording-of unto-us of-a-holler-running-of of-the-one beside of-the-one of-a-Savior; we-might-have-memory-stayeed-of of-the-one of-an-uttering-to of-the-one of-Anointed which it-set-off-out to-us and it-had-said, To-lest-then-also-one ye-might-have-been-feareed-unto, lest-also to-a-pursuing-of, lest also to-the-ones to-snakes of-the-one of-a-spacedness of-the-one-thither, lest-also to-the-one to-en-gloomed to-a-serpent.

APh 103:2 Στώμεν οὖν ὥσπερ στῦλοι ἐστηριγμένοι ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ καταργηθήσεται πᾶσα ἡ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ δύναμις, καὶ πεσεῖται ἡ ἀπειλὴ αὐτοῦ.

We-might-have-had-stood accordingly as-very pillars having-had-come-to-stablished-to to-in-look-belonged of-the-one of-a-Deity, and it-shall-be-un-worked-down-unto, all the-one of-the-one of-en-enmitied an-ability, and it-shall-fall, the-one a-poising-off of-it.

APh 103:3 εὐξώμεθα οὖν καὶ ῥαντίσωμεν ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ τὸν ἀέρα, καὶ ἠρεμήσει οὗτος ὁ ζοφερός, καὶ ὁ καπνὸς κατασταθήσεται.

We-might-have-goodly-held accordingly and we-might-have-sprinkled-to in unto-the-one unto-a-drinkerlet to-the-one to-an-air, and it-shall-quiet-unto, the-one-this the-one gloomed, and the-one a-smoke it-shall-be-stood-down.

APh 104:1 Λαβόντες οὖν τὸ ἑαυτῶν ποτήριον ἐπηύξαντο οὕτως Σὺ εἶ ὁ δροσίζων πᾶσαν πυρὰν καὶ χαλινῶν σκότος καὶ βάλλων χαλινὸν εἰς τὸ στόμα τοῦ δράκοντος, ὁ καταργήσας αὐτοῦ τὴν ὀργήν, ὁ ἀποστρέψας εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω τὴν πονηρίαν τοῦ ἀλλοτρίου καὶ καταποντίσας αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ πυρί, ὁ κλείσας τὸν φωλεὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀσφαλισάμενος τὰς ἐκβάσεις αὐτοῦ καὶ κολαφίζων τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν αὐτοῦ· ἐλθὲ μεθ᾿ ἡμῶν ἐν τῇ ἐρημίᾳ ταύτῃ·

Having-had-taken accordingly to-the-one of-selves to-a-drinkerlet they-goodly-held-upon unto-the-one-this, Thou thou-be the-one dewing-to to-all to-a-firedness and en-bridling to-a-dimmeedness and casting to-a-bridle into to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-the-one of-a-serpent, the-one having-un-worked-down-unto of-it to-the-one to-a-stressing, the-one having-beturned-off into to-the-ones aback-unto-which to-the-one to-an-en-necessitating-unto of-the-one of-other-belonged and having-oceaned-down-to to-it in unto-the-one unto-private-belonged unto-a-fire, the-one having-latch-belonged to-the-one to-a-burrow of-it and having-un-befailed-to to-the-ones to-steppings-out of-it and pelting-to to-the-one to-a-manifesting-over-unto of-it; thou-should-have-had-came with of-us in unto-the-one unto-an-solituding-unto unto-the-one-this;

APh 104:2 τρέχομεν γὰρ διὰ τὸ θέλημά σου καὶ διὰ τὸ σὸν πρόσταγμα.

We-circuit too-thus through to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-thee through to-the-one to-thine to-an-arranging-toward-to.

APh 105:1 Καὶ στραφεὶς ὁ Φίλιππος λέγει τῷ Βαρθολομαίῳ καὶ τῇ Μαριάμνῃ·

And having-had-been-beturned the-one a-Filippos it-fortheth unto-the-one unto-a-Bartholomaios and unto-the-one unto-a-Mariamnê,

APh 105:2 Νῦν ἀναστάντες ἐπάρατε τὰς χεῖρας μετὰ τοῦ ποτηρίου τοῦ κρατουμένου ὑφ᾿ ὑμῶν, καὶ ῥαντίσατε ἐπὶ τὸν ἀέρα τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ σταυροῦ, καὶ ἴδητε τὴν δόξαν τοῦ δυνατοῦ.

Now having-had-stood-up ye-should-have-lifted-upon to-the-ones to-hands with of-the-one of-a-drinkerlet of-the-one of-being-secured-unto under of-ye, and ye-should-have-sprinkled-to upon to-the-one to-an-air to-the-one to-a-signlet-of of-the-one of-a-stake, and ye-might-have-had-seen to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-the-one of-abled.

APh 106:1 Καὶ εὐθέως ἐγένετο ὡς ἀστραπὴ πυρός, καὶ κατετύφλωσε τὸν δράκοντα καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῷ θῆρας.

And unto-straight it-had-became as a-gleaming-along of-a-fire, and it-en-blinded-down to-the-one to-a-serpent and to-the-ones in unto-it to-beasts.

APh 106:2 ἐξηράνθη δὲ παραχρῆμα καὶ ὁ δράκων καὶ οἱ ὄφεις, καὶ αἱ τοῦ φωτὸς ἀκτῖνες ἦλθον εἰς τὰς ὀπὰς τῶν φωλεῶν καὶ συνέτριψαν τὰ ᾠὰ τῶν ὄφεων.

It-was-dried-out then-also beside-to-an-affording-to and the-one a-serpent and the-ones snakes, and the-ones of-the-one of-a-light glints they-had-came into to-the-ones to-arpetures of-the-ones of-burrows and they-rubbed-together to-the-ones to-eggs of-the-ones of-snakes.

APh 106:3 οἱ δὲ ἀπόστολοι συνεκάλυψαν τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, μὴ δυνηθέντες ἀντιβλέψαι εἰς τὸ θαῦμα τὸ φανὲν τῆς ἀστραπῆς.

The-ones then-also setees-off they-shrouded-together to-the-ones to-eyes, lest having-been-abled to-have-ever-a-one-viewed into to-the-one to-a-marveling-to to-the-one to-having-had-been-manifested of-the-one of-a-gleaming-along.

APh 106:4 καὶ οὕτως διῆλθον ἀβλαβεῖς τὴν ἑαυτῶν ὁδὸν πορευθέντες, αἰνοῦντες τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν. ἀμήν.

And unto-the-one-this they-had-came-through un-illinged to-the-one of-selves to-a-way having-been-traversed-of, lauding-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged of-us to-an-Iêsous to-Anointed. Amên.

APh 107:0 Ἐκ τῶν περιόδων Φιλίππου τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἀπὸ πράξεως πεντεκαιδεκάτης μέχρι τέλους, ἐν αἷς τὸ μαρτύριον.

Out of-the-ones of-ways-about of-a-Filippos of-the-one of-a-setee-off off of-a-practice of-five-and-tenth unto-lest-whilst of-a-finisheedness, in unto-which the-one a-witnesslet.

APh 107:1 Κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον Τραϊανοῦ τοῦ βασιλέως παρειληφότος τὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀρχήν, μετὰ τὸ μαρτυρῆσαι ἐν ὀγδόῳ ἔτει τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ Σίμωνα τὸν τοῦ Κλωπᾶ ἐπίσκοπον ὄντα Ἱεροσολύμων, δεύτερον γενόμενον ἐπίσκοπον μετὰ Ἰάκωβον τὸν χρηματίσαντα ἀδελφὸν τοῦ κυρίου τῆς ἐκεῖσε ἐκκλησίας, Φίλιππος ὁ ἀπόστολος διερχόμενος τὰς τῆς Λυδίας καὶ Ἀσίας πόλεις καὶ χώρας κατήγγελλεν πᾶσιν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ.

Down to-the-one to-a-time to-the-one-thither of-a-Traianos of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-having-hath-had-come-to-take-beside to-the-one of-the-ones of-Rômê-belonged to-a-firsting, with to-the-one to-have-witnessed-unto in unto-eighth unto-a-yeareedness of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it to-a-Simôn to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Klôpas to-a-scouter-upon to-being of-Ierosoluma', to-second to-having-had-became to-a-scouter-upon with to-an-Iakôbos to-the-one to-having-afforded-to to-brethrened of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-the-one thither-to of-a-calling-out-unto, a-Filippos the-one a-setee-off coming-through to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-Ludia and of-an-Asia to-cities and to-spacednesses it-was-leadeeering-down unto-all to-the-one to-a-goodly-leadeeerlet of-the-one of-Anointed.

APh 108:1 Φθάσας δὲ ἐν πόλει Ὀφιορύμῃ, ἥτις καλεῖται Ἱεράπολις τῆς Ἀσίας, ὑπεδέχθη ὑπό τινος πιστοῦ ὀνόματι Στάχυος.

Having-priored then-also in unto-a-city unto-an-Ofiorumê, which-a-one it-be-called-unto an-Ierapolis of-the-one of-an-Asia, it-was-received-under under of-a-one of-trusted unto-a-naming-to of-a-Stachus.

APh 108:2 συνῆν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ Βαρθολομαῖος εἷς τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα μαθητῶν τοῦ κυρίου καὶ ἡ ἀδελφὴ αὐτοῦ Μαριάμνη καὶ οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες αὐτῷ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ.

It-was-together then-also unto-it and a-Bartholomaios one of-the-ones of-seventy of-learners of-the-one of-Authority-belonged and the-one brethrened of-it a-Mariamnê and the-ones pathing-along-unto unto-it learners of-it.

APh 108:3 συναχθέντων δὲ πολλῶν ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ γυναικῶν ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Στάχυος ἦν ὁ Φίλιππος ἅμα τῷ Βαρθολομαίῳ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ.

Of-having-been-led-together then-also of-much of-men also and of-women in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-the-one of-a-Stachus it-was the-one a-Filippos along unto-the-one unto-a-Bartholomaios veer-veerating to-them to-the-ones about of-the-one of-an-Iêsous.

APh 109:1 Ἡ δὲ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ Φιλίππου Μαριάμνη καθεζομένη ἐν τῇ εἰσόδῳ τῆς οἰκίας τοῦ Στάχυος προσεῖχεν τοῖς προσερχομένοις, πείθουσα αὐτοὺς ἐπακροᾶσθαι τῶν ἀποστόλων λεγόντων πρὸς αὐτούς·

The-one then-also brethrened of-the-one of-a-Filippos a-Mariamnê sitting-down-unto-to in unto-the-one unto-a-way-into of-the-one of-a-housing-unto of-the-one of-a-Stachus it-was-holding-toward unto-the-ones unto-coming-toward, suring to-them to-upon-hear-unto of-the-ones of-setees-off of-forthing toward to-them,

APh 109:2 Ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν, υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ πλοῦτος τὸ καλὸν καὶ ἡ ὕπαρξις τῆς ἄνω πόλεως, ἡ τερπνότης τοῦ κατοικητηρίου οὗ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν.

Brethrened of-us, sons of-the-one of-a-Father of-the-one in unto-the-ones unto-skies, ye ye-should-be the-one a-wealtheedness the-one seemly and the-one a-firstressing-under of-the-one up-unto-which of-a-city, the-one a-delighteness of-the-one of-a-houserlet-down of-which it-readied-to, the-one a-Deity, unto-the-ones unto-excessing-off-unto to-it.

APh 110:1 καταπατήσατε τὰς παγίδας τοῦ ἐχθροῦ, καὶ τὸν εἰλισσόμενον ὄφιν.

Ye-should-have-treaded-down-unto to-the-ones to-snares of-the-one of-en-enmitied, and to-the-one to-being-curled to-a-snake.

Note: and to-the-one : TON corrected to KAI TON.

APh 110:2 στρεβλὴ γὰρ ἐστιν ἡ ὁδὸς αὐτοῦ, ἐπειδὴ τοῦ πονηροῦ υἱός ἐστιν, καὶ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ ἰὸς πονηρίας· πατὴρ δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ὁ διάβολος ὁ τοῦ θανάτου πρόξενος, μήτηρ δὲ αὐτοῦ ἡ φθορά·

A-wrenching too-thus it-be the-one a-way of-it, upon-if-then of-the-one of-en-necessitated a-son it-be, and it-be in unto-it an-emission of-an-en-necessitating-unto; a-father then-also of-it it-be the-one casted-through the-one of-the-one of-a-death guested-before, a-mother then-also of-it the-one a-degradedness;

APh 110:3 ὀργὴ ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ ὄλεθρος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἡ ὁδὸς αὐτοῦ ᾅδης.

a-stressing in unto-the-ones unto-eyes of-it and an-en-destructing in unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-it, and the-one a-way of-it a-hadês.

APh 110:4 διὸ φεύγετε ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ, τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος ὑπόστασιν, τοῦ ἀμόρφου, τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος μορφὴν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ κτίσει, εἴτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ εἴτε ἐν τῇ γῇ, εἴτε ἐν τοῖς πετεινοῖς εἴτε ἐν τοῖς κτήνεσιν.

Through-to-which ye-should-flee off of-it, of-the-one lest of-holding to-an-standing-under, of-the-one of-un-formed, of-the-one lest of-holding to-a-form in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-befounding, if-also in unto-the-one unto-a-sky if-also in unto-the-one unto-a-soil, if-also in unto-the-ones unto-flying-belonged-to if-also in unto-the-ones unto-befoundeednesses.

Note: unto-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

APh 110:5 πάντα γὰρ ἀποστρέφονται τῆς μορφῆς αὐτοῦ· καὶ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς κτήνεσιν καὶ πετεινοῖς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔστιν ἡ γνῶσις αὐτοῦ ὅτι σύρει ὁ ὄφις τὴν κοιλίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ στῆθος· ἔστιν δὲ τὸ κατοικητήριον αὐτοῦ ὁ τάρταρος, καὶ ἐν τῷ σκότει βαδίζει, ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἔχει παρρησίαν ἐν οὐδενί.

All too-thus they-be-beturned-off of-the-one of-a-form of-it; and too-thus in unto-the-ones unto-befoundeednesses and unto-the-ones unto-flying-belonged-to of-the-one of-a-sky it-be the-one an-aquainting of-it, to-which-a-one it-draggeth, the-one a-snake, to-the-one to-a-hollowing-unto of-it and to-the-one to-a-chest; it-be then-also the-one a-houserlet-down of-it the-one a-tartaros, and in unto-the-one unto-a-dimmeedness it-steppeth-to, upon-if-then not it-holdeth to-an-all-uttering-unto in unto-not-then-also-one.

Note: unto-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

Note: a-tartaros : the Noun (Pro_30:16; Job_40:15 (Job_40:20) Job_41:23 (Job_41:32)) used to refer to a constrained area, the Verb (2Pe_2:4) used to to refer to en-placing into a constrained area; used of a constrained area in general in Pro_30:16, used of the smaller animals existing with the beasts (Hebrew BEHEMOTH) in Job_40:15 as constrained by a steep jut, used of the constrained area of the deep sea in Job_41:23, used of the daimonions being en-placed into a constrained area in 2Pe_2:4. 2Pe_2:4 refers to what happened to satan in Genesis 3 as well as to the sons of God from Genesis 6. They are in currenting-to-belonged-of (PNEUMATIKOS) en-capsulings-to and constrained into an area that includes the soil of the earth; the condition, ability, and manifestation of their currenting-to-belonged-of en-capsulings-to is limited. They traverse about seeking to possess mankind, and can be cast out as Iêsous and His learners did to them.

APh 110:6 φεύγετε οὖν ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ ὁ ἰὸς αὐτοῦ ἐκχυθῇ ἐπὶ τὸ στόμα ὑμῶν.

Ye-should-flee accordingly off of-it so lest the-one an-emission of-it it-might-have-been-poured-out upon to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-ye.

APh 111:1 γίνεσθε δὲ μᾶλλον πιστοί, σεμνοί, ἀγαθοεργεῖς, μὴ ἔχοντες δόλον.

Ye-should-become then-also more-such trusted, solemn, excess-placed-workinged, lest holding to-a-guile.

APh 111:2 ἐξάρατε τὸ πονηρὸν σύστημα ἀφ᾿ ἑαυτῶν, τοῦτ᾿ ἔστιν τὰς κακὰς ἐπιθυμίας, δι᾿ ὧν ἐγέννησεν ὁ ὄφις ὁ πονηρὸς δράκων ὁ ἀρχέκακος νομὴν ἀπωλείας καὶ θανάτου τῇ ψυχῇ, ἐπειδὴ ἡ τῶν κακῶν ἐπιθυμία πᾶσα ἐξ αὐτοῦ προελήλυθεν, καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ῥίζα τῆς ἀνομίας, τὸ σύστημα τῶν κακῶν, ὁ θάνατος τῶν ψυχῶν·

Ye-should-have-lifted-out to-the-one to-en-necessitated to-a-standing-together-to off of-selves, the-one-this it-be to-the-ones to-wedge-wedged to-passionings-upon-unto, through of-which it-generated-unto, the-one a-snake the-one en-necessitated a-serpent the-one first-wedge-wedged, to-a-parceleeing of-a-destructing-off-of and of-a-death unto-the-one unto-a-breathing, upon-if-then the-one of-the-ones of-wedge-wedged a-passioning-upon-unto all out of-it it-hath-had-come-to-come-before, and the-one-this it-be the-one a-rootedness of-the-one of-an-un-parceleeing-unto, the-one a-standing-together-to of-the-ones of-wedge-wedged, the-one a-death of-the-ones of-breathings;

Note: to-wedge-wedged (KAKAS) : KAKIAS corrected to KAKAS.

APh 111:3 ἡ γὰρ ἐπιθυμία τοῦ ἐχθροῦ ὁπλίζεται κατὰ τῶν πιστῶν, ἐξέρχεται δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ σκότους καὶ πορεύεται ἐν τῷ σκότει, πολεμεῖν ἐπιχειροῦσα τοὺς ἐν τῷ φωτί.

the-one too-thus a-passioning-upon-unto of-the-one of-en-enmitied it-be-implemented-to down of-the-ones of-trusted, it-cometh-out then-also off of-the-one of-a-dimmeedness and it-traverse-of in unto-the-one unto-a-dimmeedness, to-war-unto handing-upon-unto to-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-light.

APh 111:4 αὕτη γὰρ ἐστιν ἡ τῆς πλεονεξίας ἀρχή.

The-one-this too-thus it-be the-one of-the-one of-a-holding-beyond-unto a-firsting.

APh 112:1 διὸ ὑμεῖς οἱ ἡμῶν θέλοντες πρὸς ἡμᾶς, μᾶλλον δὲ ὅτι ὁ θεὸς παρεγένετο δι᾿ ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὡς πατὴρ πρὸς ἴδια τέκνα, θέλων ὑμᾶς ἐλεῆσαι καὶ ῥύσασθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πονηρᾶς παγίδος τοῦ ἐχθροῦ, φύγετε τὰς τοῦ ἐχθροῦ κακὰς ἐπιθυμίας καὶ τελείως ἐκβάλετε αὐτὰς ἐκ τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν, μισήσαντες φανερῶς τὸν πατέρα τῶν κακῶν, ἀγαπήσαντες δὲ Ἰησοῦν, ὃς ἐστιν φῶς καὶ ζωὴ καὶ ἀλήθεια καὶ σωτὴρ πάντων τῶν αὐτὸν ποθούντων.

Through-to-which ye the-ones of-us determining toward to-us, more-such then-also to-which-a-one the-one a-Deity it-had-became-beside through of-us toward to-ye as a-father toward to-private-belonged to-creationees, determining to-ye to-have-besectionated-unto and to-have-tracted to-ye off of-the-one of-en-necessitated of-a-snare of-the-one of-en-enmitied, ye-should-flee to-the-ones of-the-one of-en-enmitied to-wedge-wedged to-passionings-upon-unto and unto-finish-belonged ye-should-have-had-casted-out to-them out of-the-one of-an-en-mulling-of of-ye, having-hated-unto unto-en-manifested to-the-one to-a-father of-the-ones of-wedge-wedged, having-excessed-off-unto then-also to-an-Iêsous, which it-be a-light and a-lifing and an-un-secluding-of and a-Savior of-all of-the-ones to-it of-yearing-unto.

APh 112:2 πρὸς αὐτὸν οὖν προσδραμόντες κρατήσατε αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἵνα ἀναγάγῃ ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ λάκκου τῶν κακῶν, καὶ καθαρίσας στήσῃ ὑμᾶς ἀμώμους ζῶντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ.

Toward to-it accordingly having-had-circuited-toward ye-should-have-secured-unto to-it in unto-the-one unto-an-excessing-off so it-might-have-had-led-up to-ye out of-the-one of-a-reservoir of-the-ones of-wedge-wedged, and having-cleansed-to it-might-have-stood to-ye to-un-blemished to-lifing-unto in unto-an-un-secluding-of in-toward-from of-the-one of-a-Father of-it.

APh 113:1 Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ἔλεγεν ὁ Φίλιππος πρὸς τὰ συνελθόντα πλήθη διὰ τὸ ἐκ παλαιῶν τῶν χρόνων σέβειν αὐτοὺς τοὺς ὄφεις καὶ ἔχιδναν, ὧν καὶ εἰκόνας στήσαντες προσεκύνουν· διὸ καὶ Ὀφιορύμην ἐκάλουν τὴν Ἱεράπολιν.

To-the-ones-these then-also to-all it-was-forthing, the-one a-Filippos, toward to-the-ones to-having-had-came-together to-repleteednesses through to-the-one out of-past-belonged of-the-ones of-whiles to-revere to-them to-the-ones to-snakes and to-a-viper, of-which and to-resemblances having-had-stood they-were-kissing-toward-unto; through-to-which and to-an-Ofiorumê they-were-calling-unto to-the-one to-an-Ierapolis.

Note: to-an-Ierapolis : i.e. literally a-sacred-city.

APh 113:2 τούτων δὲ λεγομένων ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου, συμπαρόντων αὐτῷ Βαρθολομαίου καὶ Μαριάμνης καὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ Στάχους, ἐπηκροᾶτο πᾶς ὁ λαός, καὶ πολὺ πλῆθος ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποφυγόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον καὶ προσετέθησαν τῷ Φιλίππῳ καὶ τοῖς περὶ αὐτόν.

Of-the-ones-these then-also of-being-forthed under of-the-one of-a-Filippos, of-being-beside-together unto-it of-a-Bartholomaios and of-a-Mariamnê and of-the-ones of-learners of-it and of-the-one of-a-Stachus, they-were-hearing-upon, all the-one a-people, and much a-repleteedness out of-them having-had-fled-off off of-the-one of-en-enmitied, they-beturned-upon upon to-the-one to-Authority-belonged, and they-were-placed-toward unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos and unto-the-ones about to-it.

APh 113:3 οἱ δὲ πιστοὶ πλεῖον ἐστηρίχθησαν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τοῦ Χριστοῦ.

The-ones then-also trusted to-more-beyond they-were-stablished-to in unto-the-one unto-an-excessing-off of-the-one of-Anointed.

APh 114:1 Νικανόρα δὲ ἡ γυνὴ τοῦ ἀνθυπάτου κλινήρης κατακειμένη ὑπὸ διαφόρων νοσημάτων, μάλιστα τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν, ἀκούσασα τὰ περὶ τοῦ ἀποστόλου Φιλίππου καὶ τοῦ κηρύγματος αὐτοῦ, ἐπίστευσεν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον.

A-Nikanora then-also the-one a-woman of-the-one of-most-ever-a-oned-over, cline-liftinged being-situated-down under of-beareed-through of-ailings-to, most-such of-the-ones of-eyes, having-heard to-the-ones about of-the-one of-a-setee-off of-a-Filippos and of-the-one of-a-heraldering-to of-it, it-trusted-of upon to-the-one to-Authority-belonged.

APh 114:2 ἦν γὰρ καὶ πάλαι ἀκούσασα περὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπικαλεσαμένη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἀπηλλάγη τῶν συνεχόντων αὐτῇ πόνων.

It-was too-thus and unto-past having-heard about of-it, and having-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it it-had-been-othered-off of-the-ones of-holding-together unto-it of-necessitatees.

APh 114:3 καὶ ἀναστάσα ἐξῆλθεν τῆς οἰκίας αὐτῆς διὰ τῆς πλαγίας θύρας, βασταζομένη ὑπὸ ἰδίων αὐτῆς δούλων ἐν φορείῳ ἀργυρέῳ, καὶ ἤλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ Στάχυος, ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ ἀπόστολοι.

And having-had-stood-up it-had-came-out of-the-one of-a-housing-unto of-it through of-the-one of-side-belonged of-a-portaledness, being-carried-to under of-private-belonged of-it of-bondees in unto-a-beareelet unto-silvern, and it-had-came into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-a-Stachus, to-which-of-whither they-were, the-ones setees-off.

APh 115:1 Καὶ ὅτε ἦλθεν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πυλῶνος τῆς οἰκίας, ἰδοῦσα αὐτὴν Μαριάμνη ἡ ἀδελφὴ Φιλίππου τοῦ ἀποστόλου, ἐλάλησεν φωνῇ ἑβραϊστὶ πρὸς αὐτὴν ἔμπροσθεν Φιλίππου καὶ Βαρθολομαίου καὶ παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους τῶν πεπιστευκότων λέγουσα· Ἀλικαμάν, ἰκασαμέ, μαρμαρί, ἰαχαμάν, μαστρανάν, ἀχαμάν·

And which-also it-had-came in-toward-from of-the-one of-a-gating of-the-one of-a-housing-unto, having-had-seen to-it, a-Mariamnê the-one brethrened of-the-one of-a-Filippos of-the-one of-a-setee-off, it-spoke-unto unto-a-sound unto-Ebra-belonginged toward to-it in-toward-from of-a-Filippos and of-a-Bartholomaios and of-all of-the-one of-a-repleteedness of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-trust-of forthing, Alikaman, ikasame, marmari, iachaman, mastranan, achaman;

APh 115:2 Ὅ ἐστιν Ὦ θυγάτηρ τοῦ πατρός, σὺ εἶ κυρία μου, σὺ ἐδόθης ἐνεχυρίασμα τῷ ὄφει· ἀλλ᾿ ἦλθεν Ἰησοῦς ὁ λυτρωτὴς ἡμῶν ῥύσασθαί σε δι᾿ ἡμῶν, διαρρῆξαι τοὺς δεσμούς σου καὶ τεμεῖν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐκτῖλαι ἐκ σοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ῥίζης αὐτῶν, ὅτι σὺ ἀδελφή μου εἶ· μία μήτηρ ἐγέννησεν ἡμᾶς διδύμους.

which it-be, Oh a-daughter of-the-one of-a-Father, thou thou-be authority-belonged of-me, thou thou-was-given a-positing-in-to unto-the-one unto-a-snake; other it-had-came, an-Iêsous the-one an-en-looser of-us, to-have-tracted to-thee through of-us, to-have-en-bursted-through to-the-ones to-bindees of-thee and to-have-had-cut to-them and to-have-pulled-out out of-thee off of-the-one of-a-rootedness of-them, to-which-a-one thou brethrened of-me thou-be; one a-mother it-generated-unto to-us to-twiced-of.

APh 115:3 ἐπελάθου τοῦ πατρός σου, ἐπελάθου τῆς τρίβου τῆς ἀγούσης σε εἰς κατοικητήριον τῆς μητρός σου, γεναμένη ἐν πλάνῃ·

Thou-should-have-secluded of-the-one of-a-father of-thee, thou-should-have-secluded of-the-one of-rubbed, of-the-one of-leading to-thee into to-a-houserlet-down of-the-one of-a-mother of-thee, having-had-became in unto-a-wandering;

APh 115:4 ἐγκατέλιπες τὸν ναὸν ἐκείνης τῆς ἀπάτης τῆς προσκαίρου δόξης, καὶ ἦλθες πρὸς ἡμᾶς φυγοῦσα τὸν ἐχθρόν, ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν τὸ κατοικητήριον τοῦ θανάτου.

thou-had-remaindered-down-in to-the-one to-a-temple of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-a-delusion of-the-one of-timed-toward of-a-reckonedness, and thou-had-came toward to-us having-had-fled to-the-one to-en-enmitied, to-which-a-one it it-be the-one a-houserlet-down of-the-one of-a-death.

APh 115:5 ἰδοὺ δὴ ἦλθεν ὁ λυτρωτής σου ἵνα σε λυτρώσηται· ἀνέτειλέν σοι ὁ ἥλιος τῆς δικαιοσύνης Χριστὸς ἵνα σε φωτίσῃ.

Thou-should-have-had-seen then, it-had-came, the-one an-en-looser of-thee, so to-thee it-might-have-en-loosened; it-set-up unto-thee, the-one a-sun of-the-one of-a-course-belongingedness, Anointed, so to-thee it-might-have-lighted-to.

APh 116:1 Ὡς δὲ ταῦτα ἤκουσεν ἡ Νικανόρα ἑστῶσα πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν, ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἐνώπιον πάντων κράζουσα καὶ λέγουσα ὅτι Ἐγὼ Ἑβραία εἰμί, θυγάτηρ Ἑβραίων·

As then-also to-the-ones-these it-heard, the-one a-Nikanora, having-hath-had-come-to-stand before of-the-ones of-portalednesses, it-all-uttered-to to-in-look-belonged of-all clamoring-to and forthing to-which-a-one, I Ebra-belonged I-be, a-daughter of-Ebra-belonged;

APh 116:2 λάλησον μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῇ διαλέκτῳ τῶν πατέρων μου.

Thou-should-have-spoken-unto with of-ME in unto-the-one unto-forthed-through of-the-ones of-fathers of-me.

APh 116:3 ἀκούσασα γὰρ τοῦ κηρύγματος τῶν πατέρων μου ἰάθην εὐθέως ἀπὸ τῆς νόσου καὶ τῶν περιεχουσῶν με ὀδυνῶν.

Having-heard too-thus of-the-one of-a-heraldering-to of-the-ones of-fathers of-me I-was-cured-unto unto-straight off of-the-one of-an-ailment and of-the-ones of-holding-about to-me of-anguishes.

APh 116:4 προσκυνῶ οὖν τὴν ἀγαθότητα τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς σκυλῆναι ἄχρι τῆς πόλεως ταύτης διὰ τὸν ἀληθινὸν αὐτοῦ λίθον τὸν ἔντιμον, ἵνα δι᾿ ὑμῶν δεξώμεθα τὴν γνῶσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ ζήσωμεν σὺν ὑμῖν πιστεύσαντες εἰς αὐτόν.

I-kiss-toward-unto accordingly to-the-one to-an-excess-placeness of-the-one of-a-Deity, to-which-a-one it-did-unto to-us to-have-had-been-flayed unto-whilst of-the-one of-a-city of-the-one-this through to-the-one to-un-secluded-belonged-to of-it to-a-stone to-the-one to-valued-in, so through of-ye we-might-have-received to-the-one to-an-aquainting of-it and we-might-have-lifed-unto together unto-ye having-trusted-of into to-it.

Note: to-us (HMAS) : UMAS corrected to HMAS.

APh 117:1 Ταῦτα εἰπούσης τῆς Νικανόρας, προσηύξατο περὶ αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὁ ἀπόστολος Φίλιππος ἅμα Βαρθολομαίῳ καὶ Μαριάμνῃ καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτοῖς λέγων·

To-the-ones-these of-having-had-said of-the-one of-a-Nikanora, it-goodly-held-toward about of-it toward to-the-one to-a-Deity, the-one a-Filippos, along unto-a-Bartholomaios and unto-a-Mariamnê and unto-the-ones together unto-them forthing,

APh 117:2 Ὁ ζωοποιῶν τοὺς νεκροὺς Χριστὲ Ἰησοῦ δέσποτα, ὁ ἐλευθερώσας ἡμᾶς διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος ἐκ τῆς δουλείας τοῦ θανάτου, ῥῦσαι αὐτὴν ἐκ τῆς πλάνης τοῦ ἐχθροῦ τελείως, ζωοποίησον αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου καὶ τελείωσον αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ τελειότητί σου, ἵνα πορευθῇ εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν πατέρων αὐτῆς ἐν ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἔχουσα κλῆρον ἐν τῇ ἀγαθότητί σου κύριε Ἰησοῦ.

The-one life-doing-unto to-the-ones to-en-deaded, Anointed Iêsous Bind-doer, the-one having-en-freed to-us through of-the-one of-a-dipping-to out of-the-one of-a-bondeeing-of of-the-one of-a-death, thou-should-have-tracted to-it out of-the-one of-a-wandering of-the-one of-en-enmitied unto-finish-belonged, thou-should-have-life-done-unto to-it in unto-the-one unto-a-lifing of-thee and thou-should-have-en-finish-belonged to-it in unto-the-one unto-a-finish-belongness of-thee, so it-might-have-been-traversed-of into to-the-one to-a-spacedness of-the-ones of-fathers of-it in unto-an-en-freeing-unto, holding to-a-lot in unto-the-one unto-an-excess-placeness of-thee, Authority-belonged Iêsous.

APh 118:1 Πάντων δὲ ἀναπεμψάντων τὸ ἀμὴν ἅμα τῷ ἀποστόλῳ Φιλίππῳ, ἰδοὺ ἦλθεν ὁ τύραννος, ὁ ἀνὴρ τῆς Νικανόρας, ὡς ἵππος ἀδάμαστος μεμηνώς, καὶ ἐπιλαβόμενος τῶν ἱματίων τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ ἐβόα λέγων·

Of-all then-also of-having-volleyed-up to-the-one, Amên, along unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off unto-a-Filippos, thou-should-have-had-seen, it-had-came, the-one a-tyrant, the-one a-man of-the-one of-a-Nikanora, as a-horse un-prevailed having-had-come-to-rave, and having-had-taken-upon of-the-ones of-apparelets of-the-one of-a-woman of-it it-was-hollering-unto forthing,

Note: un-prevailed : usually used in the sense of the subject not being prevailed upon.

APh 118:2 Ὦ Νικανόρα, μὴ οὐκ ἀφῆκά σε ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης οὖσαν;

Oh Nikanora, lest not I-sent-off to-thee upon of-the-one of-a-clining to-being?

APh 118:3 Πῶς τοσαύτην δύναμιν ἔσχες ἐλθεῖν πρὸς τοὺς μάγους τούτους;

Unto-whither to-the-one-which-the-one-this to-an-ability thou-had-held to-have-had-came toward to-the-ones to-magos' to-the-ones-these?

APh 118:4 Πῶς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς φλεγμονῆς τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν σου;

Unto-whither then-also off of-the-one of-a-stayeed-blazing of-the-ones of-eyes of-thee?

APh 118:5 νῦν οὖν ἐὰν μή μοι εἴπῃς τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἰατρός σου καὶ τί τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, τιμωρήσομαί σε διαφόροις τιμωρίαις καὶ οὐ σπλαγχνισθήσομαι ἐπὶ σοί.

Now accordingly if-ever lest unto-me thou-might-have-had-said what-one it-be the-one an-en-curer of-thee and what-one the-one a-naming-to of-it, I-shall-value-ward-unto to-thee unto-beareed-through unto-value-wardings-unto and not I-shall-bowel-to upon unto-thee.

APh 119:1 Ἣ δὲ ἀποκριθεῖσα λέγει αὐτῷ· Ὦ τύραννε, ἔκβαλε ἀπὸ σοῦ τὴν τυραννίδα σου ταύτην, ἐπιλάθου τῆς πονηρίας σου ταύτης, ἐγκατάλιπε τὸν βίον τοῦτον πρόσκαιρον, ἀπόθου τὸ θηριῶδες τῆς φαύλης σου γνώμης, φύγε τὸν δράκοντα τὸν πικρὸν καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτοῦ, ῥῖψον ἀπὸ σοῦ τὰ ἔργα καὶ τὸ βέλος τοῦ ἀνθρωποκτόνου ὄφεως, παραίτησαι τὰς μυσαρὰς καὶ κακὰς θυσίας τῶν εἰδώλων, αἵτινές εἰσιν γεωργία τοῦ ἐχθροῦ, ὁ σκοτεινὸς φραγμός·

The-one then-also having-been-separated-off it-fortheth unto-it, Oh Tyrant, thou-should-have-had-casted-out off of-thee to-the-one to-a-tyrantess of-thee to-the-one-this, thou-should-have-secluded-upon of-the-one of-an-en-necessitating-unto of-thee of-the-one-this, thou-should-have-had-remaindered-down-in to-the-one to-a-dureeation to-the-one-this to-timed-toward, thou-should-have-had-placed-off to-the-one to-beast-seeinged of-the-one of-pettied of-thee of-an-acquaintance, thou-should-have-had-fled to-the-one to-a-serpent to-the-one to-bittered and to-the-ones to-passionings-upon-unto of-it, thou-should-have-flung off of-thee to-the-ones to-works and to-the-one to-a-casteedness of-the-one of-mankind-killed of-a-snake, thou-should-have-appealed-beside-unto to-the-ones to-en-fouled and to-wedge-wedged to-surgings-unto of-the-ones of-images, which-ones they-be soil-worklets of-the-one of-en-enmitied, the-one dimmeed-belonged-to a-hedging-of;

APh 119:2 περιποίησαι δὲ ἑαυτῷ βίον σεμνὸν καὶ ἄρυπον, ἵνα γενόμενος ἐν ἁγιασμῷ δυνηθῇς γνῶναι τὸν ἰατρόν μου καὶ χωρῆσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ.

thou-should-have-done-about-unto then-also unto-self to-a-dureeation to-solemn and to-un-dirtied, so having-had-became in unto-a-hallow-belonging-to-of thou-might-have-been-abled to-have-had-acquainted to-the-one to-an-en-curer of-me and to-have-spaced-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it.

APh 119:3 ἐὰν οὖν θέλῃς παρὰ σοί με εἶναι, εὐτρέπισον σεαυτὸν μένειν ἐν ἁγνείᾳ καὶ ἐγκρατείᾳ καὶ ἐν φόβῳ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ συνοικήσω σοι τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον· μόνον καθάρισον σεαυτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων καὶ παντὸς ῥύπου αὐτῶν.

If-ever accordingly thou-might-have-determined beside unto-thee to-me to-be, thou-should-have-goodly-turned-to to-thyself to-stay in unto-a-purifying-of and unto-a-securing-in-of and in unto-a-fearee of-the-one of-un-secluded-belonged-to of-a-Deity, and I-shall-house-together-unto unto-thee to-the-one to-along-all to-a-while; to-stayeed thou-should-have-cleansed-to to-thyself off of-the-ones of-images and of-all of-a-dirt of-them.

APh 120:1 Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσεν τῶν λόγων αὐτῆς τούτων ὁ τύραννος, ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς, ἐπελάβετο τῶν τριχῶν τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς καὶ ἔσυρεν αὐτὴν λακτίζων αὐτὴν καὶ λέγων·

As then-also it-heard of-the-ones of-forthees of-it of-the-ones-these, the-one a-tyrant, the-one a-man of-it, it-had-taken-upon of-the-ones of-hairs of-the-one of-a-head of-it and it-was-dragging to-it kicking-to to-it and forthing,

APh 120:2 Καλόν σοί ἐστιν ἀναιρεθῆναι ἐν ξίφει ἢ ὁρᾶσθαί σε παρ᾿ ἐμοῦ πορνεύσαν μετὰ τῶν ξένων τούτων τῶν μάγων.

Seemly unto-thee it-be to-have-been-sectioned-along-up-unto in unto-a-swordeedness or to-be-seeeed-unto to-thee beside of-ME to-having-harloted-of with of-the-ones of-guested of-the-ones-these of-the-ones of-magos'.

APh 120:3 ὁρῶ σε γὰρ ὅτι ἐγένου ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ τούτων τῶν πλάνων· σὲ οὖν πρῶτον ἀνελῶ κακῶς, καὶ τότε τούτων οὐ φεισάμενος κακῶς ἐνυβρίσας κακίστως ἀποκτενῶ.

I-seeee-unto to-thee too-thus to-which-a-one thou-had-became in unto-the-one unto-a-raving-unto of-the-ones-these of-the-ones of-wandered; to-thee accordingly to-most-before I-shall-have-sectioned-up unto-wedge-wedged, and to-the-one-which-also of-the-ones-these not having-spared, unto-wedge-wedged having-abused-in-to, unto-most-wedge-wedged I-shall-kill-off.

APh 120:4 Καὶ στραφεὶς εἶπεν τοῖς περὶ αὐτόν· Ἐξαγάγετέ μοι τοὺς μάγους τοὺς ἐπιθέτας ἐκείνους.

And having-had-been-beturned it-had-said unto-the-ones about to-it, Ye-should-have-had-led-out unto-me to-the-ones to-magos' to-the-ones to-placers-upon to-the-ones-thither.

APh 120:5 Εἰσδραμόντες δὲ οἱ δήμιοι εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ Στάχυος καὶ κρατήσαντες τὸν ἀπόστολον Φίλιππον καὶ τὸν Βαρθολομαῖον καὶ τὴν Μαριάμνην ἔσυραν ἄγοντες αὐτοὺς ὅπου ἦν ὁ ἀνθύπατος.

Having-had-circuited-into then-also, the-ones locality-belonged, into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-the-one of-a-Stachus and having-secured-unto to-the-one to-a-setee-off to-a-Filippos and to-the-one to-a-Bartholomaios and to-the-one to-a-Mariamnê they-dragged leading to-them to-which-of-whither it-was the-one most-ever-a-oned-over.

APh 120:6 ἠκολούθησεν δὲ καὶ ὁ πιστότατος Στάχυς καὶ πάντες οἱ πιστοί.

It-pathed-alont-unto then-also, and the-one most-trusted a-Stachus, and all the-ones trusted.

APh 121:1 Ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀνθύπατος ἔβρυξεν τοὺς ὀδόντας αὐτοῦ λέγων· Βασανίσατε τοὺς μάγους τούτους τοὺς πλανήσαντας πολλὰς γυναῖκας καὶ ἄνδρας νέους τε καὶ νεάνιδας, λέγοντας ἑαυτοὺς θεοσεβεῖς εἶναι, βδέλυγμα ὄντες.

Having-had-seen then-also to-them, the-one most-ever-a-oned-over, it-grated to-the-ones to-teeth of-it forthing, Ye-should-have-abraded-to to-the-ones to-magos' to-the-ones-these to-the-ones to-having-wandered-unto to-much to-women and to-men to-new also and to-new-belongings, to-forthing to-selves to-Deity-reveringed to-be, an-abhorrering-to being.

APh 121:2 Καὶ ἐκέλευσεν ἐνεχθῆναι ὠμοὺς ἱμάντας καὶ τύπτεσθαι τόν τε Φίλιππον καὶ τὸν Βαρθολομαῖον καὶ τὴν Μαριάμνην· καὶ μετὰ τὸ μαστιχθῆναι αὐτοὺς τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν ἐκέλευσεν δεθῆναι τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν καὶ σύρεσθαι αὐτοὺς διὰ τῶν πλατειῶν τῆς πόλεως ἕως τῆς πύλης τοῦ ἱεροῦ αὐτῶν.

And it-bade-of to-have-been-beared-in to-raw to-straps and to-have-been-strikered to-the-one also to-a-Filippos and to-the-one to-a-Bartholomaios and to-the-one to-a-Mariamnê; and with to-the-one to-have-been-thrashed-to to-them unto-the-ones unto-straps it-bade-of to-have-been-binded to-the-ones to-feet of-them and to-have-been-dragged to-them through of-the-ones of-broad of-the-one of-a-city unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-gate of-the-one of-sacred of-them.

APh 121:3 πολλοὶ δὲ ὄχλοι συνήχθησαν, ὡς σχεδὸν μὴ μεῖναί τινα εἰς οἰκίαν, καὶ ἦσαν πάντες θαυμάζοντες αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπομονῇ αὐτῶν, βιαίως καὶ ἀπανθρώπως συρομένων αὐτῶν.

Much then-also crowds they-were-led-together, as to-holdened lest to-have-stayed to-a-one into to-a-housing-unto, and they-were all marveling-to to-them upon unto-the-one unto-a-staying-under of-them, unto-dureeatedness-belonged and unto-mankinded-off of-being-dragged of-them.

APh 122:1 Ὁ δὲ ἀνθύπατος βασανίσας τοὺς ἁγίους τοὺς ἀμφὶ τὸν ἀπόστολον Φίλιππον ἐκέλευσεν εἰσενεχθῆναι αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀσφαλισθῆναι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν τοῦ εἰδώλου τῆς ἐχίδνης πρὸς τοὺς ἱερεῖς αὐτῆς, ἕως ἂν βουλεύσηται ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἀπολέσῃ.

The-one then-also most-ever-a-oned-over having-abraded-to to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged to-the-ones around to-the-one to-a-setee-off to-a-Filippos it-bade-of to-have-been-beared-into to-them and to-have-been-un-befailed-to into to-the-one to-sacred of-the-one of-an-image of-the-one of-a-viper toward to-the-ones to-sacreders of-it, unto-if-which ever it-might-have-purposed-of unto-whither-belonged unto-a-death to-each of-them it-might-have-destructed-off.

APh 122:2 πολλοὶ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου ἐπίστευσαν χάριτι τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ προσετέθησαν τῷ ἀποστόλῳ Φιλίππῳ καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ, ἀποστάντες τοῦ εἰδώλου τῆς ἐχίδνης, καὶ ἐστηρίζοντο ἐν τῇ πίστει μεγαλυνόμενοι ἐν τῇ ὑπομονῇ τῶν ἁγίων, καὶ ὁμοῦ πάντες μετὰ φωνῆς ἐδόξαζον τὸν θεὸν λέγοντες τὸ ἀμήν.

Much then-also out of-the-one of-a-crowd they-trusted-of unto-a-granting of-the-one of-Anointed and they-were-placed-toward unto-the-one unto-a-setee-off unto-a-Filippos and unto-the-ones together unto-it, having-had-stood-off of-the-one of-an-image of-the-one of-a-viper, and they-were-being-stablished-to in unto-the-one unto-a-trust being-greatened in unto-the-one unto-a-staying-under of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged, and of-alonged all with of-a-sound they-were-reckoning-to to-the-one to-a-Deity forthing to-the-one, Amen.

APh 123:1 Ὅτε δὲ ἐνεκλείσθησαν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τῆς ἐχίδνης ὅ τε Φίλιππος ὁ ἀπόστολος καὶ Βαρθολομαῖος καὶ Μαριάμνη, συνήχθησαν οἱ ἱερεῖς τῆς ἐχίδνης ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ ὄχλος πολὺς ὡς ἄνδρες ἑπτακισχίλιοι, καὶ δραμόντες πρὸς τὸν ἀνθύπατον κατεβόων λέγοντες·

Which-also then-also they-were-latch-belonged-in in unto-the-one unto-sacred of-the-one of-a-viper the-one also a-Filippos the-one a-setee-off and a-Bartholomaios and a-Mariamnê, they-were-led-together the-ones sacreders-of of-the-one of-a-viper upon to-the-one to-it and a-crowd much as men seven-thousand, and having-had-circuited toward to-the-one to-most-ever-a-oned-over they-were-down-hollering-unto forthing,

APh 123:2 Ἐκδίκησον ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ξένων καὶ μάγων καὶ φθορέων καὶ πλανησάντων τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.

Thou-should-have-coursed-out-unto to-us out of-the-ones of-guested and of-magos' and of-degraders-of and of-having-wandered to-the-ones to-mankinds.

APh 123:3 ἀφ᾿ οὗ γὰρ ἐπεδήμησαν εἰς ἡμᾶς, ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν πάσης κακῆς πράξεως· ἀπέκτειναν δὲ καὶ τοὺς ὄφεις τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς θεᾶς ἡμῶν·

Off of-which too-thus they-localitied-upon-unto into to-us, it-was-repleted the-one a-city of-us of-all of-wedge-wedged of-a-practice; they-killed-off then-also and to-the-ones to-snakes to-the-ones to-sons of-the-one of-a-deitess of-us.

APh 123:4 ἔκλεισαν δὲ καὶ τὸ ἱερόν, καὶ ἠρήμωται ὁ βωμός· καὶ οὐκ εὑρήκαμεν προσενηνεγμένον οἶνον ἵνα πιοῦσα ἡ ἔχιδνα ὑπνώσῃ.

They-latch-belonged then-also and to-the-one to-sacred, and it-had-come-to-be-en-solituded the-one an-en-stepping-of; and not we-had-come-to-find to-having-had-come-to-be-beared-toward to-a-wine so having-had-drank, the-one a-viper, it-might-have-en-slept.

APh 123:5 Εἰ δὲ θέλεις γνῶναι ὅτι ὄντως μάγοι εἰσίν, βλέψον καὶ ἴδε πῶς ἡμᾶς θέλουσιν μαγεῦσαι, λέγοντες Ζήσατε ἐν ἁγνείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι, πιστεύσαντες τῷ θεῷ, πῶς δὲ καὶ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν πόλιν, πῶς δὲ καὶ οἱ δράκοντες οὐκ ἐτύφλωσαν αὐτοὺς ἢ καὶ ἀνεῖλαν αὐτούς, πῶς δὲ καὶ τὸ αἷμα αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔπιον, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὶ οἱ τηροῦντες τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν ἀπὸ παντὸς ξένου ὑπὸ τούτων κατεβλήθησαν.

If then-also thou-determine to-have-had-acquainted to-which-a-one unto-being magos' they-be, thou-should-have-viewed and thou-should-have-had-seen unto-whither to-us they-determine to-have-magicked-of, forthing, Ye-should-have-lifed-unto in unto-a-purifying-of and unto-a-solmeness, having-trusted-of unto-the-one unto-a-Deity; unto-whither then-also and they-had-came-into into to-the-one unto-a-city, unto-whither then-also and the-ones serpents not they-en-blinded to-them or and they-sectioned-along-up to-them, unto-whither then-also and to-the-one to-a-rushering-to of-them not they-had-drank, other and them the-ones keeping-unto to-the-one to-a-city of-us off of-all of-guested under of-the-ones-these they-were-casted-down.

APh 124:1 Ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ ἀνθύπατος πλεῖον ἐξεκαύθη τῷ θυμῷ, ὀργῆς τε καὶ ἀπειλῆς ἐπληρώθη, καὶ ἦν ὀργιζόμενος σφόδρα καὶ λέγων πρὸς τοὺς ἱερεῖς· Τί ὅτι τὴν ἐμὴν ἐμάγευσαν γυναῖκα;

Having-heard then-also to-the-ones-these, the-one most-ever-a-oned-over, to-more-beyond it-was-burn-belonged-out unto-the-one unto-a-passion, of-a-stressing also and of-a-poising-off it-was-en-filled, and it-was being-stressed-to to-vehemented and forthing toward to-the-ones to-sacreders-of, To-what-one to-which-a-one to-the-one to-mine they-magicked-of to-a-woman?

APh 124:2 καὶ ἐκεῖθέν μοι ξένα ῥήματα ὁμιλεῖ, καὶ διὰ νυκτὸς εὐχομένη ξενοφωνεῖται φωτὶ καταλαμπομένη, καὶ ἀναστενάζουσα λέγει· Ἦλθεν μοι τὸ ἀληθινὸν φῶς Ἰησοῦς.

And thither-from unto-me to-guested to-utterings-to it-groupeth-along-unto, and through of-a-night goodly-holding it-guest-soundeth-unto unto-a-light being-lamped-down, and up-narrowing-to it-fortheth, It-had-came unto-me, the-one un-secluded-belonged-to a-light an-Iêsous.

APh 124:3 Κἀγὼ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐμοῦ κοιτῶνος ἐξελθὼν ἠθέλησα διὰ τῆς θυρίδος κατοπτεῦσαι καὶ ἰδεῖν ὅνπερ ἔλεγεν φῶς Ἰησοῦν· καὶ ὥσπερ ἀστραπὴ προσαπήντησέν μοι, ὥστε με παρ᾿ ὀλίγον ἀποτυφλωθῆναι· καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνου λοιπὸν τὴν γυναῖκά μου φοβοῦμαι διὰ τὸν φωτεινὸν αὐτῆς Ἰησοῦν.

And-I then-also off of-the-one of-ME of-a-situating-of having-had-came-out I-determined through of-the-one of-a-portalet to-have-beheld-down-of and to-have-had-seen to-which-very it-was-forthing to-a-light to-an-Iêsous; and as-very a-gleaming-along it-toward-off-ever-a-oned-unto unto-me, as-also to-me beside to-little to-have-been-en-blinded-off; and out of-the-one-thither to-remaindered to-the-one to-a-woman of-me I-fearee-unto through to-the-one to-lighted-belonged-to of-it to-an-Iêsous.

APh 124:4 εἴπατέ μοι ἱερεῖς τί πράξω.

Ye-should-have-said unto-me, Sacreders-of, to-what-one I-might-have-practiced.

APh 124:5 Οἳ δὲ εἶπον· Ἀνθύπατε, τάχα οὐκ ἐσμὲν ἱερεῖς· ἀφ᾿ οὗ γὰρ συνέκλεισας αὐτούς, εὐχομένων αὐτῶν οὐ μόνον τὸ ἱερὸν ἐκ θεμελίων ἐσαλεύθη ἀλλὰ τάχα καὶ συμπίπτει.

The-ones then-also they-had-said, Most-ever-a-oned-over, to-quick not we-be sacreders-of; off of-which too-thus thou-latch-belonged-together to-them, of-goodly-holding of-them not to-stayeed the-one sacred out of-placeeer-belonged it-was-undulated-of other to-quick and it-falleth-together.

APh 125:1 Τότε προσέταξεν ὁ ἀνθύπατος ἐξαγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Φίλιππον καὶ ἀναγαγεῖν ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος, εἰπὼν τοῖς δημίοις· Ἀποδύσαντες τὸν Φίλιππον διερευνήσατε μή πως εὕρητε αὐτῶν τὰς μαγείας.

To-the-one-which-also it-arranged-toward, the-one most-ever-a-oned-over, to-have-had-led-out to-them out of-the-one of-sacred to-the-ones about to-the-one to-a-Filippos and to-have-had-led-up upon of-the-one of-a-stepping-to, having-had-said unto-the-ones unto-locality-belonged, Having-sunk-off to-the-one to-a-Filippos ye-should-have-through-searched-unto lest unto-whither ye-might-have-had-found of-them to-the-ones to-magickings-of.

APh 125:2 Ἀπέδυσαν οὖν πρῶτον τὸν Φίλιππον, εἶτα τὸν Βαρθολομαῖον· ἦλθον δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν Μαριάμνην, καὶ σύροντες αὐτὴν ἔλεγον· Γυμνώσωμεν αὐτήν, ἵνα πάντες ἴδωσιν αὐτὴν ὅτι γυνὴ οὖσα πῶς ἀνδράσιν ἐπακολουθεῖ· αὐτὴ γὰρ μάλιστα πάσας τὰς γυναῖκας ἀπατᾷ.

They-sunk-off accordingly to-most-before to-the-one to-a-Filippos, if-to-the-ones to-the-one to-a-Bartholomaios; they-had-came then-also and upon to-the-one to-a-Mariamnê, and dragging to-it they-were-forthing, We-might-have-en-stripped to-it, so all they-might-have-had-seen to-it to-which-a-one a-woman being unto-whither unto-men it-patheth-along-upon-unto; it too-thus most-such to-all to-the-ones to-women it-deludeth-unto.

APh 125:3 Καὶ λέγει ὁ τύραννος πρὸς τοὺς ἱερεῖς· Κηρύξατε ἐν τῇ πόλει κύκλῳ ἵνα ἔλθωσιν πάντες ἄνδρες τε καὶ γυναῖκες, ὅπως ἴδωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτῆς, ὅτι συμπορεύεται μετὰ τῶν μάγων τούτων, καὶ πάντως ὅτι μοιχεύεται ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν.

And it-fortheth, the-one a-tyrant, toward to-the-ones to-sacreders-of, Ye-should-have-heraldered in unto-the-one unto-a-city unto-a-circle so they-might-have-had-came, all men also and women, unto-which-whither they-might-have-had-seen to-the-one to-an-un-holdeningedness of-it, to-which-a-one it-traverseth-together-of with of-the-ones of-magos' of-the-ones-these, and unto-all to-which-a-one it-be-adultered-of under of-them.

APh 125:4 Ἐκέλευσεν δὲ κρεμασθῆναι τὸν Φίλιππον καὶ τὰ σφυρὰ αὐτοῦ διατρηθῆναι, κομίσαι δὲ κόρακας σιδηροῦς καὶ τὰς πτέρνας αὐτοῦ διαπαρῆναι, καὶ κρεμασθῆναι κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἀπέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπί τινος δένδρου·

It-bade-of then-also to-have-been-hung-to to-the-one to-a-Filippos, and to-the-ones to-en-peenings of-it to-have-been-perforated-through, and to-have-tended-to then-also to-ravens to-iron, and to-the-ones to-heelednesses of-it to-have-had-been-across-belonged-through, and to-have-been-hung-to down of-a-head off-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-sacred upon of-a-one of-an-en-treeing;

Note: to-en-peenings : used to refer to a dome shape, of ankles, of foothills surrounding mountains, etc.

Note: to-ravens : here referring to raven-beak shaped hooks.

APh 125:5 καὶ τὸν Βαρθολομαῖον ἐκτείναντες ἀπέναντι τοῦ Φιλίππου ἐπερόνησαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ τοίχῳ τῆς πύλης τοῦ ἱεροῦ.

and to-the-one to-a-Bartholomoais having-stretched-out off-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-Filippos they-acrossed-unto to-the-ones to-hands of-it in unto-the-one unto-a-lineation of-the-one of-a-gate of-the-one of-sacred.

Note: unto-a-lineation : lined siding.

APh 126:1 Ἐμειδίασαν δὲ ἀμφότεροι ὁρῶντες ἀλλήλους ὅ τε Φίλιππος καὶ ὁ Βαρθολομαῖος· ἦσαν γὰρ ὡς οὐ βασανιζόμενοι· αἱ γὰρ κολάσεις αὐτῶν ἦσαν βραβεῖα καὶ στέφανοι.

They-smiled-unto then-also, more-around, seeeeing-unto to-other-to-other, the-one also a-Filippos and the-one a-Bartholomaios; they-were too-thus as not being-abraded-to; the-ones too-thus stricturings of-them they-were awardlets-of and wreaths.

APh 126:2 ὅτε δὲ καὶ τὴν Μαριάμνην ἀπέδυσαν, ἰδοὺ εὐθέως ἠλλάγη ἡ ὁμοίωσις τοῦ σώματος αὐτῆς ἐνώπιον πάντων, καὶ εὐθέως ἐγένετο περὶ αὐτὴν νεφέλη πυρὸς ἔμπροσθεν πάντων, καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν ἕτι ἐμβλέψαι τὸ σύνολον εἰς τὸν τόπον ἐν ᾧ ἐτύγχανεν ἡ ἁγία Μαριάμνη, ἀλλ᾿ ἔφυγον ἅπαντες ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς.

Which-also then-also and to-the-one to-a-Mariamnê they-sunk-off, thou-should-have-had-seen, unto-straight it-had-been-othered the-one an-en-along-belonging of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to of-it to-in-look-belonged of-all, and unto-straight it-had-became about to-it a-clouding of-a-fire in-toward-from of-all, and not they-were-abled if-to-a-one to-have-viewed-in to-the-one to-together-whole into to-the-one to-an-occasion in unto-which it-was-actuanating, the-one hallow-belonged a-Mariamnê, other they-had-fled, along-all, off of-it.

APh 127:1 Ἐλάλησεν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος μετὰ Βαρθολομαίου ἐν τῇ ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ λέγων· Ποῦ ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἡμῶν Ἰωάννης;

It-spoke-unto then-also, the-one a-Filippos, with of-a-Bartholomaios in unto-the-one unto-Ebra-belonged unto-forthed-through forthing, Of-whither the-one brethrened of-us an-Iôannês?

APh 127:2 ἰδοὺ γὰρ ἐγὼ ἀπολύομαι ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος, καὶ τίς ὁ εὐξάμενος περὶ ἡμῶν;

Thou-should-have-had-seen too-thus, I I-be-loosed-off off of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to, and what-one the-one having-goodly-held about of-us?

APh 127:3 ὅτι καὶ εἰς τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἡμῶν Μαριάμνην ἐπεχείρησαν παρὰ τὸ καθῆκον· καὶ ἰδοὺ πῦρ ἔρριψαν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ Στάχυος, λέγοντες ὅτι Καύσωμεν αὐτήν, ἐπειδὴ ὑπεδέξατο αὐτούς.

To-which-a-one and into to-the-one to-brethrened of-us to-a-Mariamnê they-handed-upon-unto beside to-the-one to-arriving-down; and thou-should-have-had-seen, to-a-fire they-flung into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto of-the-one of-a-Stachus, forthing to-which-a-one, We-might-have-burn-belonged to-it, upon-if-then it-received-under to-them.

APh 127:4 Θέλεις οὖν Βαρθολομαῖε εἴπωμεν πῦρ ἐλθεῖν ἀπ᾿ οὐρανοῦ καὶ κατακαύσωμεν αὐτούς;

Thou-determine accordingly, Bartholomaios, we-might-have-had-said to-a-fire to-have-had-came off of-a-sky and we-might-have-burn-belonged-down to-them?

APh 128:1 Ὡς δὲ ταῦτα ἦν λέγων ὁ Φίλιππος, καὶ ἰδοὺ Ἰωάννης εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὡς συμπολίτης αὐτῶν· καὶ διακινῶν ἐν τῇ πλατείᾳ ἠρώτησεν· Τίνες οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ διὰ τί τιμωροῦνται;

As then-also to-the-ones-these it-was forthing, the-one a-Filippos, and thou-should-have-had-seen, an-Iôannês it-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-city as a-city-belonger-together of-them; and moving-through-unto in unto-the-one unto-broad it-entreated-unto, What-ones the-ones-these the-ones mankinds, and through to-what-one they-be-value-warded-unto?

APh 128:2 Οἳ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· μὴ οὐκ εἶ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων;

The-ones then-also they-forth unto-it, Lest not thou-be out of-the-one of-a-city of-us, and thou-entreated-unto about of-the-ones of-mankinds of-the-ones-these?

APh 128:3 οἵτινες πολλοὺς ἠδίκησαν, ἔκλεισαν δὲ καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐν τῇ μαγείᾳ αὐτῶν ἀνεῖλον καὶ τοὺς ὄφεις καὶ τοὺς δράκοντας· πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ νεκροὺς ἤγειραν, οἵτινες κατέπληξαν ἡμᾶς πολλὰς κολάσεις ἐξηγούμενοι.

Which-ones to-much they-un-coursed-unto, they-latch-belonged then-also and to-the-ones to-deities of-us, and in unto-the-one unto-a-magicking-of of-them they-had-sectioned-up and to-the-ones to-snakes and to-the-ones to-serpents; to-much then-also and to-en-deaded they-roused, which-ones they-smittened-down to-us, to-much to-stricturings leading-out-unto.

APh 128:4 θέλουσιν δὲ καὶ κρεμάμενοι οὗτοι οἱ ξένοι πῦρ αἰτῆσαι ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ κατακαῦσαι ἡμᾶς καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν.

They-determine then-also and being-en-hanged the-ones-these the-ones guested to-a-fire to-have-appealed-unto out of-a-sky and to-have-burn-belonged-down to-us and to-the-one to-a-city of-us.

APh 129:1 Εἶτα λέγει ὁ Ἰωάννης· Ἀπέλθωμεν καὶ ὑποδείξατέ μοι αὐτούς.

If-to-the-ones it-fortheth, the-one an-Iôannês, We-might-have-had-came-off and ye-should-have-en-showed-under unto-me to-them.

APh 129:2 Ἤγαγον οὖν τὸν Ἰωάννην ὡς συμπολίτην αὐτῶν ὅπου ὁ Φίλιππος ἦν· καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ πλῆθος ὄχλου καὶ ὁ ἀνθύπατος καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς.

They-had-led accordingly to-the-one to-an-Iôannês as to-a-city-belonger-together of-them to-which-of-whither the-one a-Filippos it-was; and it-was thither a-repleteedness of-a-crowd and the-one most-ever-a-oned-over and the-ones sacreders-of.

APh 129:3 καὶ ἰδὼν ὁ Φίλιππος τὸν Ἰωάννην εἶπεν τῷ Βαρθολομαίῳ ἑβραϊστί· Ἀδελφέ, ὁ Ἰωάννης ἦλθεν ὁ εἰς Βαρέκ, ὅπου ἐστὶν τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν.

And having-had-seen, the-one a-Filippos, to-the-one to-an-Iôannês it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-Bartholomaios unto-Ebra-belonged, Brethrened, the-one an-Iôannês it-had-came, the-one into to-a-Barek, to-which-of-whither it-be the-one a-water the-one lifing-unto

Note: to-a-Barek : see Jos_19:8.

APh 129:4 Καὶ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶδεν τὸν Φίλιππον κατὰ κεφαλῆς κρεμάμενον τῶν σφυρῶν καὶ τῶν πτερνῶν· εἶδεν δὲ καὶ τὸν Βαρθολομαῖον ἐκτεταμένον εἰς τὸν τοῖχον τοῦ ἱεροῦ, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ κρεμασθέντος ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς ἔσται μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν.

And the-one an-Iôannês it-had-seen to-the-one to-a-Filippos down of-a-head to-being-en-hanged of-the-ones of-en-peenings and of-the-ones of-heelednesses; it-had-seen then-also and to-the-one to-a-Bartholomaios to-having-had-come-to-be-stretched-out into to-the-one to-a-lineation of-the-one of-sacred, and it-had-said unto-them, The-one a-flexerlet of-the-one of-having-been-hanged-to in unto-middle of-the-one of-a-sky and of-the-one of-a-soil it-shall-be with of-ye.

Note: of-en-peenings : used to refer to a dome shape, of ankles, of foothills surrounding mountains, etc.

APh 130:1 Εἶπεν δὲ καὶ ἀνθρώποις τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης· Ἄνθρωποι οἱ τὴν Ὀφιορύμην Ἱεράπολιν κατοικοῦντες, πολλή ἐστιν ἡ ἄγνοια ἡ οὖσα μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν.

It-had-said then-also and unto-mankinds of-the-one of-a-city of-the-one-thither, Mankinds the-ones to-the-one to-an-Ofiorumnê to-an-Ierapolis housing-down-unto, much it-be the-one an-un-en-mulling-unto the-one being with of-ye.

APh 130:2 ἐπλανήθητε ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ τῆς πλάνης· πνέων ἔπνευσεν εἰς ὑμᾶς ὁ δράκων καὶ ἐτύφλωσεν ὑμᾶς κατὰ τρεῖς τρόπους, τοῦτ᾿ ἔστιν, ἐποίησεν ὑμᾶς τυφλοὺς τῷ σώματι καὶ τυφλοὺς τῇ ψυχῇ καὶ τυφλοὺς τῷ πνεύματι, καὶ ἐπλήγητε ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀλοθρευτοῦ.

Ye-were-wandered-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-way of-the-one of-a-wandering; currenting it-currented into to-ye, the-one a-serpent, and it-en-blinded to-ye down to-three to-turns, the-one-this it-be, it-did-unto to-ye to-blind unto-the-one unto-an-en-capsuling-to and to-blind unto-the-one unto-a-breathing and to-blind unto-the-one unto-a-currenting-to, and ye-had-been-smitten under of-the-one of-a-destructeeer-of.

APh 130:3 ἐμβλέψατε εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν κτίσιν εἴτε ἐν τῇ γῇ εἴτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ εἴτε ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν, ὅτι ὁ ὄφις οὐκ ἔχει ὁμοίωμα ἐν οὐδενὶ ἀνθρώπου·

Ye-should-have-viewed-in into to-all to-the-one to-a-founding if-also in unto-the-one unto-a-soil if-also in unto-the-one unto-a-sky if-also in unto-the-ones unto-waters, to-which-a-one the-one a-snake not it-holdeth to-an-en-along-belonging-to in unto-not-then-also-one of-a-mankind;

APh 130:4 ἀλλὰ γένος ἐστὶν φθορᾶς καὶ κατηργήθη ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο εἰλικτός ἐστιν καὶ σκολιός, καὶ οὐδεμία ζωή ἐστιν ἐν αὐτῷ, θυμὸς δὲ καὶ ὀργὴ καὶ σκότος καὶ πῦρ καὶ καπνὸς ὑπάρχει ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν αὐτοῦ.

other a-becomeedness it-be of-a-degradedness and it-was-worked-down-unto under of-the-one of-a-Deity, and through to-the-one-this curled it-be and skewed-belonged, and not-then-also-one a-lifing it-be in unto-it, a-passion then-also and a-stressing and a-dimmeedness and a-fire and a-smoke it-firsteth-under in unto-the-ones unto-membereednesses of-it.

APh 130:5 νῦν οὖν διὰ τί τιμωρεῖτε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τούτους;

Now accordingly through to-what-one ye-value-ward-unto to-the-ones to-mankinds to-the-ones-these?

APh 130:6 ὅτι εἰρήκασιν ὑμῖν ὅτι ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν ὁ ὄφις;

To-which-a-one they-had-come-to-utter unto-ye to-which-a-one en-enmited of-ye it-be the-one a-snake?

APh 131:1 Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν τούτους τοὺς λόγους παρὰ τοῦ Ἰωάννου, ἐπῆραν ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας λέγοντες· Ἐδόξαμεν συμπολίτην σε εἶναι, νῦν δὲ ἐφανέρωσας σεαυτὸν ὅτι κοινωνὸς αὐτῶν εἶ·

As then-also they-heard to-the-ones-these to-the-ones to-forthees beside of-the-one of-an-Iôannês, they-lifted-upon to-it to-the-ones to-hands forthing, We-thought-unto to-a-city-belonger-together to-thee to-be, now then-also thou-en-manifested to-thyself to-which-a-one en-together-belonged-to of-them thou-be.

APh 131:2 ὡς αὐτοὶ οὕτως καὶ σὺ θανατωθήσῃ· οἱ γὰρ ἱερεῖς ἐσκέψαντο στραγγίσαι ὑμῶν τὸ αἷμα καὶ οἴνῳ μίξαντες τῇ ἐχίδνῃ προσαγαγεῖν τοῦ ποτίσαι αὐτήν.

As them unto-the-one-this and thou thou-shall-be-en-deathed; the-ones too-thus sacreders-of they-scouted to-have-wringed-to of-ye to-the-one to-a-rushering-to, and unto-a-wine having-en-mingled, unto-the-one unto-a-viper to-have-had-led-toward of-the-one to-have-drinkationed-to to-it.

APh 131:3 Ὡς οὖν ἐπέβαλον οἱ ἱερεῖς τοῦ κρατῆσαι τὸν Ἰωάννην, παρελύθησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὐτῶν.

As accordingly they-had-casted-upon, the-ones sacreders-of, of-the-one to-have-secured-unto to-the-one to-an-Iôannês, they-were-loosed-beside the-ones hands of-them.

APh 131:4 ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης εἶπεν τῷ Φιλίππῳ· οὐ μὴ ἀποδῶμεν κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ.

The-one then-also an-Iôannês it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos, Not lest we-might-have-had-given-off to-wedge-wedged ever-a-one of-wedged-wedged.

APh 131:5 Ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν Ἰωάννην· Ἰδοὺ δή, ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ κύριός μου Ἰησοῦς ὁ εἰπών μοι τοῦ μὴ ἐκδικῆσαι ἐμαυτόν;

The-one then-also a-Filippos it-had-said toward to-the-one to-an-Iôannês, Thou-should-have-had-seen then, of-whither it-be the-one Authority-belonged of-me an-Iêsous the-one having-had-said unto-me of-the-one lest to-have-coursed-out-unto to-myself?

APh 131:6 ἀλλά γε λοιπὸν οὐκ ἀνέξομαι, τελέσω δὲ ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς τὸ ἐμβρίμημά μου καὶ ὅλους αὐτοὺς ἀφανίσω.

Other too to-remaindered not I-shall-hold-up, I-shall-finish-unto then-also upon to-them to-the-one to-a-tautening-in-to of-me and to-whole to-them I-shall-un-manifest-to.

APh 132:1 Ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης καὶ Βαρθολομαῖος καὶ Μαριάμνη διεκώλυον αὐτὸν λέγοντες ὅτι Ὁ διδάσκαλος ἡμῶν ἐραπίσθη, ἐμαστίχθη, ἐξητάσθη, χολὴν καὶ ὄξος ἐποτίσθη, καὶ ἔλεγεν· Πάτερ ἄφες αὐτοῖς, οὐ γὰρ οἴδασιν τί ποιοῦσιν.

The-one then-also an-Iôannês and a-Bartholomaios and a-Mariamnê they-were-preventing-through to-it forthing to-which-a-one, The-one a-veer-veerator of-us it-was-slapped-to, it-was-thrashed-to, it-was-tested-out-to, to-a-bile and to-a-sharpeedness it-was-drinkationed-to, and it-was-forthing, Father thou-should-have-had-sent-off unto-them, not too-thus they-had-come-to-see to-what-one they-do-unto.

Note: it-was-tested-out-to : ECETASQH corrected to ECHTASQH.

Note: to-a-sharpeedness : used to refer to sourness, i.e. vinegar.

APh 132:2 Κἀκεῖνος δὲ ἐδίδαξεν εἰπών· Μάθετε ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ ὅτι πρᾷός εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ.

And-the-one-thither then-also it-veer-veerated having-had-said, Ye-should-have-had-learned off of-ME to-which-a-one mild I-be and lowed-belonged-to unto-the-one unto-a-heart.

Note: And-the-one-thither (KAKEINOS) : KAKEINO corrected to KAKEINOS.

APh 132:3 Καὶ ἡμεῖς οὖν ὑπομείνωμεν.

And we accordingly we-might-have-stayed-under.

APh 132:4 Λέγει ὁ Φίλιππος· Ἀπόστητε καὶ μὴ πραΰνετέ με, ὅτι οὐκ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐπὶ κεφαλῆς ἐκρέμασάν με, σιδήροις ἐπερόνησαν τὰ σφυρά μου καὶ τὰς πτέρνας μου.

It-fortheth, the-one a-Filippos, Ye-should-have-had-stood-off and lest ye-should-mild to-me, to-which-a-one not I-shall-hold-up of-ye, to-which-a-one upon of-a-head they-hanged-to to-me, unto-iron they-acrossed-unto to-the-ones to-en-peenings of-me and to-the-ones to-heelednesses of-me.

Note: to-en-peenings : used to refer to a dome shape, of ankles, of foothills surrounding mountains, etc.

APh 132:5 καὶ σὺ ἀγαπητὲ τοῦ θεοῦ Ἰωάννη, πόσα αὐτοῖς διελέξω καὶ οὐκ ὑπηκούσθης.

And thou, Excessed-off-unto of-the-one of-a-Deity Iôannês, to-whither-which unto-them thou-trialed-through and not thou-was-heard-under.

APh 132:6 διὸ συγχωρήσατε μοι καὶ καταράσομαι αὐτούς, καὶ ἐξολοθρευθήσονται ἐν ἑνί.

Through-to-which ye-should-have-spaced-together-unto unto-me and I-shall-down-curse-unto to-them, and they-shall-be-destructed-out-of in unto-one.

APh 132:7 Καὶ ἤρξατο καταρᾶσθαι αὐτοὺς ἐπικαλούμενος καὶ κράζων ἑβραϊστί· Ἀβαλώ, ἀριμουνί, δουθαήλ, θαρσελεήν, ναχαώθ, ἀειδουνάφ, τελετελοεῖν·

And it-firsted to-have-down-cursed-unto to-them calling-upon-unto and clamoring-to unto-Ebra-belonged, Abalô, arimouni, douthaêl, tharseleên, nachaôth, aeidounaf, teleteloein;

APh 132:8 τοῦτ᾿ ἔστιν Ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὁ μόνος καὶ παντοκράτωρ θεός, θεὲ ὃν φρίττουσιν οἱ πάντες αἰῶνες, ὁ δυνατὸς καὶ ἀπροσωπόληπτος δικαστής, οὗ τὸ ὄνομα ἐστιν ἐν τῇ σῇ δυναστείᾳ Σαβαώθ ἀήλ, εὐλογητὸς εἶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας·

the-one-this it-be, The-one a-Father of-the-one of-Anointed, the-one stayeed and an-all-Securer a-Deity, Deity, to-which they-bristle, the-ones all ages, the-one able and un-looking-toward-taken a-courser, of-which the-one a-naming-to it-be in unto-the-one unto-thine unto-an-abling-of, Sabaôth aêl, goodly-fortheeable thou-be into to-the-ones to-ages;

APh 132:9 σὲ τρέμουσιν ἀρχαὶ καὶ ἐξουσίαι τῶν ἐπουρανίων καὶ τὰ ἐμβριμήματα τῶν χερουβικῶν ζῴων πυρίπνοα ἑστῶτα·

to-thee they-tremble, firstings and beings-out-unto of-the-ones of-upon-skyed-belonged and the-ones a-tautenings-in-to of-the-ones of-cheroub-belonged-of of-lifelets fire-currented having-hath-had-come-to-stand;

APh 132:10 ὁ βασιλεὺς ὁ ἅγιος τῆς μεγαλειότητος, οὗ τὸ ὄνομα ἐφθασεν εἰς τὰ θηρία τῆς ἐρήμου καὶ ἡσύχασαν καὶ αἰσθητικῇ φωνῇ ᾔνεσάν σε, ὁ ἐπιβλέπων ἡμῖν καὶ διδοὺς ἑτοίμως τὰ αἰτήματα ἡμῶν, ὁ ἐπιγνοὺς ἡμᾶς πρὸ τοῦ πλασθῆναι, ὁ ἐπίσκοπος πάντων·

the-one a-ruler-of the-one hallow-belonged of-the-one of-an-en-greateningedness, of-which the-one a-naming-to it-priored into to-the-ones to-beastlets of-the-one of-solituded and they-quiesced-to and unto-knowing-along-belonged-of unto-a-sound they-lauded-unto to-thee, the-one viewing-in unto-us and giving unto-readied-of to-the-ones to-appealings-to of-us, the-one having-had-acquainted-upon to-us before of-the-one to-have-been-fashioned, the-one a-scouter-upon of-all;

APh 132:11 νῦν, δέομαι, ἀνοιξάτω ὁ μέγας ᾅδης τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ, ἡ ἄβυσσος ἡ μεγάλη, καὶ καταπιέτω τοὺς ἀθέους τούτους τοὺς μὴ βουληθέντας χωρῆσαι τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ· ναὶ Σαβαώθ.

Now, I-bind, it-should-have-opened-up, the-one great a-hadês, to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-it, the-one depthed-along the-one great, and it-should-have-had-drank-down to-the-ones to-un-deitied to-the-ones-these to-the-ones lest to-having-been-purposed to-have-spaced-unto to-the-one to-a-forthee of-the-one of-an-un-secluding-of in unto-the-one unto-a-city unto-the-one-this; Yea Sabaôth.

APh 133:1 Καὶ ἰδοὺ ἐξαίφνης ἠνεῴχθη ἡ ἄβυσσος, καὶ κατεπόθη ὅλος ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ ἐκάθητο ὁ ἀνθύπατος καὶ ὅλον τὸ ἱερόν, καὶ ἡ ἔχιδνα ἣν ἐσέβοντο, καὶ ὄχλοι πολλοὶ καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς τῆς ἐχίδνης, ὡς ἄνδρες ἑπτακισχίλιοι χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων·

And thou-should-have-had-seen, unto-un-manifested-out it-was-opened-up the-one depthed-along, and it-was-drank-down whole the-one an-occasion in unto-which it-was-sitting-down, the-one most-ever-a-oned-over, and whole the-one sacred, and the-one a-viper to-which they-were-revering, and crowds much and the-ones sacreders-of of-the-one of-a-viper, as men seven-thousand of-spaced of-women and of-children;

APh 133:2 πλὴν ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἔμειναν ἀσάλευτοι· καὶ ὁ ἀνθύπατος κατεπόθη εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον.

to-beyond to-which-of-whither they-were, the-ones setees-off, they-stayed, un-undulated-of; and the-one most-ever-a-oned-over it-was-drank-down into to-the-one to-depthed-along.

APh 133:3 καὶ ἦσαν αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν ἀνερχόμεναι κάτωθεν, μετὰ κλαυθμοῦ λέγοντες· Ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς ὁ τῶν ἐνδόξων σου ἀποστόλων θεός, ὅτι ἄρτι ὁρώμεν τὰς κρίσεις τῶν μὴ ὁμολογησάντων τὸν σταυρωθέντα· ἰδού, ὁ σταυρὸς φωτίζει ἡμᾶς.

And they-were the-ones sounds of-them coming-up down-unto-which-from, with of-a-sobbing-of forthing, Thou-should-have-besectionated-unto to-us, the-one of-the-ones of-reckoned-in of-thee of-setees-off a-Deity, to-which-a-one thus-to-a-one we-seeee-unto to-the-ones to-separatings of-the-ones lest of-having-along-fortheeing-unto to-the-one to-having-been-en-staked; thou-should-have-had-seen, the-one a-stake it-lighteth-to to-us.

APh 133:4 Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ, φάνηθι ἡμῖν, ὅτι ζῶτες πάντες κατερχόμεθα εἰς τὸν ᾅδην καὶ μαστιζόμεθα, ὅτι ἀδίκως τοὺς σοὺς ἀποστόλους ἐσταυρώσαμεν.

Iêsous Anointed, thou-should-have-had-been-manifested unto-us, to-which-a-one lifing-unto, all, we-had-came-down into to-the-one to-a-hadês and we-be-thrashed-to, to-which-a-one unto-un-coursed to-the-ones to-thine to-setees-off we-en-staked.

APh 133:5 Καὶ ἠκούσθη φωνὴ λέγουσα· Ἵλεως ἔσομαι ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ φωτεινῷ μου σταυρῷ.

And it-was-heard a-sound forthing, Unto-sectionated I-shall-be unto-ye in unto-the-one unto-lighted-belonged-to of-me unto-a-stake.

Note: forthing (LEGOUSA) : LEGONTOS corrected to LEGOUSA.

APh 134:1 Ἀπέμειναν δὲ ὃ τε Στάχυς καὶ πᾶς ὁ οἶκος αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἡ τοῦ ἀνθυπάτου γυνή, καὶ ἄλλαι πεντήκοντα γυναῖκες αἵτινες ἐπίστευσαν σὺν αὐτῇ ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον, καὶ ἄλλο πλῆθος ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ γυναικῶν, καὶ παρθένοι ἑκατόν, αἵτινες οὐ κατεποντίσθησαν διὰ τὴν ἁγνείαν αὐτῶν, ἐσφραγισμέναι τῇ σφραγῖδι τοῦ Χριστοῦ.

They-stayed-off then-also, the-one also a-Stachus and all the-one a-house of-it, and the-one of-the-one of-most-ever-a-oned-over a-woman, and other fifty women which-ones they-trusted-of together unto-it upon to-the-one to-Authority-belonged, and other a-repleteedness of-men also and of-women, and maidens a-hundred, which-ones not they-were-oceaned-down-to through to-the-one to-a-purifying-of of-them, having-had-come-to-be-sealed-to unto-the-one unto-a-seal of-the-one of-Anointed.

APh 135:1 Τότε ὁ κύριος φανεὶς τῷ Φιλίππῳ εἶπεν· Ὦ Φίλιππε, οὐκ ἤκουσας Μὴ ἀποδώσῃς κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ; Καὶ διὰ τί τοσούτω ἔπληξας ἀφανισμῷ;

To-the-one-which-also the-one Authority-belonged having-had-been-manifested unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos it-had-said, Oh Filippos, not thou-heard, Lest thou-might-have-had-given-off to-wedge-wedged ever-a-one of-wedge-wedged? And through to-what-one unto-the-one-which-the-one-this thou-smittened unto-an-un-manifesting-to-of?

Note: unto-the-one-which-the-one-this (TOSOUTW) : TOSOUTON corrected to TOSOUTW.

APh 135:2 ὦ Φίλιππε, τίς θέμενος τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ᾿ ἄροτρον καὶ βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω εὔθετός ἐστιν αὐτοῦ ἡ αὖλαξ;

Oh Filippos, what-one having-had-placed-upon to-the-one to-a-hand of-it upon to-an-en-lifting, and viewing into to-the-ones aback-unto-which, goodly-placeable it-be of-it the-one a-channelor?

Note: to-an-en-lifting : used to refer to ploughing or cultivating soil, with contexts extending into procuring in women and unearthing information, etc.

Note: a-channelor : used to refer to something that channels, usually water, in feminine ploughed furrows, in masculine waterways, etc.

APh 135:3 ἢ τίς παραχωρεῖ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λύχνον ἑτέρῳ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν σκότει καθέζεται;

Or what-one it-spaceth-beside-unto to-the-one of-self to-a-luminating-of unto-different and it in unto-a-dimmeedness it-sitteth-down-unto-to?

APh 135:4 ἢ τίς καταλείπει τὸ ἑαυτοῦ οἰκητήριον καὶ αὐτὸς οἰκεῖ ἐν κοπρίᾳ;

Or what-one it-remaindereth-down to-the-one of-self to-a-houserlet and it it-houseth-unto in unto-an-en-felling-unto?

Note: unto-an-en-felling-unto : i.e. a scrap or waste heap.

APh 135:5 τίς δὲ ἐάσας τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἔνδυμα ἐν χειμῶνι πορεύεται γυμνός;

What-one then-also having-let-unto to-the-one of-self to-a-sinking-in-to in unto-a-pour-belonging it-traverseth-of stripped?

APh 135:6 ἢ τίς χαρήσεται ἐχθρὸς ἐν τῇ χαρᾷ τοῦ μισοῦντος αὐτόν;

Or what-one it-shall-be-joyed en-enmitied in unto-the-one unto-a-joyedness of-the-one of-hating-unto to-it?

APh 135:7 τίς δὲ στρατιώτης πορεύεται ἐπὶ πόλεμον ἄνευ πανοπλίας;

What-one then-also an-amass-belonger it-traverse-of upon to-a-war un-nodded-of of-an-all-implementing-unto?

APh 135:8 τίς δὲ δοῦλος πληρώσας τὸ τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ πρόσταγμα οὐκ ἐπαινεθήσεται;

What-one then-also a-bondee having-en-filled to-the-one of-the-one of-authority-belonged of-it to-an-arranging-toward-to not it-shall-be-lauded-upon-unto?

APh 135:9 τίς δὲ ἐν σταδίῳ γενναίως δραμὼν οὐκ λαμβάνει τὸ βραβεῖον;

What-one then-also in unto-a-stadion unto-generated-belonged having-had-circuited not it-taketh to-the-one to-an-awardlet-of?

Note: unto-a-stadion : used to refer to an arena track.

APh 135:10 τίς δὲ πλύνας τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἡδέως αὐτὰ μολύνει;

What-one then-also having-rinsened to-the-ones to-apparelets of-it unto-en-pleasured to-them it-sullieth?

APh 135:11 ὦ Φίλιππε ἰδοὺ ὁ νυμφών μου ἕτοιμός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ μακάριός ἐστιν ὁ εὑρεθεὶς ἐν αὐτῷ ἔχων τὸ ἔνδυμα λαμπρόν· αὐτὸς γὰρ ἐστιν ὁ λαμβάνων τὸν στέφανον ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ.

Oh Filippos, thou-should-have-had-seen, the-one an-en-briding of-me readied it-be, other bless-belonged it-be the-one having-been-found in unto-it holding to-the-one to-a-sinking-in-to to-en-lamped; it too-thus it-be the-one taking to-the-one to-a-wreath upon of-the-one of-a-head of-it.

APh 135:12 ἰδοὺ τὸ δεῖπνον ἕτοιμον, καὶ μακάριος ὁ καλούμενος καὶ ἕτοιμος γενόμενος ἐλθεῖν πρὸς τὸν κεκληκότα αὐτόν.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, the-one a-meal readied-of, and bless-belonged the-one being-called-unto and readied-of having-had-became to-have-had-came toward to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-call-unto to-it.

APh 135:13 πολύς ἐστιν ὁ θερισμὸς τοῦ ἀγροῦ, μακάριος δὲ ἐστιν ὁ ἐργάτης ὁ καλός.

Much it-be the-one a-summering-to-of of-the-one of-a-field, bless-belonged then-also it-be the-one a-worker the-one seemly.

APh 135:14 ἰδοὺ τὰ κρίνα καὶ πάντα τὰ ἄνθη· ὁ δὲ καλὸς γεωργός ἐστιν ὁ πρῶτος μεταλαμβάνων αὐτῶν.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, the-ones lillies and all the-ones placeednesses-up; the-one then-also seemly soil-worked it-be the-one most-before taking-with of-them.

Note: placeednesses-up : a flower, a bloom, a highest point, a surfacing, etc.

APh 135:15 Πῶς δὲ σὺ γέγονας ὦ Φίλιππε ἄσπλαγχνος, καταρασάμενος τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ἐν ὀργῇ;

Unto-whither then-also thou thou-hath-had-come-to-become, Oh Filippos, un-boweled, having-down-cursed-unto to-the-ones to-en-enmitied of-thee in unto-a-stressing?

APh 136:1 Λέγει ὁ Φίλιππος· Τί μοι ὀργίζῃ κύριε ὅτι κατηρασάμην τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου;

It-fortheth, the-one a-Filippos, To-what-one unto-me thou-be-stressed-to, Authority-belonged, to-which-a-one I-down-cursed-unto to-the-ones to-en-enmitied of-me?

APh 136:2 διὰ τί γὰρ οὐ πατάσσεις αὐτούς;

Through to-what-one too-thus thou thou-strikered to-them?

APh 136:3 ὅτι ἔτι ζῶσιν εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον· καὶ σὺ ἐπίστασαι κύριε ὅτι διὰ σὲ ἦλθον εἰς τὴν πόλιν ταύτην, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐδίωξα πᾶσαν πλάνην εἰδώλων καὶ πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια.

To-which-a-one if-to-a-one they-life-unto into to-the-one to-depthed-along; and thou thou-stand-upon, Authority-belonged, to-which-a-one through to-thee I-had-came into to-the-one to-a-city to-the-one-this, and unto-the-one unto-thine unto-a-naming-to I-pursued to-all to-a-wandering of-images and to-all to-the-ones to-daimonlets.

APh 136:4 οἱ δράκοντες ἐξηράνθησαν καὶ οἱ ὄφεις· ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὗτοι οὐκ ἐδέξαντό σου τὸ φῶς, διὰ τοῦτο κατηρασάμην αὐτοὺς καὶ κατέβησαν εἰς ᾅδου ζῶντες.

The-ones then-also serpents they-were-dried-out and the-ones snakes; upon-if-then then-also the-ones-these not they-received of-thee to-the-one to-a-light, through to-the-one-this I-down-cursed-unto to-them and they-had-stepped-down into of-a-hadês lifing-unto.

APh 137:1 Καὶ λέγει ὁ σωτὴρ τῷ Φιλίππῳ· Ἀλλ᾿ ἐπειδὴ παρήκουσάς μου καὶ ἀπέδωκας κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ καὶ οὐκ ἐφύλαξας τὴν ἐντολήν μου, διὰ τοῦτο τελειωθήσῃ μὲν ἐνδόξως καὶ χειραγωγηθήσῃ ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων μου ἀγγέλων καὶ ἐλεύσῃ μετ᾿ αὐτῶν ἕως τοῦ παραδείσου τῆς τρυφῆς·

And it-fortheth, the-one a-Savior, unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos, Other upon-if-then thou-heard-beside of-me and thou-gave-off to-wedge-wedged ever-a-one of-wedge-wedged and not thou-guardered to-the-one to-a-finishing-in of-me, through to-the-one-this thou-shall-be-en-finish-belonged indeed unto-reckoned-in and thou-shall-be-hand-led-unto under of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged of-me of-leadeeers and thou-shall-come with of-them unto-if-which of-a-sending-through-beside of-the-one of-a-luxury.

Note: of-a-sending-through-beside : used to refer to choice gardens as requiring special permission to enter, by implication a paradise or an exotic park.

APh 137:2 καὶ αὐτοὶ μὲν ἐλεύσονται πρός με εἰς τὸν παράδεισον, σὲ δὲ κελεύσω ἀποκλεισθῆναι ἔξω τοῦ παραδείσου ἕως ἡμερῶν τεσσαράκοντα, θαμβούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς φλογίνης καὶ στρεφομένης ῥομφαίας, καὶ στενάξεις ὅτι ἐκάκωσας τοὺς κακώσαντάς σε· καὶ μετὰ τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας ἀποστελῶ τὸν ἀρχάγγελόν μου Μιχαήλ·

And them indeed they-shall-come toward to-me into to-the-one to-a-sending-through-beside, to-thee then-also I-shall-bid-of to-have-been-latch-belonged-off out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-sending-through-beside unto-if-which of-dayednesses of-forty, to-being-stupored under of-the-one of-blazed-belonged-to and of-beturning of-a-sabre, and thou-shall-narrow-to to-which-a-one thou-en-wedge-wedged to-the-ones to-having-en-wedge-wedged to-thee; and with to-forty to-dayednesses I-shall-set-off to-the-one to-a-first-leadeeer of-me to-a-Michaêl;

Note: to-a-sending-through-beside : used to refer to choice gardens as requiring special permission to enter, by implication a paradise or an exotic park.

APh 137:3 καὶ κρατήσει τὴν ῥομφαίαν τὴν φυλάσσουσαν τὸν παράδεισον, καὶ ὄψει πάντας τοὺς δικαίους οἵτινες ἐν τῇ ἀκακίᾳ αὐτῶν ἐπορεύθησαν, καὶ τότε προσκυνήσεις τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς·

And it-shall-secure-unto to-the-one to-a-sabre to-the-one to-guardering to-the-one to-a-sending-through-beside, and thou-shall-behold to-all to-the-ones to-course-belonged which-ones in unto-the-one unto-an-un-wedge-wedging-unto of-them they-were-traversed-of, and to-the-one-which-also thou-shall-kiss-toward-unto to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-the-one of-a-Father of-me of-the-one in unto-the-ones unto-skies.

Note: to-a-sending-through-beside : used to refer to choice gardens as requiring special permission to enter, by implication a paradise or an exotic park.

APh 137:4 πλὴν τὸ σημεῖον τῆς ἐξελεύσεώς σου δοξασθήσεται ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ μου.

To-beyond the-one a-signlet-of of-the-one of-a-coming-out of-thee it-shall-be-reckoned-to in unto-the-one unto-a-stake of-me.

APh 137:5 καὶ ὁ Βαρθολομαῖος δὲ ἀπελθὼν ἐν Λυκαονίᾳ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκεῖ σταυρωθήσεται· ἡ δὲ Μαριάμνη τὸ σῶμα αὐτῆς ἀποτίθεται ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ.

And the-one a-Bartholomaios then-also having-had-came-off in unto-a-Lukaonia and it thither it-shall-be-en-staked; the-one then-also a-Mariamnê the-one an-en-capsuling-to of-it it-be-placed-off in unto-the-one unto-an-Iordanês unto-a-river.

APh 137:6 ἐγὼ δὲ ὦ Φίλιππε οὐκ ἀνέξομαί σου ὅτι κατεπόντισας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον·

I then-also, Oh Filippos, not I-shall-hold-up of-thee to-which-a-one thou-oceaned-down-to to-the-ones to-mankinds into to-the-one to-depthed-along;

APh 137:7 ἀλλ᾿ ἰδοὺ τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἀνάξω αὐτούς, καὶ οὕτως ἰδόντες σε πιστεύσωσιν ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ ἀποστείλαντος σε.

other thou-should-have-had-seen, the-one a-currenting-to of-me in unto-them, and I-shall-lead-up to-them, and unto-the-one-this having-had-seen to-thee they-might-have-trusted-of in unto-the-one unto-a-reckonedness of-the-one of-having-set-off to-thee.

Note: I-shall-lead-up (ANACW) : ANAGAGW corrected to ANACW.

APh 138:1 Καὶ στραφεὶς ὁ σωτὴρ ἀνέτεινεν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χεῖρα καὶ ἐχάραξεν σταυρὸν ἐν τῷ ἀέρι καταβαίνοντα ἀπὸ τῶν ἄνω ἕως τῆς ἀβύσσου, καὶ ἐπλήσθη ἡ ἄβυσσος φωτὸς καὶ ἦν ὁ σταυρὸς ἐν ὁμοιώματι κλίμακος ἐχούσης βαθμούς·

And having-had-been-beturned the-one a-Savior it-stretched-up of-self to-a-hand and it-paled to-a-stake in unto-the-one unto-an-air to-stepping-down off of-the-ones up-unto-which unto-if-which of-the-one of-depthed-along, and it-was-repleted the-one depthed-along of-a-light and it-was the-one a-stake in unto-an-en-along-belonging-to of-a-clinering-to of-holding to-steppings-of;

Note: it-paled : used to refer to applying force with a pointed implement, or of such mentally.

APh 138:2 καὶ ἐφώνησεν φωνὴν ὁ σωτὴρ τοῖς ἐν τῇ ἀβύσσῳ λέγων· Ἀνέλθετε πάντες διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος Φίλιππος νῦν ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς δι᾿ ἐμέ, ἵνα πάλιν θεάσησθε τὸ φῶς τοῦ θεοῦ·

And it-sounded-unto to-a-sound, the-one a-Savior, unto-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-depthed-along forthing, Ye-should-have-had-came-up, all, through of-the-one of-a-stake, to-which-a-one and the-one a-setee-off a-Filippos now it-was-boweled-to upon to-ye through to-ME, so unto-furthered ye-might-have-spectated to-the-one to-a-light of-the-one of-a-Deity;

APh 138:3 καὶ ἰδοὺ ὅλον τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κατενεχθέντων εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον ἀνέβησαν· ἔμεινεν δὲ κάτω ὁ ἀνθύπατος καὶ ἡ ἔχιδνα ἣν ἐσέβοντο.

and thou-should-have-had-seen, whole the-one a-repleteedness of-the-ones of-having-been-beared-down into to-the-one to-depthed-along they-had-stepped-up, it-stayed then-also down-unto-which, the-one most-ever-a-oned-over, and the-one a-viper to-which they-were-revering.

APh 138:4 ὅτε δὲ ἀνῆλθον οἱ ὄχλοι ἐμβλέψαντες εἰς τὸν Φίλιππον κατὰ κεφαλῆς κρεμάμενον ἐκόψαντο καὶ θρῆνον μέγαν ἐπὶ τῇ παρανομίᾳ ᾗ ἐποίησαν·

Which-also then-also they-had-came-up, the-ones crowds, having-viewed-in into to-the-one to-a-Filippos down of-a-head to-being-en-hanged they-felled and to-a-wail to-great upon unto-the-one unto-a-parceleeing-beside-unto unto-which they-did-unto;

APh 138:5 εἶδον δὲ καὶ τὸν Βαρθολομαῖον καὶ τὴν Μαριάμνην ἔχοντας τὸν πρῶτον τύπον.

they-had-seen then-also and to-the-one to-a-Bartholomaios and to-the-one to-a-Mariamnê to-holding to-the-one to-most-before to-a-strike.

Note: to-holding (EXONTAS) : EXOUSAN corrected to EXONTAS.

APh 138:6 καὶ ἰδοὺ ὁ κύριος ἀνῆλθεν εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς βλεπόντων τοῦ τε Φιλίππου καὶ τοῦ Βαρθολομαίου καὶ τῆς Μαριάμνης καὶ τοῦ Στάχυος καὶ πάντων τῶν πιστῶν λαῶν· καὶ ἦσαν σιγῇ δοξάζοντες τὸν θεὸν ἐν φόβῳ καὶ τρόμῳ.

And thou-should-have-had-seen, the-one Authority-belonged it-had-came-up into to-the-ones to-skies of-viewing of-the-one also of-a-Filippos and of-the-one of-a-Bartholomaios and of-the-one of-a-Mariamnê and of-the-one of-a-Stachus and of-all of-the-ones of-trusted of-peoples; and they-were unto-a-silence reckoning-to to-the-one to-a-Deity in unto-a-fearee and unto-a-tremblee.

APh 138:7 πάντες δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι ἔκραξαν λέγοντες· Εἷς θεὸς ὃν κηρύττουσιν οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ· εἷς θεὸς ὁ ἀποστείλας αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ σωτηρίᾳ.

All then-also the-ones crowds they-clamored-to forthing, One a-Deity to-which they-heralder, the-ones-these the-ones mankinds, in unto-an-un-secluding-of; one a-Deity the-one having-set-off to-them upon unto-the-one unto-ours unto-a-savioring-unto.

APh 138:8 μετανοοῦμεν νῦν ἀληθῶς ἐπὶ τῇ μεγάλῃ ἡμῶν πλάνῃ, ὅτι οὔπω ἐσμὲν ἄξιοι τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς·

We-en-mull-with-unto now unto-un-secluded upon unto-the-one unto-great of-us unto-a-wandering, to-which-a-one not-unto-whither we-be deem-belonged of-the-one of-aged-belonged of-a-lifing;

APh 138:9 νῦν πιστεύομεν, ὅτι ἐθεασάμεθα μεγάλα θαυμάσια, ὅτι ἀνήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ὁ σωτὴρ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀβύσσου.

now we-trust-of, to-which-a-one we-spectated to-great to-marvel-to-belonged, to-which-a-one it-had-led-up to-us, the-one a-Savior, off of-the-one of-depthed-along.

APh 138:10 Καὶ ἔπεσαν πάντες ἐπὶ πρόσωπον καὶ προσεκύνησαν τῷ Φιλίππῳ, καὶ παρεκάλουν, ἕτοιμοι ὄντες τοῦ φυγεῖν, μὴ ποιήσῃ ἕτερον σημεῖον· καὶ ἐδέοντο ἵνα ἄξιοι γένωνται τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας.

And they-falled, all, upon to-looked-toward and they-kissed-toward-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos, and they-were-calling-beside-unto, readied being of-the-one to-have-had-fled, lest it-might-have-done-unto to-different to-a-signlet-of; and they-were-binding so deem-belonged they-might-have-had-became of-the-one of-the-one of-Anointed of-a-being-beside-unto.

Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

APh 139:1 Ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ἔτι κρεμάμενος προσεφώνησεν αὐτοῖς καὶ εἶπεν· Ἀκούσατε καὶ μάθετε πόσαι εἰσὶν αἱ δυνάμεις τοῦ θεοῦ μου, ἀναμιμνησκόμενοι ἅπερ κάτω εἴδετε, καὶ πῶς ἡ πόλις ὑμῶν κατεστράφη, πλὴν τῆς οἰκίας τοῦ εἰσδεξαμένου με·

The-one then-also a-Filippos if-to-a-one being-en-hanged it-sounded-toward-unto unto-them and it-had-said, Ye-should-have-heard and ye-should-have-had-learned, whither-belonged they-be the-one abilities of-the-one of-a-Deity of-me, memorying-up [to-]which-very down-unto-which ye-had-seen, and unto-whither the-one a-city of-ye it-had-been-beturned-down, to-beyond of-the-one of-a-housing-unto of-the-one of-having-received-into to-me;

APh 139:2 καὶ νῦν ἡ γλυκύτης τοῦ θεοῦ μου ἀνήγαγεν ὑμᾶς ἐκ τῆς ἀβύσσου, κἀγὼ ὀφειλέτης εἰμὶ τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας κύκλῳ τοῦ παραδείσου περισκοπεύων δι᾿ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὠργίσθην ὑμῖν εἰς ἀνταπόδοσιν·

and now the-one a-sweetness of-the-one of-a-Deity of-me it-had-led-up to-ye out of-the-one of-depthed-along, and-I a-debtor I-be to-forty to-dayednesses unto-a-circle of-the-one of-a-sending-through-beside scouting-about-of through to-ye, to-which-a-one I-was-stressed-to unto-ye into to-an-ever-a-one-giving-off;

Note: of-a-sending-through-beside : used to refer to choice gardens as requiring special permission to enter, by implication a paradise or an exotic park.

APh 139:3 καὶ ταύτην μόνην τὴν ἐντολὴν οὐκ ἐφύλαξα, ὅτι οὐκ ἔδωκα ὑμῖν ἀντάλλαγμα τοῦ κακοῦ τὸ ἀγαθόν.

and to-the-one-this to-stayeed to-the-one to-a-finishing-in not I-guardered, to-which-a-one not I-gave unto-ye to-an-ever-a-one-othering-to of-the-one of-wedged-wedged to-the-one to-excess-placed;

APh 139:4 ἀλλὰ λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν ἐν τῇ ἀγαθότητι τοῦ θεοῦ ἀποβάλετε τὴν κακίαν, ὅπως ἄξιοι γένησθε τῆς τοῦ κυρίου εὐχαριστίας.

other I-forth unto-ye, off of-the-one now in unto-the-one unto-an-excess-placeness of-the-one of-a-Deity ye-should-have-had-casted-off to-the-one to-a-wedge-wedging-unto, unto-which-whither deem-belonged ye-might-have-had-became of-the-one of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-a-goodly-granting-unto.

APh 140:1 Τινὲς τῶν πιστῶν προσέδραμον ἵνα καθέλωσιν τὸν Φίλιππον καὶ ἄρωσιν ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τοὺς σιδηροῦς κόρακας καὶ τοὺς ὀγκίνους ἐκ τῶν σφυρῶν.

Ones of-the-ones of-trusted they-had-circuited-beside so they-might-have-had-came-down to-the-one to-a-Filippos and they-might-have-lifted off of-it to-the-ones to-iron to-ravens and to-the-ones to-ogkinos' out of-the-ones of-ankles.

Note: they-might-have-lifted : AROUSIN corrected to ARWSIN.

Note: to-ravens : here referring to raven-beak shaped hooks.

Note: to-ogkinos' : Greek creation from Latin uncinus = a hook.

APh 140:2 ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος εἶπεν· Μὴ τεκνία, μὴ ἐγγίσητέ μοι ἕνεκεν τούτου, ὅτι οὕτως ἔσται ἡ τελείωσίς μου.

The-one then-also a-Filippos it-had-said, Lest, Creationeelets, lest ye-might-have-neared-to unto-me in-out-in of-the-one-this, to-which-a-one unto-the-one-this it-shall-be the-one an-en-finishing of-me.

APh 140:3 ἀκούσατέ μοι οἱ φωτισθέντες ἐν κυρίῳ, ὅτι ἦλθον εἰς τὴν πόλιν ταύτην οὐκ ἐμπορείαν τινὰ ποιήσασθαι, οὐκ ἄλλην τινὰ πρᾶξιν, ἐκληρώθην δὲ ἐξελθεῖν ἐκ τοῦ σώματός μου εἰς τὴν πόλιν ταύτην ἐν ᾧ ὁρᾶτέ με σχήματι.

Ye-should-have-heard unto-me, the-ones having-been-lighted-to in unto-Authority-belonged, to-which-a-one I-had-came into to-the-one to-a-city to-the-one-this not to-a-traversing-in-of to-a-one to-have-done-unto, not to-other to-a-one to-a-practice, I-was-en-lotted then-also to-have-had-came-out out of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to of-me into to-the-one to-a-city to-the-one-this in unto-which ye-seeee-unto to-me unto-a-holdening-to.

APh 140:4 μὴ οὖν λυπηθῆτε ὅτι κρέμαμαι οὕτως· τὸν γὰρ τύπον φέρω τοῦ πρώτου ἀνθρώπου κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἐνεχθέντος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ πάλιν διὰ τοῦ ξύλου τοῦ σταυροῦ ξωοποιηθέντος ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τῆς παραβάσεως.

Lest accordingly ye-might-have-been-throed-unto to-which-a-one I-be-en-hanged unto-the-one-this; to-the-one too-thus to-a-strike I-bear of-the-one of-most-before of-a-mankind down of-a-head of-having-been-beared upon of-the-one of-a-soil and unto-furthered through of-the-one of-a-wood of-a-stake of-having-been-life-done-unto out of-the-one of-a-death of-the-one of-a-stepping-beside.

APh 140:5 καὶ νῦν ἀποπληρῶ τὸ προσταχθέν μοι· εἶπεν γάρ μοι ὁ κύριος· Ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσητε ὑμῶν τὰ κάτω εἰς τὰ ἄνω, καὶ τὰ ἀριστερὰ εἰς τὰ δεξιά, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν μου.

And now I-en-fill-off to-the-one to-having-been-arranged-through unto-me; it-had-said too-thus, the-one Authority-belonged, If-ever lest ye-might-have-done-unto of-ye to-the-ones down-unto-which into to-the-ones up-unto-which, and to-the-ones to-more-un-bounded into to-the-ones to-right-belonged, not lest ye-might-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-me.

Note: to-more-un-bounded : used to refer to the left hand or side as liberated to do tasks not assigned to the right.

APh 140:6 μὴ οὖν ὁμοιωθῆτε τῷ ἀντιπαρηλλαγμένῳ τύπῳ, ὅτι πᾶς κόσμος ἐνήλλακται, καὶ πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἀναστρεφομένη ἐν σώματι γίνεται ἐν λήθῃ τῶν ἐπουρανίων.

Lest accordingly ye-might-have-been-en-along-belonged unto-the-one unto-having-had-come-to-be-ever-a-one-othered-beside unto-a-strike, to-which-a-one all an-orderation it-had-come-to-be-othered-in, and all a-breathing being-beturned-up in unto-an-en-capsuling-to it-becometh, in unto-a-secluding of-the-ones of-upon-skyed-belonged.

APh 140:7 ἡμεῖς δὲ ἔχοντες τὴν τῶν ἐπουρανίων δόξαν μὴ ζητήσωμεν τὸ ἐκτός, ὅπερ ἐστὶ τὸ σῶμα καὶ ὁ οἶκος τῆς δουλείας.

We then-also holding to-the-one of-the-ones of-upon-skyed-belonged to-a-reckonedness lest we-might-have-sought-unto to-the-one out-unto-the-one-which, which-very it-be the-one an-en-capsuling-to the-one a-house of-the-one of-a-bondeeing-of.

APh 140:8 μὴ γίνεσθε ἄπιστοι ἀλλὰ πιστοί· καὶ ἀφίετε ἀλλήλοις.

Lest ye-should-become un-trusted other trusted; and ye-should-send-off unto-other-to-other.

APh 140:9 ἰδοὺ κρέμαμαι ἡμέρας ἕξ, ἔχω δὲ μέμψιν τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ κριτοῦ, ὅτι ὅλως ἀπέδωκα ὑμῖν κακά, καὶ ἔθηκα πρόσκομμα τῇ εὐθύτητι μου.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-be-en-hanged to-dayednesses to-six, I-hold then-also to-a-blame of-the-one of-un-secluded-belonged-to of-a-separater, to-which-a-one unto-whole I-gave-off unto-ye to-wedge-wedged, and I-placed to-a-felling-toward-to unto-the-one unto-a-straightness of-me.

APh 140:10 καὶ νῦν ἀνέρχομαι εἰς ὕψος.

And now I-come-up into to-a-lofteedness.

APh 140:11 μὴ γίνεσθε στυγνοί, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον χάρητε ὅτι καταλιμπάνω τὸ κατοικητήριον τοῦτο τὸ σῶμά μου, ἐκφυγὼν τὴν φθορὰν τοῦ δράκοντος τοῦ κολάζοντος πᾶσαν ψυχὴν τὴν ἐν ἁμαρτίαις οὖσαν.

Lest ye-should-become hostiled, other more-such ye-should-have-had-been-joyed to-which-a-one I-remainderen-down to-the-one to-a-houserlet-down to-the-one-this to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to of-me, having-had-fled-out to-the-one to-a-degradedness of-the-one of-a-serpent of-the-one of-stricturing-to to-all to-a-breathing to-the-one in unto-un-adjustings-along-unto to-being.

APh 141:1 Καὶ περιβλεψάμενος ὁ Φίλιππος κύκλῳ τοὺς ὄχλους εἶπεν· Ὦ ὑμεῖς οἱ ἀνελθόντες ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ᾅδου καὶ τῆς καταποντίσεως τῆς ἀβύσσου, καὶ σταυρὸς φωτεινὸς ἀνήγαγεν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὸ ὕψος διὰ τὴν ἀγαθότητα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος·

And having-viewed-about, the-one a-Filippos, unto-a-circle to-the-ones to-crowds it-had-said, Oh ye the-ones having-had-came-up out of-en-deaded off of-the-one of-a-hadês and of-the-one of-an-oceaning-down of-the-one of-depthed-along, and a-stake lighted-belonged-to it-had-led-up to-ye into to-the-one to-a-lofteedness through to-the-one to-an-excess-placeness of-the-one of-a-Father and of-the-one of-a-Son and of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-currenting-to;

APh 141:2 οὗτος θεὸς ὢν ἄνθρωπος ἐγένετο, σαρκωθεὶς ἐκ τῆς παρθένου Μαρίας, ἀθάνατος μένων σαρκί, καὶ ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ γενόμενος ἤγειρεν τοὺς νεκρούς, ἐλεήσας τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, ἀνελὼν τὸ κέντρον τῆς ἁμαρτίας·

the-one-this a-Deity being, a-mankind it-had-became, having-been-en-fleshed out of-the-one of-a-maiden of-a-Maria, un-deathed staying unto-a-flesh, and in unto-the-one unto-a-death having-had-became it-roused to-the-ones to-en-deaded, having-besectionated-unto to-the-one of-the-ones of-mankinds to-a-becomeedness, having-had-sectioned-up to-the-one to-a-prick of-the-one of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto;

APh 141:3 μέγας ἦν καὶ ἐγένετο μικρὸς δι᾿ ἡμᾶς, ἕως οὗ αὐξήσῃ τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ εἰσενέγκῃ εἰς τὸ μέγεθος αὐτοῦ.

great it-was and it-had-became small through to-us, unto-if-which of-which it-might-have-largened to-the-ones to-small and it-might-have-beared-into into to-the-one to-a-greateedness of-it.

APh 141:4 καὶ αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ ἔχων τὴν γλυκύτητα, καὶ ἐνέπτυσαν αὐτὸν ποτίσαντες αὐτὸν χολήν, ἵνα ποιήσῃ τοὺς πικρανθέντας τῆς γλυκύτητος αὐτοῦ γεύσασθαι.

And it it-be the-one holding to-the-one to-a-sweetness, and they-spewed-in to-it having-drinkationed-to to-it to-a-bile, so it-might-have-done-unto to-the-ones to-having-been-bittered of-the-one of-a-sweetness of-it to-have-tasted-of.

APh 141:5 προσκολλήθητε οὖν αὐτῷ καὶ μὴ ἐγκαταλείψητε αὐτόν· αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ζωὴ ἡμῶν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.

Ye-should-have-been-toward-togetherned-unto accordingly unto-it and lest ye-might-have-remaindered-down-in to-it; it too-thus it-be the-one a-lifing of-us into to-the-ones to-ages.

APh 142:1 Ὅτε δὲ ἐπλήρωσεν τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν ταύτην ὁ Φίλιππος, λέγει αὐτοῖς· Λύσατε τὸν Βαρθολομαῖον.

Which-also then-also it-en-filled to-the-one to-a-leadeeering-upon-unto to-the-one-this, the-one a-Filippos, it-fortheth unto-them, Ye-should-have-loosed to-the-one to-a-Bartholomaios.

APh 142:2 Καὶ προσελθόντες ἔλυσαν αὐτόν.

And having-had-came-toward they-loosed to-it.

APh 142:3 ὅτε οὖν ἔλυσαν αὐτόν, λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Φίλιππος· Βαρθολομαῖε ἀδελφέ μου ἐν κυρίῳ οἶδας ὅτι ὁ κύριος ἀπέσταλκεν σε σὺν ἐμοὶ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ταύτην, καὶ ἐκοινώνησάς μοι εἰς πάντας τοὺς κινδύνους μετὰ τῆς ἀδελφῆς ἡμῶν Μαριάμνης·

Which-also accordingly they-loosed to-it, it-fortheth unto-it, the-one a-Filippos, Bartholomaios Brethrened of-me in unto-Authority-belonged, thou-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one the-one Authority-belonged it-had-come-to-set-off to-thee together unto-ME into to-the-one to-a-city to-the-one-this, and thou-en-together-belonged-to-unto unto-me into to-all to-the-ones to-perils with of-the-one of-brethrened of-us of-a-Mariamnê;

APh 142:4 ἀλλὰ γίνωσκε ὅτι ἡ ἔξοδος τοῦ σώματός σου ἐτάγη ἐν τῇ Λυκαονίᾳ, καὶ τῇ Μαριάμνῃ ἐκληρώθη ἐξελθεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος εἰς τὸν Ἰορδάνην ποταμόν.

other thou-should-acquaint to-which-a-one the-one a-way-out of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to of-thee it-had-been-arranged in unto-the-one unto-a-Lukaonia, and unto-the-one unto-a-Mariamnê it-was-en-filled to-have-had-came-out off of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to into to-the-one to-an-Iordanês to-a-river.

APh 142:5 νῦν οὖν ἐντέλλομαι ὑμῖν ὅτι ὅτε ἐξέλθω ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματός μου οἰκοδομήσατε εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον ἐκκλησίαν ἐν ᾧ ἐξέλθω ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος.

Now accordingly I-finish-in unto-ye to-which-a-one which-also I-might-have-had-came-out off of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to of-me, ye-should-have-house-built-unto into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-the-one-this to-a-calling-out-unto in unto-which I-had-came-out off of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to.

APh 142:6 καὶ τὸν λεόπαρδον καὶ τὸν ἔριφον τῶν αἰγῶν ἐάσατε εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν εἰς σημεῖον τῶν πιστευόντων, καὶ ἡ Νικανόρα δὲ προνοείσθω αὐτῶν ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθωσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος· καὶ ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, θάψατε αὐτὰ πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα τῆς ἐκκλησίας.

And to-the-one to-a-lion-leopard and to-the-one to-a-kid of-the-ones of-goats ye-should-have-let-unto into to-the-one to-a-calling-out-unto into to-a-signlet-of of-the-ones of-trusting-of, and the-one a-Nikanora then-also it-should-en-mull-before-unto of-them unto-if-which ever they-might-have-had-came-out off of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to; and which-also-ever they-might-have-had-came-out, ye-should-burial to-them toward to-the-one to-a-gating of-the-one of-a-calling-out-unto.

Note: to-a-lion-leopard : a matured male leopard.

APh 142:7 καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην ὑμῶν θέσθε ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Στάχυος, ὥσπερ ὁ κύριος ἔθηκεν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ εἰρήνην ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ.

And to-the-one to-a-joinifying of-ye ye-should-have-had-placed in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto of-the-one of-a-Stachus, as-very the-one Authority-belonged it-placed to-the-one of-self to-a-joinifying in unto-the-one unto-a-city unto-the-one-this.

APh 142:8 ἔστωσαν δὲ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐκείνῃ πᾶσαι αἱ παρθένοι αἱ πιστεύουσαι καθ᾿ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐπισκέπτουσαι τοὺς νοσοῦντας, βαδίζουσαι ἀνὰ δύο δύο· ἀλλὰ μὴ ὁμιλείτωσαν μετὰ νεανίσκων, ἵνα μὴ πειράσῃ αὐτὰς ὁ Σατανᾶς·

They-should-be then-also in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto unto-the-one-thither all the-ones maidens the-ones trusting-of down to-each to-a-dayedness scouting-upon to-the-ones to-ailing-unto, stepping-to up two two; other lest they-should-group-along-unto with of-new-belongings-of, so lest it-might-have-across-belonged-to to-them, the-one a-satanas.

APh 142:9 ὄφις γάρ ἐστιν ἕρπων, καὶ ἐποίησεν διὰ τῆς Εὔας τὸν Ἀδὰμ ὀλισθῆσαι εἰς θάνατον· μὴ οὕτως πάλιν ἔσται ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῆς Εὔας.

A-snake too-thus it-be creeping, and it-did-unto through of-the-one of-an-Eua to-the-one to-an-Adam to-have-slipped into to-a-death; lest unto-the-one-this unto-furthered it-shall-be in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-this as-very upon of-the-one of-an-Eua.

APh 143:1 σὺ δὲ Βαρθολομαῖε γενοῦ καλὸς δοκιμαστής, καὶ δώσεις τὰς παραγγελίας ταύτας τῷ Στάχυϊ καὶ καταστήσεις αὐτὸν ἐπίσκοπον.

Thou then-also Bartholomaios thou-should-become seemly an-assesser, and thou-shall-give to-the-ones to-leadeeerings-beside-unto to-the-ones-these unto-the-one unto-a-Stachus and thou-shall-stand-down to-it to-a-scouter-upon.

APh 143:2 μὴ ἐμπιστεύσης δὲ τὸν τόπον τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς νεωτέρῳ, ἵνα μὴ καταισχυνθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ· πᾶς δὲ ὁ διδάσκων ἐχέτω τὰ ἔργα ἴσα τοῖς λόγοις.

Lest thou-might-have-trusted-in then-also to-the-one to-an-occasion of-the-one of-a-scouteeing-upon unto-more-new, so lest it-might-have-been-shamened-down the-one a-goodly-leadeeerlet of-the-one of-Anointed; all then-also the-one veer-veerating it-should-hold to-the-ones to-works to-samed unto-the-ones unto-forthees.

APh 143:3 ἐγὼ δὲ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν κύριον· καὶ λάβε τὸ σῶμά μου καὶ ἐνταφίασον αὐτὸ ἐν χάρταις συριακαῖς, καὶ μὴ ἐπιβάλῃς μοι ὀθόνην λινῆν, ὅτι τὸ σῶμα τοῦ κυρίου ἐν σινδόνι ἐνειλήθη.

I then-also I-lead-under toward to-the-one to-Authority-belonged; and thou-should-have-had-taken to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to of-me and thou-should-have-en-buriage-belonged-to to-it in unto-pagings unto-Syriac, and lest thou-might-have-had-casted-upon unto-me to-a-sheeting to-flaxed, to-which-a-one the-one an-en-capsuling-to of-the-one of-Authority-belonged in unto-a-sindôn it-was-curled-in.

Note: unto-a-sindôn : a fine fabric from SINDH, a region in Pakistan.

APh 143:4 ἐνταφιάσας μου τὸ σῶμα ἐν ταῖς χάρταις σφίγξον αὐτὸ παπύροις, καὶ χῶσον αὐτὸ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ.

Having-buriage-belonged-to of-me to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to in unto-the-ones unto-pagings thou-should-have-astringed to-it unto-papyrus', and thou-should-have-en-poured to-it in unto-the-one unto-a-calling-out-unto.

APh 143:5 καὶ γίνεσθε εὐχόμενοι ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ ἡμέρας τεσσαράκοντα ἵνα ἀφῇ μοι ὁ κύριος τὴν παράβασιν ἣν παρέβην ἀποδώσας τοῖς κακοποιήσασίν μοι.

And ye-should-become goodly-holding over of-ME upon to-dayednesses to-forty so it-might-have-had-sent-off unto-me, the-one Authority-belonged, to-the-one to-a-stepping-beside to-which I-had-stepped-beside having-had-given-off unto-the-ones unto-having-wedge-wedge-done-unto unto-me.

APh 143:6 ἴδε ὦ Βαρθολομαῖε πῶς στάζει τὸ αἷμά μου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· φυτὸν ἀνατελεῖ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἱματός μου, καὶ γενήσεται ἄμπελος καὶ ποιήσει καρπὸν σταφυλῆς.

Thou-should-have-had-seen, Oh Bartholomaios, unto-whither it-trickleth-to, the-one a-rushering-to of-me, upon of-the-one of-a-soil; a-plant it-shall-finish-up off of-the-one of-a-rushering-to of-me, and it-shall-become a-vine and it-shall-do-unto to-a-fruit of-a-grape.

APh 143:7 καὶ λαβόντες τὸν βότρυν ἀποθλίψατε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ποτήριον· καὶ μεταλαβόντες εἰς τὴν τρίτην ἡμέραν ἀναπέμψατε εἰς ὕψος τὸ ἀμήν, ἵνα γένηται τελεία προσφορά.

And having-had-taken to-the-one to-a-cluster ye-should-have-pressed-off to-it into to-the-one to-a-drinkerlet; and having-had-taken-with into to-the-one to-third to-a-dayedness ye-should-have-volleyed-up into to-a-lofteedness to-the-one, Amên, so it-might-have-had-became finish-belonged a-bearedness-toward.

APh 144:1 Καὶ εἰπὼν ταῦτα ὁ Φίλιππος ηὔξατο οὕτως· Κύριε Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ, ὁ πατὴρ τῶν αἰώνων, βασιλεῦ τοῦ φωτός, ὁ σοφίσας ἡμᾶς ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ σου καὶ δοὺς ἡμῖν τὴν σὴν σύνεσιν, ἐχαρίσω δὲ ἡμῖν τὴν βουλὴν τῆς ἀγαθότητός σου, ὁ μηδέποτε χωρισθεὶς ἡμῖν, σὺ εἶ ὁ αἴρων τὴν νόσον τῶν καταφευγόντων εἰς σέ·

And having-had-said to-the-one-these, the-one a-Filippos, it-goodly-held unto-the-one-this, Authority-belonged Iêsous Anointed, the-one a-Father of-the-ones of-ages, Ruler-of of-the-one of-a-light, the-one wisdoming-to to-us in unto-the-one unto-a-wisdoming-unto of-thee and having-had-given unto-us to-the-one to-thine to-a-sending-together, thou-granted-to then-also unto-us to-the-one to-a-purposing of-the-one of-an-excess-placeness of-thee, the-one lest-then-also-whither-also having-been-spaced-to unto-us, thou thou-be the-one lifting to-the-one to-an-ailment of-the-ones of-fleeing-down into to-thee;

APh 144:2 σὺ εἶ ὁ δεδωκὼς ἡμῖν τὴν σὴν παρρησίαν τῆς σοφίας, ὁ δεδωκὼς ἡμῖν σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα καὶ ἐπιστρέψας τοὺς πλανηθέντας, ὁ στεφανῶν τοὺς νικῶντας τὸν ἀντίπαλον, ὁ καλὸς ἀγωνοθέτης·

thou thou-be the-one having-had-come-to-give unto-us to-the-one to-thine to-an-all-uttering-to of-the-one of-a-wisdoming-unto, the-one having-had-come-to-give unto-us to-signlets-of and to-anomalies and having-beturned-upon to-the-ones to-having-been-wandered-unto, the-one en-wreathing to-the-ones to-mull-belonging-of-unto to-the-one to-ever-a-one-wriggled, the-one seemly a-struggle-placer;

APh 144:3 ἐλθὲ νῦν Ἰησοῦ καὶ δός μοι τὸν στέφανον τῆς νίκης αἰώνιον κατὰ πάσης ἐναντίας ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας, καὶ μὴ καλυψάτω με ὁ σκοτεινὸς αὐτῶν ἀήρ, ὅπως διαπεράσω τὰ τοῦ πυρὸς ὕδατα καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ἄβυσσον.

thou-should-have-had-came now, Iêsous, and thou-should-have-had-given unto-me to-the-one to-a-wreath of-the-one of-a-mull-belonging-of to-aged-belonged and of-all of-ever-a-oned-in of-a-firsting and of-a-being-out-unto, and lest it-should-have-shrouded to-me, the-one dimmeed-belonged-to of-them an-air, unto-which-whither I-might-have-through-acrossed-unto to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-fire to-waters and to-all to-the-one to-depthed-along.

APh 144:4 κύριέ μου Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ, μὴ σχῇ χώραν ὁ ἐχθρὸς κατηγορῆσαί μου ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματός σου, ἀλλ᾿ ἔνδυσόν με τὴν ἔνδοξόν σου στολήν, τὴν φωτεινήν σου σφραγῖδα τὴν πάντοτε λάμπουσαν, ἕως ἂν παρέλθω πάντας τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας καὶ τὸν πονηρὸν δράκοντα τὸν ἀντικείμενον ἡμῖν.

Authority-belonged of-me Iêsous Anointed, lest it-might-have-had-held to-a-spacedness, the-one en-enmitied, to-have-gathered-down-unto of-me upon of-the-one of-a-stepping-to of-thee, other thou-should-have-sunk-in to-me to-the-one to-reckoned-in of-thee to-a-seteeing, to-the-one to-lighted-belonged-to of-thee to-a-seal to-the-one all-to-the-one-which-also to-lamping, unto-if-which ever I-might-have-had-came-beside to-all to-the-ones to-orderation-securers and to-the-one to-en-necessitated to-a-serpent to-the-one to-ever-a-one-situating unto-us.

APh 144:5 νῦν οὖν κύριέ μου Ἰησοῦ Χριστὲ ποίησόν μοι ἀπαντῆσαί σοι ἐν τῷ ἀέρι, χαρισάμενός μοι τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν ἣν ἀνταπέδωκα τοῖς ἐχθροῖς μου·

Now accordingly, Authority-belonged of-me Iêsous Anointed, thou-should-have-done-unto unto-me to-have-off-ever-a-oned-unto unto-thee in unto-the-one unto-an-air, having-granted-to unto-me to-the-one to-an-ever-a-one-giving-off to-which I-ever-a-one-gave-off unto-the-ones unto-en-enmitied of-me;

APh 144:6 καὶ μεταμόρφωσον τὴν μορφὴν τοῦ σώματός μου ἐν ἀγγελικῇ δόξῃ· καὶ ἀνάπαυσόν με ἐν τῇ μακαριότητί σου, καὶ λήψομαι τὸ παρὰ σοῦ ἐπάγγελμα ὃ ἐπηγγείλω τοῖς ἁγίοις σου εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν.

and thou-should-have-en-formed-with to-the-one to-a-form of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to of-me in unto-leadeeer-belonged-of unto-a-reckonedness; and thou-should-have-ceased-up to-me in unto-the-one unto-a-blessed-belongness of-thee, and I-shall-take to-the-one beside of-thee to-a-leadeeering-upon-to to-which thou-leadeeered-upon unto-the-ones unto-hallow-belonged of-thee into to-the-ones to-ages, Amên.

APh 145:1 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν ὁ Φίλιππος παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα, πάντων τῶν ὄχλων βλεπόντων εἰς αὐτὸν καὶ κλαιόντων καὶ λεγόντων·

And to-the-ones-these having-had-said, the-one a-Filippos, it-gave-beside to-the-one to-a-currenting-to, of-all of-the-ones of-crowds of-viewing into to-it and of-sob-belonging and of-forthing,

APh 145:2 Ἐπληρώθη ἐν εἰρήνῃ ὁ βίος τούτου τοῦ πνεύματος.

It-was-en-filled in unto-a-joinifying the-one a-dureeation of-the-one-this of-the-one of-a-currenting-to.

APh 145:3 Καὶ ἔλεγον τὸ ἀμήν.

And they-were-forthing to-the-one, Amên.

APh 146:1 Ὁ δὲ Βαρθολομαῖος καὶ ἡ Μαριάμνη καθεῖλαν σῶμα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐποίησαν καθ᾿ ἃ ἐνετείλατο αὐτοῖς ὁ Φίλιππος, καὶ ἔθαψαν αὐτὸν ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ τόπῳ.

The-one then-also a-Bartholomaios and the-one a-Mariamnê they-sectioned-down to-an-en-capsuling-to of-it and they-did-unto down to-which it-finished-in unto-them, the-one a-Filippos, and they-burialed to-it in unto-the-one-thither unto-the-one unto-an-occasion.

APh 146:2 φωνὴ δὲ εὐθέως ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐγένετο· Φίλιππος ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐστεφάνωται τὸν τῆς ἀφθαρσίας στέφανον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγωνοθέτου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.

A-sound then-also unto-straight out of-the-ones of-skies it-had-became, A-Filippos the-one a-setee-off it-had-come-to-be-en-wreathed to-the-one of-the-one of-an-un-degrading-unto to-a-wreath under of-the-one of-a-struggle-placer of-an-Iêsous of-Anointed.

APh 146:3 Καὶ πάντες ἔκραξαν τὸ ἀμήν.

And all they-clamored-to to-the-one, Amên.

APh 147:1 Μετὰ δὲ τὰς τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐβλάστησεν τὸ φυτὸν τῆς ἀμπέλου ὅπου ἔσταξεν τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ἁγίου Φιλίππου.

With then-also to-the-ones to-three to-dayednesses it-sprouted, the-one a-plant of-the-one of-a-vine, to-which-of-whither it-trickled-to, the-one a-rushering-to of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-Filippos.

APh 147:2 καὶ ἐποίησαν πάντα τὰ ἐντεταλμένα αὐτοῖς παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ ἡμέρας τεσσαράκοντα προσφέροντες προσφοράς, ἀδιαλείπτως προσευχόμενοι.

And they-did-unto to-all to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-finished-in unto-them beside of-it, upon to-dayednesses to-forty bearing-toward to-bearednesses-toward, unto-un-remaindered-through goodly-holding-toward.

APh 147:3 καὶ ᾠκοδόμησαν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἐκείνῳ, καταστήσαντες τὸν Στάχυν ἐπίσκοπον ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ.

And they-house-built-unto to-the-one to-a-calling-out-unto in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion unto-the-one-thither, having-stood-down to-the-one to-a-Stachus to-a-scouter-upon in unto-the-one unto-a-calling-out-unto.

APh 147:4 καὶ ἡ Νικανόρα δὲ καὶ πάντες οἱ πιστοὶ συνήγοντο καὶ οὐ διέλειπον πάντες δοξάζοντες τὸν θεὸν διὰ τὰ θαυμάσια τὰ γεγενημένα ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς.

And the-one a-Nikanora then-also and all the-ones trusted they-were-being-led-together and not they-were-remaindering-through, all, reckoning-to to-the-one to-a-Deity through to-the-ones to-marvel-belonged-to to-the-ones to-having-hath-had-come-to-become upon to-them.

APh 147:5 καὶ πᾶσα ἡ πόλις ἐπίστευσεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· ἐνετείλατο δὲ ὁ Βαρθολομαῖος τῷ Στάχυϊ βαπτίζειν τοὺς πιστεύοντας εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, καὶ ἵνα λέγωσιν ἀμήν.

And all the-one a-city it-trusted-upon-of into to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-the-one of-an-Iêsous; it-finished-in then-also, the-one a-Bartholomaios, unto-the-one unto-a-Stachus, to-dip-to to-the-ones to-trusting-of, into to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-the-one of-a-Father and of-the-one of-a-Son and of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-currenting-to, and so they-might-forth, Amên.

APh 148:1 Μετὰ δὲ τὰς τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας φανεὶς ὁ σωτὴρ ἐν μορφῇ τοῦ Φιλίππου εἶπεν τῷ Βαρθολομαίῳ καὶ τῇ Μαριάμνῃ·

With then-also to-the-ones to-forty to-dayednesses having-had-been-manifested the-one a-Savior in unto-a-form of-the-one of-a-Filippos it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-Bartholomaios and unto-the-one unto-a-Mariamnê,

APh 148:2 Ἀδελφοί μου ἠγαπημένοι θέλετε ἀναπαῆναι ἐν τῇ ἀναπαύσει τοῦ θεοῦ;

Brethrened of-me Having-had-come-to-be-excessed-off-unto, ye-determine to-have-had-been-ceased-up in unto-the-one unto-a-ceasing-up of-the-one of-a-Deity?

APh 148:3 ἠνοίχθη μοι ὁ παράδεισος καὶ εἰσῆλθον ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ.

It-was-opened-up unto-me, the-one a-sending-through-beside, and I-had-came-into in unto-the-one unto-a-reckonedness of-the-one of-an-Iêsous.

Note: a-sending-through-beside : used to refer to choice gardens as requiring special permission to enter, by implication a paradise or an exotic park.

APh 148:4 ἀπέλθατε εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν κεκληρωμένον ὑμῖν· τὸ γὰρ φυτὸν τὸ ὡρισμένον καὶ φυτευθὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ καρποφορεῖ καλῶς.

Ye-should-have-had-came-off into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-en-lotted unto-ye; the-one too-thus a-plant the-one having-had-come-to-be-bounded-to the-one having-had-come-to-be-planted-of in unto-the-one unto-a-city unto-the-one-this it-fruit-beareeth-unto unto-seemly.

APh 148:5 Ἀσπασάμενοι οὖν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ ἐπευξάμενοι ἑκάστῳ αὐτῶν ἐξῆλθον ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως Ὀφιορύμης τῆς Ἱεραπόλεως τῆς Ἀσίας, καὶ ὁ Βαρθολομαῖος ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὴν Λυκαονίαν, ἡ δὲ Μαριάμνη ἐπορεύθη ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ·

Having-drawn-along-to accordingly to-the-ones to-brethrened having-goodly-held-upon unto-each of-them they-had-came-out off of-the-one of-a-city of-an-Ofiorumê of-the-one of-an-Ierapolis of-the-one of-an-Asia, and the-one a-Bartholomaios it-had-came-off into to-the-one to-a-Lukaonia, the-one then-also a-Mariamnê it-was-traversed-of in unto-the-one unto-an-Iordanês;

APh 148:6 ὁ δὲ Στάχυς καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἔμειναν κατέχοντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν.

the-one then-also a-Stachus and the-ones together unto-it they-stayed holding-down to-the-one to-a-calling-out-unto in unto-Anointed unto-an-Iêsous unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged of-us, oh the-one a-reckonedness and the-one a-secureedness into to-the-ones to-ages of-the-ones of-ages. Amên.